Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Textbook Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Change in dimensions is known as …………..
(A) deformation
(B) formation
(C) contraction
(D) strain.
Answer:
(A) deformation

Question 2.
The point on stress-strain curve at which strain begins to increase even without increase in stress is called…………
(A) elastic point
(B) yield point
(C) breaking point
(D) neck point
Answer:
(B) yield point

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 3.
Strain energy of a stretched wire is 18 × 10-3 J and strain energy per unit volume of the same wire and same cross section is 6 × 10-3 J/m3. Its volume will be………….
(A) 3cm3
(B) 3 m3
(C) 6 m3
(D) 6 cm3
Answer:
(B) 3 m3

Question 4.
……………. is the property of a material which enables it to resist plastic deformation.
(A) elasticity
(B) plasticity
(C) hardness
(D) ductility
Answer:
(C) hardness

Question 5.
The ability of a material to resist fracturing when a force is applied to it, is called……………
(A) toughness
(B) hardness
(C) elasticity
(D) plasticity.
Answer:
(A) toughness

2. Answer in one sentence:

Question 1.
Define elasticity.
Answer:
If a body regains its original shape and size after removal of the deforming force, it is called an elastic body and the property is called elasticity.

Question 2.
What do you mean by deformation?
Answer:
The change in shape or size or both of u body due to an external force is called deformation.

Question 3.
State the SI unit and dimensions of stress.
Answer:

  1. SI unit: N m-2 or pascal (Pa)
  2. Dimensions: [L-1M1T-2]

Question 4.
Define strain.
Answer:
Strain:

  1. Strain is defined as the ratio of change in dimensions of the body to its original dimensions.
    Strain = \(\frac{\text { change in dimensions }}{\text { original dimensions }}\)
  2. Types of strain:
    • Longitudinal strain,
    • Volume strain,
    • Shearing strain.

Question 5.
What is Young’s modulus of a rigid body?
Answer:
Young’s modulus (Y): It is the modulus of elasticity related to change in length of an object like a metal wire, rod, beam, etc., due to the applied deforming force.

Question 6.
Why bridges are unsafe after a very long use?
Answer:
A bridge during its use undergoes recurring stress depending upon the movement of vehicles on it. When bridge is used for long time, it loses its elastic strength and ultimately may collapse. Hence, the bridges are declared unsafe after long use.

Question 7.
How should be a force applied on a body to produce shearing stress?
Answer:
A tangential force which is parallel to the top and the bottom surface of the body should be applied to produce shearing stress.

Question 8.
State the conditions under which Hooke’s law holds good.
Answer:
Hooke’s Taw holds good only when a wire/body is loaded within its elastic limit.

Question 9.
Define Poisson’s ratio.
Answer:
Within elastic limit, the ratio of lateral strain to the linear strain is called the Poisson‘s ratio.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 10.
What is an elastomer?
Answer:
A material that can be elastically stretched to a larger value of strain is called an elastomer.

Question 11.
What do you mean by elastic hysteresis?
Answer:

  1. In case of some materials like vulcanized rubber, when the stress applied on a body decreases to zero, the strain does not return to zero immediately. The strain lags behind the stress. This lagging of strain behind the stress is called elastic hysteresis.
  2. Below figure shows the stress-strain curve for increasing and decreasing load. It encloses a loop. Area of loop gives the energy dissipated during deformation of a material.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 9

Question 12.
State the names of the hardest material and the softest material.
Answer:
Hardest material: Diamond
Softest material: Aluminium
[Note: Material with highest strength is steel whereas material with lowest strength is plasticine clay.]

Question 13.
Define friction.
Answer:
The property which resists the relative motion between two surfaces in contact is called friction.

Question 14.
Why force of static friction is known as ‘self-adjusting force?
Answer:
The force of static friction varies in accordance with applied force. Hence, it is called as self adjusting force.

Question 15.
Name two factors on which the coefficient of friction depends.
Answer:
Coefficient of friction depends upon:

  1. the materials of the surfaces in contact.
  2. the nature of the surfaces.

3. Answer in short:

Question 1.
Distinguish between elasticity and plasticity.
Answer:

No. Elasticity Plasticity
i. Body regains its original shape or size after removal of deforming force. Body does not regain its original shape or size after removal of deforming force.
ii. Restoring forces are strong enough to bring the displaced molecules to their original positions. Restoring forces are not strong enough to bring the molecules back to their original positions.
Examples of elastic materials: metals, rubber, quartz, etc Examples of plastic materials: clay, putty, plasticine, thick mud, etc

Question 2.
State any four methods to reduce friction.
Answer:
Friction can be reduced by using polished surfaces, using lubricants, using grease and using ball bearings.

Question 3.
What is rolling friction? How does it arise?
Answer:

  1. Friction between two bodies in contact when one body is rolling over the other, is called rolling friction.
  2. Rolling friction arises as the point of contact of the body with the surface keep changing continuously.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 4.
Explain how lubricants help in reducing friction?
Answer:

  1. The friction between lubricant to surface is much less than the friction between two same surfaces. Hence using lubricants reduces the friction between the two surfaces.
  2. When lubricant is applied to machine parts, it fills the depression present on the surface in contact. Thus, less friction is occurred between machine parts.
  3. Application of lubricants also reduces wear and tear of machine parts which in turn reduces friction.
  4. Advantage: Reduction in function reduces dissipation of energy in machines due to which efficiency of machines increases.

Question 5.
State the laws of static friction.
Answer:
Laws of static friction:

  1. First law: The limiting force of static friction (FL) is directly proportional to the normal reaction (N) between the two surfaces in contact.
    FL ∝ N
    ∴ FL = µs N
    where, µs = constant called coefficient of static friction.
  2. Second law: The limiting force of friction is
    independent of the apparent area between the surfaces in contact, so long as the normal reaction remains the same.
  3. Third law: The limiting force of friction depends upon materials in contact and the nature of their surfaces.

Question 6.
State the laws of kinetic friction.
Answer:
Laws of kinetic friction:

  1. First law: The force of kinetic friction (Fk) is directly proportional to the normal reaction (N) between two surfaces in contact.
    Fk ∝ N
    ∴ Fk = µkN
    where, µk = constant called coefficient of kinetic friction.
  2. Second law: Force of kinetic friction is independent of shape and apparent area of the surfaces in contact.
  3. Third law: Force of kinetic friction depends upon the nature and material of the surfaces in contact.
  4. Fourth law: The magnitude of the force of kinetic friction is independent of the relative velocity between the object and the surface provided that the relative velocity is neither too large nor too small.

Question 7.
State advantages of friction.
Answer:
Advantages of friction:

  1. We can walk due to friction between ground and feet.
  2. We can hold object in hand due to static friction.
  3. Brakes of vehicles work due to friction; hence we can reduce speed or stop vehicles.
  4. Climbing on a tree is possible due to friction.

Question 8.
State disadvantages of friction.
Answer:
Disadvantages of friction:

  1. Friction opposes motion.
  2. Friction produces heat in different parts of machines. It also produces noise.
  3. Automobile engines consume more fuel due to friction.

Question 9.
What do you mean by a brittle substance? Give any two examples.
Answer:

  1. Substances which breaks within the elastic limit are called brittle substances.
  2. Examples: Glass, ceramics.

4. Long answer type questions:

Question 1.
Distinguish between Young’s modulus, bulk modulus and modulus of rigidity.
Answer:

No Young’s modulus Bulk modulus Modulus of rigidity
i. It is the ratio of longitudinal stress to longitudinal strain. It is the ratio of volume stress to volume strain. It is the ratio of shearing stress to shearing strain.
ii. It is given by, Y = \(\frac{\mathrm{MgL}}{\pi \mathrm{r}^{2} l}\) It is given by, K = \(\frac{V d P}{d V}\) It is given by, \(\eta=\frac{F}{A \theta}\)
iii. It exists in solids. It exists in solid, liquid and gases. It exists in solids.
iv. It relates to change in

length of a body.

It relates to change in volume of a body. It relates to change in shape of a body.

Question 2.
Define stress and strain. What are their different types?
Answer:
i) Stress:

  1. The internal restoring force per unit area of a both is called stress.
    Stress = \(\frac{\text { deforming force }}{\text { area }}=\frac{|\vec{F}|}{\mathrm{A}}\)
    where \(\vec{F}\) is internal restoring force or external applied deforming force.
  2. Types of stress:
    • Longitudinal stress,
    • Volume stress,
    • Shearing stress.

ii. Strain:

  1. Strain is defined as the ratio of change in dimensions of the body to its original dimensions.
    Strain = \(\frac{\text { change in dimensions }}{\text { original dimensions }}\)
  2. Types of strain:
    • Longitudinal strain,
    • Volume strain,
    • Shearing strain.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 3.
What is Young’s modulus? Describe an experiment to find out Young’s modulus of material in the form of a long straight wire.
Answer:
Definition: Young ‘s modulus is the ratio of longitudinal stress to longitudinal strain.
It is denoted by Y.
Unit: N/m2 or Pa in SI system.
Dimensions: [L-1M1T-2]

Experimental description to find Young’s modulus:

i. Consider a metal wire suspended from a rigid support. A load is attached to the free end of the wire. Due to this, deforming force gets applied to the free end of wire in downward direction and it produces a change in length.
Let,
L = original length of wire,
Mg = weight suspended to wire,
l = extension or elongation,
(L + l) = new length of wire.
r = radius of the cross section of wire

ii. In its equilibrium position,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 1

Question 4.
Derive an expression for strain energy per unit volume of the material of a wire.
Answer:
Expression for strain energy per unit volume;

i. Consider a wire of original length L and cross sectional area A stretched by a force F acting along its length. The wire gets stretched and elongation l is produced in it

ii. If the wire is perfectly elastic then,
Longitudinal stress = \(\frac{F}{A}\)
Longitudinal strain = \(\frac{l}{L}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 10

iii. The magnitude of stretching force increases from zero to F during elongation of wire.
Let ‘f’ be the restoring force and ‘x’ be its corresponding extension at certain instant during the process of extension.
∴ f = \(\frac{\text { YAx }}{\mathrm{L}}\) ……………. (2)

iv. Let ‘dW’ be the work done for the further small extension ‘dx’.
Work = force × displacement
∴ dW = fdx
∴ dW= \(\frac{\text { YAx }}{L}\) dx …………..(3) [From (2)]

v. The total amount of work done in stretching the wire from x = 0 to x = l can be found out by integrating equation (3).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 11
∴ Work done in stretching a wire,
W = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × load × extension

vi. Work done by stretching force is equal to strain energy gained by the wire.
∴ Strain energy = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × load × extension

vii. Work done per unit volume
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 12
∴ Strain energy per unit volume = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × stress × strain

viii. Other forms:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 13

Question 5.
What is friction? Define coefficient of static friction and coefficient of kinetic friction. Give the necessary formula for each.
Answer:

  1. The property which resists the relative motion between two surfaces in contact is called friction.
  2. The coefficient of static friction is defined as the ratio of limiting force of friction to the normal reaction.
    Formula: \(\mu_{\mathrm{S}}=\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{L}}}{\mathrm{N}}\)
  3. The coefficient of kinetic friction is defined as the ratio of force of kinetic friction to the normal reaction between the two surfaces in contact.
    Formula: \(\mu_{\mathrm{k}}=\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{K}}}{\mathrm{N}}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 6.
State Hooke’s law. Draw a labelled graph of tensile stress against tensile strain for a metal wire up to the breaking point. In this graph show the region in which Hooke’s law is obeyed.
Answer:
i) Statement: Within elastic limit, stress is directly proportional to strain.
Explanation;

  1. According to Hooke’s law,
    Stress ∝ Strain
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 7
    This constant of proportionality is called modulus of elasticity.
  2. Modulus of elasticity of a material is the slope of stress-strain curve in elastic deformation region and depends on the nature of the material.
  3. The graph of strain (on X-axis) and stress (on Y-axis) within elastic limit is shown in the figure.Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 8

ii)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 6

iii) Hooke’s law is completely obeyed in the region OA.

5. Answer the following

Question 1.
Calculate the coefficient of static friction for an object of mass 50 kg placed on horizontal table pulled by attaching a spring balance. The force is increased gradually it is observed that the object just moves when spring balance shows 50N.
[Answer: µs = 0.102]
Solution:
Given: m = 50 kg, FL = 50 N, g = 9.8 m/s2
To find: Coefficient of static friction (µs)
Formula: µs = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{L}}}{\mathrm{N}}=\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{L}}}{\mathrm{mg}}\)
µs = \(\frac{50}{50 \times 9.8}\) = 0.102
Answer:
The coefficient of static friction is 0.102.

Question 2.
A block of mass 37 kg rests on a rough horizontal plane having coefficient of static friction 0.3. Find out the least force required to just move the block horizontally.
[Answer: F= 108.8N]
Solution:
Given: m = 37 kg, µs = 0.3, g = 9.8 m /s2
To find: Limiting force (FL)
Formula: FL = µSN = µS mg
Calculation: From formula,
FL = 0.3 × 37 × 9.8 = 108.8 N
Answer:
The force required to move the block is 108.8 N.

Question 3.
A body of mass 37 kg rests on a rough horizontal surface. The minimum horizontal force required to just start the motion is 68.5 N. In order to keep the body moving with constant velocity, a force of 43 N is needed. What is the value of
a) coefficient of static friction? and
b) coefficient of kinetic friction?
Asw:
a) µs = 0.188
b) µk = 0.118]
Solution:
Given:
FL = 68.5 N, Fk = 43 N,
m = 37 kg, g = 9.8 m/s2

To find:

i. Coefficient of static friction (µs)
ii. Coefficient of kinetic friction (µk)

Formulae:

i. µs = \(\frac{F_{L}}{N}\) = \(\frac{F_{L}}{m g}\)
ii. µk = \(\frac{F_{k}}{N}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{k}}}{\mathrm{mg}}\)

Calculation:
From formula (i),
∴ µs = \(\frac{F_{S}}{N}=\frac{68.5}{37 \times 9.8}\) = 0.1889
From formula (ii),
∴ µk = \(\frac{F_{k}}{N}=\frac{43}{37 \times 9.8}\) = 0.1186
Answer:

  1. The coefficient of static friction is 0.1889.
  2. The coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.1186.

[Note: Answers calculated above are in accordance with textual methods of calculation.]

Question 4.
A wire gets stretched by 4mm due to a certain load. If the same load is applied to a wire of same material with half the length and double the diameter of the first wire. What will be the change in its length?
Solution:
Given. l1 = 4mm = 4 × 10-3 m
L2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{L}_{1}}{2}\), D2 = 2D, r2 = 2r1
To find: Change in length (l2)
Formula: Y = \(\frac{\mathrm{FL}}{\mathrm{Al}}=\frac{\mathrm{FL}}{\pi \mathrm{r}^{2} l}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 3
= 0.5 × 10-3 m
= 0.5 mm
The new change in length of the wire is 0.5 mm.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 5.
Calculate the work done in stretching a steel wire of length 2m and cross sectional area 0.0225mm2 when a load of 100 N is slowly applied to its free end. [Young’s modulus of steel= 2 × 1011 N/m2]
Solution:
Given. L = 2m, F = 100 N,
A = 0.0225 mm2 = 2.25 × 10-8 m2,
Y = 2 × 10-11 N/m2,
To find: Work (W)
Formula: W = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × F × l
Claculation:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 14
= antilog [log 10 – log 4.5]
= antilog [1.0000 – 0.6532 ]
= antilog [0.3468]
∴ W = 2.222 J
Answer:
The work done in stretching the steel wire is 2.222 J.

Question 6.
A solid metal sphere of volume 0.31m3 is dropped in an ocean where water pressure is 2 × 107 N/m2. Calculate change in volume of the sphere if bulk modulus of the metal is 6.1 × 1010 N/m2
Solution:
Given: V= 0.31 m3, dP = 2 × 107 N/m2,
K = 6.1 × 1010 N/m2
To find: Change in volume (dV)
Formula: K = V × \(\frac{\mathrm{dP}}{\mathrm{dV}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
dV = \(\frac{\mathrm{V} \times \mathrm{dP}}{\mathrm{K}}\)
∴ dV = \(\frac{0.31 \times 2 \times 10^{7}}{6.1 \times 10^{10}}\) ≈ 10-4 m3
The change in volume of the sphere is 10-4 m3.

Question 7.
A wire of mild steel has initial length 1.5 m and diameter 0.60 mm is extended by 6.3 mm when a certain force is applied to it. If Young’s modulus of mild steel is 2.1 × 1011 N/m2, calculate the force applied.
Solution:
Given:
L = 1.5m, d = 0.60 mm,
r = \(\frac{d}{2}\) = 0.30 mm = 3 × 10-4 m,
Y = 2.1 × 1011 N/m2,
l = 6.3 mm = 6.3 × 10-3 m
To find: Force (F)
Calculation:
From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 2
= 2.1 × 3.142 × 6 × 6.3
= antilog [log 2.1 + log 3.142 + log 6 + log 6.3]
= antilog [0.3222 + 0.4972 + 0.7782 + 0.7993]
= antilog [2.3969]
= 2.494 × 102
≈ 250 N
The force applied on wire is 250 N.

Question 8.
A composite wire is prepared by joining a tungsten wire and steel wire end to end. Both the wires are of the same length and the same area of cross section. If this composite wire is suspended to a rigid support and a force is applied to its free end, it gets extended by 3.25mm. Calculate the increase in length of tungsten wire and steel wire separately.
[Given: Ysteel = 2 × 1011 Pa, YTungsten = 4.11 × 1011 Pa]
Solution:
Given: ls + lT = 3.25 mm,
YT = 4.11 × 1011 Pa
Ys = 2 × 1011 Pa
To find: Extension in tungsten wire (lT)
Extension in steel wire (ls)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 4
But ls + lT = 3.25
ls + 0.487 ls = 3.25
ls(1 + 0.487) = 3.25
ls = 2.186 mm
∴ lT = 3.25 – 2.186
= 1.064 mm
The extension in tungsten wire is 1.064 mm and the extension in steel wire is 2.186 mm.

[Note: Values of Young’s modulus of tungsten and steel considered above are standard values. Using them, calculation is carried out ¡n accordance with textual method.]

Question 9.
A steel wire having cross sectional area 1.2 mm2 is stretched by a force of 120 N. If a lateral strain of 1.455 mm is produced in the wire, calculate the Poisson’s ratio.
Solution:
Given: A = 1.2 mm2 = 1.2 × 10-6 m2,
F = 120 N, Ysteel = 2 × 1011 N/m2,
Lateral strain = 1.455 × 10-4
To find: Poisson’s ratio (σ)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 5
The Poisson’s ratio of steel is 0.291.
[Note: Lateral strain being ratio of two same physical quantities, is unitless. hence, value given in question ¡s modified to 1.455 × 10-4 to reach the answer given in textbook.]

Question 10.
A telephone wire 125m long and 1mm in radius is stretched to a length 125.25m when a force of 800N is applied. What is the value of Young’s modulus for material of wire?
Solution:
Given: L = 125m,
r = 1 mm= 1 × 10-3 m
l = 125.25 – 125 = 0.25 m,
F = 800N
To find: Young’s modulus (Y)
Formula: Y \(\frac{\mathrm{FL}}{\mathrm{Al}}=\frac{\mathrm{FL}}{\pi \mathrm{r}^{2} l}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Y = \(\frac{800 \times 125}{3.142 \times 10^{-6} \times 0.25}\)
= {antilog [log 800 + log 125 – log 3.142 – log 0.25 ]} × 106
= {antilog [2.9031 + 2.0969 – 0.4972 – \(\overline{1}\) .3979]} × 106
= {antilog[5.1049]} × 106
= 1.274 × 105
= 1.274 × 1011 N/m2
The Young’s modulus of telephone wire is 1.274 × 1011 N/m2.

Question 11.
A rubber band originally 30cm long is stretched to a length of 32cm by certain load. What is the strain produced?
Solution:
Given: L = 30 cm = 30 × 10 -2 m,
∆l = 32 cm – 30 cm = 2cm = 2 × 10 -2 m
To find. Strain
Formula: Strain = \(\frac{\Delta l}{\mathrm{~L}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Strain = \(\frac{2 \times 10^{-2}}{30 \times 10^{-2}}\) = 6.667 × 10 -2
The strain produced in the wire is 6.667 × 10 -2.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 12.
What is the stress in a wire which is 50m long and 0.01cm2 in cross section, if the wire bears a load of 100kg?
Solution:
Given: M = 100 kg, L 50 m, A = 0.01 × 10-4 m
To find: Stress
Formula: Stress = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{A}}=\frac{\mathrm{Mg}}{\mathrm{A}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Stress = \(\frac{100 \times 9.8}{0.01 \times 10^{-4}}\) = 9.8 × 108 N/m2
The stress in the wire is 9.8 × 108 N/m2.

Question 13.
What is the strain in a cable of original length 50m whose length increases by 2.5cm when a load is lifted?
Solution:
Given: L = 50m, ∆l = 2.5cm = 2.5 × 10 -2 m
To find: Strain
Formula: Strain = \(\frac{\Delta l}{\mathrm{~L}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Strain = \(\frac{2.5 \times 10^{-2}}{50}\) = 5 × 10-4
The Strain produced in wire is 5 × 10-4 .

11th Physics Digest Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 100)

Question 1.

  1. Can you name a few objects which change their shape and size on application of a force and regain their original shape and size when the force is removed?
  2. Can you name objects which do not regain their original shape and size when the external force is removed?

Answer:

  1. Objects such as rubber, metals, quartz, etc. change their shape and size on application of a force (within specific limit) and regain their original shape and size when the force is removed.
  2. Objects such as putty, clay, thick mud. etc. do not regain their original shape and size when the external force is removed.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No. 107)

Question 1.
Why does a rubber band become loose after repeated use?
Answer:

  1. After repeated use of rubber band, its stress-strain curve does not remain linear.
  2. In such case, since rubber crosses its elastic limit, there is a permanent set formed on the rubber due to which it becomes loose.

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No.111)

Question 1.
i. It is difficult to run fast on sand.
ii. It is easy to roll than pull a barrel along a road.
iii. An inflated tyre rolls easily than a flat tyre.
iv. Friction is a necessary evil.
Answer:
i.

  1. The intermolecular space between crystals of sand is very large as compared to that in a rigid surface.
  2. Thus, there are number of depressions at the points of contact of feet and sand surface.
  3. Projections and depressions between sand and feet are not completely interlocked.
  4. Thus, action and reaction force become unbalanced. The horizontal component of force helps to move forward and vertical component of the force resist to move.
    Hence, it becomes difficult to run fast on sand.

ii.

  1. When a barrel is pulled along a road, the friction between the tyres and road is kinetic friction, but when its rolls along the road it undergoes rolling friction.
  2. The force of kinetic friction is greater than force of rolling friction.
    Hence, it is easy to roll than pull a barrel along a road.

iii.

  1. When the tyre is inflated, the pressure inside the tyre is reducing the normal force between tyre and the ground, and thus reducing the friction between the tyre and the road.
  2. When the tyre gets deflated, it gets deformed during rolling, the supplied energy is used up in changing the shape and not overcoming the friction, and thus due to deformation, friction increases.
    Hence, an inflated tyre rolls easily than a flat tyre.

iv.

  1. Friction helps us to walk, hold objects in hand, lift objects and without friction we cannot walk, we cannot grip or hold objects with our hands,
  2. Friction is responsible for wear and tear of various part of machines, it produces heat in different parts of machine and also produces noise but it also helps in ball bearing or connecting screws.
    Hence, friction is said to be a necessary evil because it is useful as well as harmful.

Internet my friend (Textbook Page No. 111)

Question 1.
i. https ://opentextbc. ca/physicstestbook2/ chapter/friction/
ii. https://www.livescience.com/
iii. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics
iv. https://courses.lumenleaming.com/physics/ chapter/5-3-elasticity-stress-and-strain/
v. https://www.toppr.com/guides/physics/
Answer:
[Students are expected to visit the above mentioned websites and collect more information about mechanical properties of solid.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 1.
Mention some main characteristics of gravitational force.
Answer:
Characteristics of gravitational force:

  1. Every massive object in the universe experiences gravitational force.
  2. It is the force of mutual attraction between any two objects by virtue of their masses.
  3. It is always an attractive force with infinite range.
  4. It does not depend upon the intervening medium.
  5. It is much weaker than other fundamental forces. Gravitational force is 10 times weaker than strong nuclear force.

Question 2.
State and explain Kepler’s law of orbits.
Answer:
Statement:
All planets move in elliptical orbits around the Sun with the Sun at one of the foci of the ellipse.
Explanation:

  1. The figure M shows the orbit of a around the planet P Sun.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 1
  2. Here, S and S’ are the foci of the ellipse and the Sun is situated at S.
  3. P is the closest point along the orbit from S and is called perihelion.
  4. A is the farthest point from S and is called aphelion.
  5. PA is the major axis whose length is 2a. PO and AO are the semimajor axes with lengths ‘a’ each.
    MN is the minor axis whose length is 2b. MO and ON are the semiminor axes with lengths ‘b’ each.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 3.
State and prove Kepler’s law of equal areas.
Answer:
Statement:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 2
The line that joins a planet and the Sun sweeps equal areas in equal intervals of time.
Explanation:
i)Kepler observed that planets move faster when they are nearer to the Sun while they move slower when they are farther from the Sun.

ii) Suppose the Sun is at the origin. The position of planet is denoted by \(\vec{r}\) and its momentum is denoted by \(\vec{p}\) (component ⊥ \(\vec{r}\)).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 35
vi) For central force the angular momentum is conserved. Hence, from equations (4) and (5),
\(\frac{\overrightarrow{\Delta \mathrm{A}}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}=\frac{\overrightarrow{\mathrm{L}}}{2 \mathrm{~m}}\) = constant
This proves the law of areas.

Question 4.
What is a central force?
Answer:
A central force on an object is a force which is always directed along the line joining the position of object and a fired point usually taken to the origin of the coordinate system.

Question 5.
State and explain Kepler’s law of periods.
Answer:
Statement:
The square of the time period of revolution of a planet around the Sun is proportional to the cube of the semimajor axis of the ellipse traced by the planet.
Explanation:
If r is length of semi major axis then, this law states that.
T2 × r3 or \(\frac{\mathrm{T}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}^{3}}\) = constant

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Solved Examples

Question 6.
What would be the average duration of year if the distance between the Sun and the Earth becomes
i) thrice the present distance.
ii) twice the present distance.
Solution:
i) Consider r1 be the present distance between the Earth and Sun
We know, T1 = 365 days.
When the distance is made thrice, r2 = 3r1
According to Kepler’s law of period,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 3
i) The duration of the year would be 1897 days when distance is made thrice.
ii) The duration of the year would be 1032 days when distance is made twice.

Question 7.
What would have been the duration of the year if the distance between the Earth and the Sun were half the present distance?
Solution:
Given: r2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{r}_{1}}{2}\)
∴ \(\frac{r_{2}}{r_{1}}=\frac{1}{2}\)
To find. Time period (T2)
Formula: \(\left(\frac{T_{2}}{T_{1}}\right)^{2}=\left(\frac{r_{2}}{r_{1}}\right)^{3}\)
Calculation: We know. T1 = 365 days
From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 36
= 365 × 0.3536
= 129.1
T2 = 129.1 days
The duration of the year would be 129.1 days.

Question 8.
Calculate the period of revolution of Jupiter around the Sun. The ratio of the radius of Jupiter’s orbit to that of the Earth’s orbit is 5.
(Period of revolution of the Earth is 1 year.)
Solution:
Given: \(\frac{\mathrm{r}_{\mathrm{J}}}{\mathrm{r}_{\mathrm{E}}}=\frac{5}{\mathrm{l}}\), TE = 1 year
To find: Period of revolution of Jupiter (TJ)
Formula: T2 ∝ r3
Calculation: From formula,
\(\left(\frac{T_{J}}{T_{E}}\right)^{2}=\left(\frac{r_{J}}{r_{E}}\right)^{3}\)
∴ TJ = 53/2
= 5 x \(\sqrt {5}\)
= 11.18 years.
Period of revolution of Jupiter around the Sun is 11.18 years.

Question 9.
A Saturn sear is 29.5 times the Earth’s year. How far is the Saturn from the Sun if the Earth is 1.50 × 108 km away from the Sun?
Solution:
Given: TS = 29.5 TE,
rE = 1.50 × 108 km
To find: Distance of Saturn form the Sun (rS)
Formula: T2 ∝ r3
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 37
∴ rS = 14.32 × 108 km
Saturn is 14.32 × 108 km away from the Sun.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 10.
The distances of two planets from the Sun are 1013 m and 1012 m respectively. Find the ratio of time periods of the two planets.
Solution:
Given: r1 = 1013 m, r2 = 1012 m
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 4

Question 11.
Heavy and light objects are released from same height near the Earth’s surface. What can we conclude about their acceleration?
Answer:
Heavy and light objects, when released from the same height, fall towards the Earth at the same speed., i.e., they have the same acceleration.

Question 12.
Explain how Newton concluded that gravitational force F ∝ = \(\frac{\mathrm{Mm}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
Answer:
Before generalising and stating universal law of gravitation, Newton first studied the motion of moon around the Earth.

  1. The known facts about the moon were,
    • the time period of revolution of moon around the Earth (T) = 27.3 days.
    • distance between the Earth and the moon (r) = 3.85 × 105 km.
    • the moon revolves around the Earth in almost circular orbit with constant angular velocity ω.
  2. Thus, the centripetal force experienced by moon (directed towards the centre of the Earth) is given by,
    F = mrω2 …………… (1)
    Where, m = mass of the moon
  3. From Newton’s laws of motion,
    F = ma
    ∴ a = rω2 ……………… (2)
  4. Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 5
  5. This is the acceleration of the moon directed towards the centre of the Earth.
  6. This acceleration is much smaller than the acceleration felt by bodies near the surface of the Earth (while falling on Earth).
  7. The value of acceleration due to Earth’s gravity at the surface is 9.8 m/s2.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 6
  8. Newton therefore concluded that the acceleration of an object towards the Earth is inversely proportional to the square of distance of object from the centre of the Earth.
    ∴ a ∝ \(\frac{1}{r^{2}}\)
    x. As, F = ma
    Therefore, the force exerted by the Earth on an object of mass m at a distance r from it is
    F ∝ \(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
    Similarly, an object also exerts a force on the Earth which is
    FE ∝ \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
    Where M is the mass of the Earth. .
  9. According to Newton’s third law of motion, F = FE. Thus, F is also proportional to the mass of the Earth. From these observations, Newton concluded that the gravitational force between the Earth and an object of mass m is F ∝ \(\frac{\mathrm{Mm}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)

Question 13.
Discuss the vector form of gravitational force between two masses with the help of diagram.
Answer:

  1. Consider two point masses m1 and m2 having position vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{1}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{2}}\) from origin O respectively as shown in figure.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 7
  2. The position vector of mass m2 with respect to m1 is given by, \(\vec{r}_{2}-\vec{r}_{1}=\vec{r}_{21}\)
  3. Similarly, position vector of mass m1 with respect to m2 is, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}_{1}-\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{2}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{12}}\)
  4. Let \(\left|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{12}}\right|=\left|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{21}}\right|\) Then, the force acting on mass m2 due to mass m1 will be given as,
    \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}_{21}}=\mathrm{G} \frac{\mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\left(-\hat{\mathrm{r}}_{21}\right)\)
    where, \(\hat{\mathbf{r}}_{21}\) is the unit vector from m1 to m2.
    The force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}_{21}}\) is directed from m2 to m1.
  5. Similarly, force experienced by m1 due to m2 is given as, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{12}=\mathrm{G} \frac{\mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\left(-\hat{\mathrm{r}}_{12}\right)\)
    ∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{12}=-\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{21}\)
    [Note: As \(\hat{\mathbf{r}}_{21}\) is defined as unit vector from m1 to m2, conceptually force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{21}\) is directed from m2 lo m1.]

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 14.
Why Is the law of gravitation known as universal law of gravitation?
Answer:
The law of gravitation is applicable to all material objects in the universe. Hence it is known as the universal law of gravitation.

Question 15.
Give formula for the gravitational force due to a collection of masses and represent it diagrammatically.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 8
For a collection of point masses, the force on any one of them is the vector sum of the gravitational forces exerted by all the other point masses.
For n particles, force on ith mass \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{i}}=\sum_{\mathrm{j}=1 \atop \mathrm{j} \neq \mathrm{i}}^{n} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{ij}}\)
where, \(\vec{F}_{\mathrm{ij}}\) is the force on ith particle due to jth particle.

Question 16.
Discuss qualitative idea for the gravitational force of attraction due to a hollow, thin spherical shell of uniform density on a point mass situated inside it.
Answer:

  1. Let us consider the case when the point mass A, is at the centre of the hollow thin shell.
  2. In this case as every point on the shell is equidistant from A, all points exert force of equal magnitude on A but the directions of these forces are different.
  3. Consider the forces on A due to two diametrically opposite points on the shell.
  4. The forces on A due to them will be of equal magnitude but will be in opposite directions and will cancel each other.
  5. Thus, forces due to all pairs of points diametrically opposite to each other will cancel and there will be no net force on A due to the shell.
  6. When the point object is situated elsewhere inside the shell, the situation is not symmetric. However, gravitational force varies directly with mass and inversely with square of the distance.
  7. When the point object is situated elsewhere inside the shell, the situation is not symmetric. However, gravitational force varies directly with mass and inversely with square of the distance.
  8. Thus, some part of the shell may be closer to point A, but its mass is less. Remaining part will then have larger mass but its centre of mass is away from A.
  9. In this way, mathematically it can be shown that the net gravitational force on A is still zero, so long as it is inside the shell.
  10. Hence, the gravitational force at any point inside any hollow closed object of any shape is zero.

Question 17.
Discuss qualitative idea for the gravitational force of attraction between a hollow spherical shell or solid sphere of uniform density and a point mass situated outside the shell / sphere.
Answer:

  • Gravitational force caused by different regions of shell can be resolved into components along the line joining the point mass to the centre and along a direction perpendicular to this line.
  • The components perpendicular to this line cancel each other and the resultant force remains along the line joining the point to the centre.
  • Mathematical calculations show that, this resultant force on this point equals the force that would get exerted by the shell whose entire mass is situated at its centre.

Solved Problems

Question 18.
The gravitational force between two bodies is 1 N. If distance between them is doubled, what will be the gravitational force between them?
Solution:
Let m1 and m2 be masses of the given two bodies. If they are r distance apart initially, then the force between them will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 9
The force between two bodies reduces to 0.25 N.

Question 19.
Calculate the force of attraction between two metal spheres each of mass 90 kg, if the distance between their centres is 40 cm. (G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2)
Solution:
Given: m1 = 90 kg, m2 = 90 kg,
r = 40 cm = 40 × 10-2 m.
G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
To find: Force of attraction (F)
Formula: F = \(\frac{\mathrm{Gm}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
Calculation.
From formula,
F = \(\frac{6.67 \times 10^{-11} \times 90 \times 90}{\left(40 \times 10^{-2}\right)^{2}}\)
= \(\frac{6.67 \times 8100}{1600} \times 10^{-7}\)
∴ F = 3.377 × 10-6 N
The force of attraction between the two metal spheres is 3.377 × 10-6 N.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 20.
Three particles A, B, and C each having mass m are kept along a straight line with AB = BC = 1. A fourth particle D is kept on the perpendicular bisector of AC at a distance ¡ from B. Determine the gravitational force on D.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 10
From figure,
distance of particle D, from particles A and C is.
ADCD = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{AB}^{2}+\mathrm{BD}^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{(l)^{2}+(l)^{2}}=l \sqrt{2}\)
Gravitational force on particle D is the vector sum of forces due to particles A, B, and C. Gravitational force due to A,
FA = \(\frac{\mathrm{Gmm}}{(l \sqrt{2})^{2}}=\frac{\mathrm{Gm}^{2}}{2 l^{2}}\) = along \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{DA}}\)
This force can he resolved into horizontal and vertical components using rectangular unit vectors as shown in figure.
From figure,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 11
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 12
Negative sign indicates net force is acting along DB.
The net force acting on particle D is \(\frac{\mathbf{G m}^{2}}{l^{2}}\left(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}+1\right)\) directed along \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{D B}}\).

[Note: When force, in given case is resolved into its components, its horizontal component contains cos argument while vertical component contains sine argument.]

Question 21.
Three balls of masses 5 kg each are kept at points P(1, 2, 0) Q(2, 3, 0) and R(2, 2, 0). Find the gravitational force exerted on the ball at point R.
Solution:
The net force acting on ball placed at R will be vector sum of forces acting due to balls at P and Q.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 13
= 2.358 × 10-9 N
The net force acting on the ball at point R will be 2.358 × 10-9 N.

Question 22.
For what purpose Cavendish balance is used?
Answer:
Cavendish balance is used to find the magnitude of the gravitational constant G.

Question 23.
Describe the construction of Cavendish balance with the help of neat labelled diagram.
Answer:

  1. The Cavendish balance consists of a light rigid rod. It is supported at the centre by a fine vertical metallic fibre about 100 cm long.
  2. Two small spheres, s1 and s2 of lead having equal mass m and diameter about 5 cm are mounted at the ends of the rod and a small mirror M is fastened to the metallic fibre as shown in figure.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 14
  3. The mirror can be used to reflect a beam of light onto a scale and thereby measure the angel through which the wire will be twisted.
  4. Two large lead spheres L1 and L2 of equal mass M and diameter of about 20 cm are kept close to the small spheres on opposite side as shown in figure.

Question 24.
Describe the working of the experiment performed to measure the value of gravitational constant.
Answer:

  1. In the experiment performed to find the magnitude of gravitational constant (G), Cavendish balance is used.
  2. The large spheres in the balance attract the nearby smaller spheres by equal and opposite force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\). Hence, a torque is generated without exerting any net force on the bar.
  3. Due to the torque the bar turns and the suspension wire gets twisted till the restoring torque due to the elastic property of the wire becomes equal to the gravitational torque.
  4. If r is the initial distance of separation between the centres of the large and the neighbouring small sphere, then the magnitude of the force between them is, F = G\(\frac{\mathrm{mM}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
  5. If length of the rod is L, then the magnitude of the torque arising out of these forces is
    τ = FL = G\(\frac{\mathrm{mM}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)L
  6. At equilibrium, it is equal and opposite to the restoring torque.
    ∴ G\(\frac{\mathrm{mM}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)L = Kθ
    Where, K is the restoring torque per unit angle and θ is the angle of twist.
  7. By knowing the values of torque τ1 it and corresponding angle of twist a, the restoring torque per unit twist can be determined as K = τ1/α.
  8. Thus, in actual experiment measuring θ and knowing values of τ, m, M and r, the value of G can be calculated from equation (2).

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 25.
Derive the expression for the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the Earth.
Answer:

  1. The Earth is an extended object and can be assumed to be a uniform sphere.
  2. If the mass of the Earth is M and that of any point object is m, the distance of the point object from the centre of the Earth is r then the force of attraction between them is given by,
    F = \(\text { G } \frac{M m}{r^{2}}\) …. (1)
  3. If the point object is not acted upon by any other force, it will be accelerated towards the centre of the Earth under the action of this force. Its acceleration can be calculated by using Newton’s second law,
    F = ma … (2)
  4. From equations (1) and (2),
    ma = \(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
    ∴ Acceleration due to the gravity of the Earth
    \(=\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}} \times \frac{1}{\mathrm{~m}}=\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
    This is denoted by g.
  5. If the object is close to the surface of the Earth, r ≈ R, then,
    gEarth’s surface = \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\)

Question 26.
Explain why the Earth doesn’t appear to move even though the object of mass m (m << M) kept on the Earth exerts equal and opposite gravitational force on it.
Answer:

  1. An object of mass m (much smaller than the mass of the Earth) is attracted towards the Earth and falls on it.
  2. At the same time, the Earth is also attracted by the equal and opposite force towards the mass m.
  3. However, its acceleration towards m will be,
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 38
  4. As m << M, aEarth << g and is nearly zero. As, a result, practically only the mass m moves towards the Earth and the Earth doesn’t appear to move.

Solved Examples

Question 27.
Calculate mass of the Earth from given data, Acceleration due to gravity g = 9.81 m/s2, Radius of the Earth RE = 6.37 × 106 m, G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
Solution:
Given: g = 9.81 m/s2, RE = 6.37 × 106 m,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
To find: Mass of the Earth (ME)
Formula: g = \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}_{\mathrm{E}}}{\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{E}}^{2}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 39
= antilog {0.9912 + 0.8041 + 0.8041 – 0.8241) × 1023
= antilog {1.7753} × 1023
= 59.61 × 1023
= 5.961 × 1024 kg
Mass of the Earth is 5.961 × 1024 kg.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 28.
Calculate the acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the Earth from the given data. (Mass of the Earth = 6 × 1024 kg, Radius of the Earth = 6.4 × 106 m, G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2)
Solution:
Given. M = 6 × 1024 kg, R = 6.4 × 106 m, G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
Tofind. Acceleration due to gravity (g)
Formula: g = \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 40
The acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the Earth is 9.77 m/s2.

Question 29.
Calculate the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of moon if mass of the moon is 1/80 times that of the Earth and diameter of the moon is 1/4 times that of the Earth (g = 9.8 m/s2)
Solution:
Given: Mm = \(\frac{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{E}}}{80}\), Rm = \(\frac{\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{E}}}{4}\), g = 9.8 m/s2
To find: Acceleration due to gravity on the surface of moon (gm)
Formula: g = \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\)
Calculation: For moon, from formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 41
Acceleration due to gravity on surface of the planet is 0.245 m/s2.

Question 30.
Find the acceleration due to gravity on a planet that is 10 times as massive as the Earth and with radius 20 times of the radius of the Earth (g = 9.8 m/s2).
Solution:
Given: MP = 10 × Mass of the Earth = 10 ME,
RP = 20 × radius of the Earth = 20 RE, g = 9.8 m/s2
To find: Acceleration due to gravity on surface of the planet (gP)
Formula: g = \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 42
Acceleration due to gravity on surface of the planet is 0.245 m/s2.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 31.
Acceleration due to gravity on the Earth is g. A planet has mass and radius half that of the Earth. How much will be percentage change in the acceleration due to gravity on the planet?
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 43
The percentage change in acceleration due to gravity between the planet and the Earth will be 100%.

Question 32.
Explain the graph showing variation of acceleration due to gravity with altitude and depth.
Answer:
The value of acceleration due to gravity is calculated to be maximum at the surface of the Earth. The value goes on decreasing with
i) increase in depth below the Earth’s surface. [varies linearly with (R – d) = r]

ii) increase in height above the Earth’s surface. [varies inversely with (R + h)2 = r2].
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 44
Graph of g, as a function of r, the distance from the centre of the Earth, is plotted as shown in figure.
For r< R,
gd = g\(\left(1-\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{R}}\right)\)
if r = R – d,
g(r) = g\(\left(\frac{r}{R}\right) \Rightarrow g(r) \propto r\)
Hence, the graph shows a straight line passing through origin and having slope \(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{\mathrm{R}}\).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 45
which is represented in the graph.

Question 33.
Why does the weight of a body of a finite mass m is zero at the centre of the Earth?
Answer:
Acceleration at depth d due to gravity is given
by,
gd = g\(\left(1-\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{R}}\right)\)
As, at centre of the Earth d = R ⇒ gd = 0.
Hence, the weight of a body of a finite mass m is zero at the centre of the Earth.

Question 34.
Discuss the variation of acceleration due to gravity at poles and equator due to latitude of the Earth.
Answer:

  1. Effective acceleration due to gravity at P is given as,
    g’ = g – Rω2cos2θ.
  2. As the value of θ increases, cos θ decreases. Therefore g’ will increase as we move away from equator towards any pole due to the rotation of the Earth.
  3. At equator θ = 0°
    ∴ cos θ = 1
    ∴ g’e = g – Rω2
    The effective acceleration due to gravity (g’e) is minimum at equator, as here it is reduced by Rω2
  4. At poles θ = 90° cos θ = 0
    ∴ g’p = g – Rω2 cos θ
    = g – 0
    = g
    There is no reduction in acceleration due to gravity at poles, due to the rotation of the Earth as the poles are lying on the axis of rotation and do not revolve.

Question 35.
If g = 9.8 m/s2 on the surface of the Earth, find its value at h = \(\frac{\mathbf{R}}{\mathbf{2}}\) from the surface of the Earth.
Solution:
Given: g = 9.8 m/s2, h = \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{2}\)
To find: Acceleration due to gravity (gh)
Formula: \(\frac{\mathrm{g}_{\mathrm{h}}}{\mathrm{g}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{R}^{2}}{(\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h})^{2}}\)
Calculation:
From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 46
At h = \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{2}\) from the surface of the Earth, the value of g is 4.35 m/s2.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 36.
At what distance above the surface of Earth the acceleration due to gravity decreases by 10% of its value at the surface? (Radius of Earth = 6400 km)
Solution:
Given: gh = 90% of g i.e., \(\frac{g_{h}}{g}\) = 0.9,
R = 6400 km = 6.4 × 106 m
To find: Distance above the surface of the Earth (h)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 47

Question 37.
Find the altitude at which the acceleration due to gravity is 25% of that at the surface of the Earth.
(Radius of the Earth = 6400 km)
Solution:
Given: gh = 25% of g = \(\frac{25}{100} \times \mathrm{g}=\frac{\mathrm{g}}{4}\), R = 6400 km = 6.4 × 106 m
To find: Height (h)
Formula: gh = g\(\left(\frac{R}{R+h}\right)^{2}\)
Calculation: From formula,
\(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{4}\) = g\(\left(\frac{R}{R+h}\right)^{2}\)
(R + h)2 = 4R2
R + h = 2R
∴ h = 2R – R
∴ h = R
∴ h = 6400 km

Question 38.
A hole is drilled half way to the centre of the Earth. A body is dropped into the hole. How much will it weigh at the bottom of the hole if the weight of the body on the Earth’s surface is 350 N?
Solution:
Given: W = mg = 350 N, d = \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{2}\)
To find: Weight at certain depth (Wd)
Formula: gd = \(\mathrm{g}\left[1-\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{R}}\right]\)
Calculation: Since Wd = mgd,
from formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 48

Question 39.
Assuming the Earth to be a homogeneous sphere, determine the density of the Earth from following data. (g = 9.8 m/s2, G = 6.673 × 10-11 N m2/kg2, R = 6400 km)
Solution:
Given g = 9.8 m/s2,
G = 6.673 × 10-11 N m2/kg2, R = 6400 km = 6.4 × 106 m
To find: Density (ρ)
Formula: g = \(\frac{4}{3} \pi \mathrm{R} \rho \mathrm{G}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 49

Question 40.
If the Earth were a perfect sphere of radius 6.4 × 106 m rotating about its axis with the period of one day (8.64 × 104 s), what is the difference in acceleration due to gravity from poles to equator?
Solution:
Given: R = 6.4 × 106 m, T = 8.64 × 104 s
To find: Difference in acceleration due to gravity (gP – gE)
Formula: g’ = g – Rω2 cos2θ
Calculation: Since ω = \(\frac{2 \pi}{\mathrm{T}}\)
∴ ω = \(\frac{2 \times 3.14}{8.64 \times 10^{4}}\) = \(\frac{6.28}{8.64 \times 10^{4}}\)
= 0.7268 × 10-4
ω = 7.268 × 10-5 rad/s
At poles, θ = 90°
From formula,
gP = g – Rω2cos2 (90°)
= g – 0 ….(∵ cos 90° = 0)
∴ gP = g …. (i)
At equator, θ = 0°,
∴ gE = g – Rω2cos2
gE = g – Rω2 …. (ii)
Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i), we have,
gP – gE = g – (g – Rω2)
∴ gP – gE = Rω2
= 6.4 × 106 × (7.268 × 10-5)2
= 6.4 × 106 × 52.82 × 10-10
= 338 × 10-4
∴ gP – gE = 3.38 × 10-2 m/s2

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 41.
The Earth is rotating with angular velocity ω about its own axis. R is the radius of the Earth. If Rω2 = 0.03386 m/s2, calculate the weight of a body of mass 100 gram at latitude 25°. (g = 9.8 m/s2)
Solution:
Given: Rω2 = 0.03386 m/s2, θ = 25°,
m = 0.1 kg, g = 9.8 m/s2
To find: Weight (W)

Formulae:
i) g’ = g – Rω2 cos2 θ
ii) W = mg

Calculation:
From formula (i),
g’ = 9.8 – [0.03386 – cos2 (25°)]
∴ g’ = 9.8 – [0.03386 × (0.9063)2]
∴ g’ = 9.8 – 0.02781
∴ g’ = 9.772 m/s2
From formula (ii),
W = 0.1 × 9.772
∴ W = 0.9772 N

Question 42.
If the angular speed of the Earth is 7.26 × 10-5 rad/s and radius of the Earth is 6,400 km, calculate the change in weight of 1 kg of mass taken from equator to pole.
Solution:
Given: R = 6.4 × 106 m, ω = 7.26 × 10-5 rad/s
To find: Change in weight (∆W)
Formulae:
i) ∆g = gp – geq = Rω2
ii) ∆W = m∆g

Calculation: From formula (i) and (ii),
∆W = m(Rω2)
= 1 × 6.4 × 106 × (7.26 × 10-5)2
= 3373 × 10-5 N

Question 43.
Define potential energy.
Answer:
Potential energy is the work done against conservative force (or forces) in achieving a certain position or configuration of a given system.

Question 44.
Explain with examples the universal law which states that “Every system always configures itself in order to have minimum potential energy or every system tries to minimize its potential energy”.
Answer:
Example 1:

  1. A spring in its natural state, possesses minimum potential energy. Whenever we stretch it or compress it, we perform work against the conservative force.
  2. Due to this work, the relative distances between the particles of the system change i.e., configuration changes and potential energy of the spring increases.
  3. The spring finally regains its original configuration of minimum potential energy on removal of the applied force.
    This explains that the spring always try to rearrange itself in order to attain minimum potential energy.

Example 2:

  1. When an object is lying on the surface of the Earth, the system of that object and the Earth has minimum potential energy.
  2. This is the gravitational potential energy of the system as these two are bound by the gravitational force. While lifting the object to some height, we do work against the conservative gravitational force.
  3. In its new position, the object is at rest due to balanced forces. However, now, the object has a capacity to acquire kinetic energy, when allowed to fall.
  4. This increase in the capacity is the potential energy gained by the system. The object falls on the Earth to achieve the configuration of minimum potential energy on dropping it from the new position.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 45.
Obtain an expression for change in gravitational potential energy of any object displaced from one point to another.
Answer:
i) Work done against gravitational force in displacing an object through a small displacement, stored in the system in the form of increased potential energy of the system.
∴ dU = –\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{g}} \cdot \overrightarrow{\mathrm{dr}}\)
Negative sign appears because dU is the work done against the gravitational force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{g}}}\).

ii) For displacement of the object from an initial position \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{\mathrm{i}}}\) to the final position \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{\mathrm{f}}}\), the change in potential energy ∆U, can be obtained by integrating dU.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 50

 

iii) Gravitational force of the Earth, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{g}}\) = –\(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}} \hat{\mathrm{r}}\) where \(\hat{r}\) is the unit vector in the direction of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\).
Negative sign appears here because \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{g}}}\) is directed towards centre of the Earth and opposite to \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\).

iv) For Earth and mass system,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 51
Hence, change in potential energy corresponds to the work done against conservative forces.

Question 46.
Using expression for change in potential energy, show that gravitational potential energy of the system of object of mass m and the Earth with separation of r is, –\(\frac{\text { GMm }}{\text { r }}\)
Answer:

  1. Change in P.E. for a system of Earth and mass is given by,
    ∆U = GMm\(\left(\frac{1}{r_{i}}-\frac{1}{r_{f}}\right)\)
  2. For gravitational force, point of zero potential energy is taken to be at r = ∞.
  3. Hence, U(ri) = 0 at ri = ∞
    Final point rf is the point where the potential energy of the system is to be determined.
  4. At rf = r
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 52
    This is gravitational potential energy of the system of object of mass m and Earth of mass M having separation r (between their centres of mass).

Question 47.
Derive the formula for increase in gravitational potential energy of a Earth – mass system when the mass is lifted to a height h provided h << R.
Answer:

  1. If the object is on the surface of Earth, r = R
    U1 = –\(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
    If the object is lifted to height h above the surface of Earth, the potential energy becomes _ GMm 12 ~~ R+h
    U2 = –\(\frac{G M m}{R+h}\)
  2. Increase in the potential energy is given by
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 53
  3. If g is acceleration due to gravity on the surface of Earth. GM = gR2
    ∴ ∆U = mgh\(\left(\frac{R}{R+h}\right)\) … (1)
  4. Equation (1) gives the work to be done to raise an object of mass rn to a height h, above the surface of the Earth.
  5. If h << R, we can use R + h ≈ R.
    ∴ ∆U = mgh
    Thus, mgh is increase in the gravitational potential energy of the Earth – mass system if an object of mass m is lifted to a height h, provided h << R.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 48.
Write a short note on gravitational potential.
Answer:
The gravitational potential energy of the system of Earth and any mass m at a distance r from the centre of the Earth is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 54
The factor –\(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{r}}\) = (VE)r is defined as the
gravitational potential of Earth at distance r from its centre.

As the potential depends only upon mass of the Earth and location of the object, it is same for any mass m bound to the Earth.

Question 49.
Explain the relation between the gravitational potential energy and the gravitational potential.
Answer:

  1. In terms of potential, we can write the potential energy of the Earth-mass system as, Gravitational potential energy (U) = Gravitational potential (Vr) × mass (m)
  2. Thus, gravitational potential is gravitational potential energy per unit mass.
    ∴ Vr = \(\frac{\mathrm{U}}{\mathrm{m}}\)
  3. For any conservative force field, the concept of potential can be defined on similar lines.
  4. Gravitational potential difference between any two points in gravitational field can be written as,
    V2 – V1 = \(\frac{U_{2}-U_{1}}{m}\)
    = \(\frac{\mathrm{dW}}{\mathrm{m}}\)
    This is the work done (or change in potential energy) per unit mass.
  5. Therefore, in general, for a system of any two masses m1 and m2, separated by distance r, we can write,
    U = –\(\frac{\mathrm{G} \mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
    = (V1)m2
    = (V2)m1
    Here V1 and V2 are gravitational potentials at r due to m1 and m2 respectively.

Solved Exmaples

Question 50.
What will be the change in potential energy of a body of mass m when it is raised from height RE above the Earth’s surface to 5/2 RE above the Earth’s surface? RE and ME are the radius and mass of the Earth respectively.
Solution:
Change in potential energy (P.E.) of a body of mass m is given by,
∆U = GMEm\(\left(\frac{1}{r_{i}}-\frac{1}{r_{f}}\right)\)
Here, ri = RE + RE = 2 RE
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 55
[Note: Answer calculated above is in accordance with textual methods of calculation.]

Question 51.
What will be the change in potential energy of a body of mass m when it is placed on the surface of the Earth from height R above the Earth’s surface?
Solution:
Change in potential energy (P.E.) of a body of mass m is given by,
∆U = GMEm\(\frac{1}{r_{i}}-\frac{1}{r_{r}}\)
Here, ri = R + R = 2R
Similarly, rf = R
∴ ∆U = GMEm \(\left[\frac{1}{2 R}-\frac{1}{R}\right]\) = GMEm\(\left(-\frac{1}{2 R}\right)\)
∴ ∆U = –\(\frac{\mathbf{G} \mathbf{M} \mathbf{m}}{\mathbf{2 R}}\)
Negative sign indicates that potential energy is decreasing.

Question 52.
Determine the gravitational potential of a body of mass 80 kg whose gravitational potential energy is 5 × 109 J on the surface of the Earth.
Solution:
Given: m = 80 kg, U = 5 × 109 J
To find: Gravitational potential (V)
Formula: V = \(\frac{\mathrm{U}}{\mathrm{m}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
V = \(\frac{5 \times 10^{9}}{80}=\frac{25}{4}\) × 107
= 6.25 × 107 J kg-1
Potential of the body at the surface of the Earth is 6.25 × 107 J kg-1.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 53.
Calculate the escape velocity of a body from the surface of the Earth.
(Average density of Earth = 5.5 × 103 kg/m3, G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2, radius of Earth R = 6.4 × 106 m)
Solution:
Given: ρ = 5.5 × 103 kg/m3, R = 6.4 × 106 m,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
To find: Escape velocity (ve)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 27
= 2 × 6.4 × 106 × 8.759 × 10-4
∴ ve = 11.21 × 103 m/s = 11.21 km/s
The escape velocity of a body is 11.21 km/s.

Question 54.
What is a satellite?
Answer:
An object which revolves in an orbit around a planet is called as satellite.
Example:

  • Moon is a natural satellite of the Earth.
  • INSAT is an artificial satellite of the Earth.

Question 55.
Write a short note on Polar satellites.
Answer:

  1. Polar Satellites are placed in lower polar orbits.
  2. They are at low altitude 500 km to 800 km.
  3. Period of revolution of polar satellite is nearly 85 minutes, so it can orbit the Earth 16 time per day.
  4. They go around the poles of the Earth in a north-south direction while the Earth rotates in an east-west direction about its own axis.
  5. The polar satellites have cameras fixed on them. The camera can view small stipes of the Earth in one orbit. In entire day the whole Earth can be viewed strip by strip.
  6. Polar region and equatorial regions close to it can be viewed by these satellites.
  7. Polar satellites are used for weather forecasting and meteorological purpose. They are also used for astronomical observations and study of Solar radiations.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 56.
Derive the expression for the critical velocity of a satellite revolving close to the surface of the Earth in terms of acceleration due to gravity.
Answer:

  1. When the satellite is revolving close to the surface of the Earth, the height is very small as compared to the radius of the Earth.
  2. Hence the height can be neglected and radius of the orbit is nearly equal to R, i.e., R + h ≈ R
  3. The critical speed of the satellite then becomes,
    vc = \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}}\)
  4. G is related to acceleration due to gravity by the relation,
    g = \(\frac{G M}{R^{2}}\)
    ∴ GM = gR2
  5. Thus, critical speed in terms of acceleration due to gravity, neglecting the air resistance, can be obtained as,
    vc = \(\sqrt{\frac{\mathrm{gR}^{2}}{\mathrm{R}}}=\sqrt{\mathrm{gR}}\)

Question 57.
From an inertial frame of reference, explain the apparent weight for a person standing in a lift having zero acceleration.
Answer:

  1. A passenger inside a lift experiences only two forces:
    • Gravitational force mg directed vertically downwards and
    • normal reaction force N directed vertically upwards, exerted by the floor of the lift.
  2. As these forces are oppositely directed, the net force in the downward direction will be F = ma – N.
  3. Though the weight of a passenger is the gravitational force acting upon it, the person experiences his weight only due to the normal reaction force N exerted by the floor.
  4. A lift has zero acceleration when the lift is at rest or is moving upwards or downwards with constant velocity.
  5. Thus, a net force acting on the passenger inside the lift will be,
    F = 0 = mg – N
    ∴ mg = N
    Hence, in this case the passenger feels his normal weight mg.

Question 58.
What happens to the apparent weight of the person inside the lift moving with net upward acceleration?
Answer:

  1. The lift is said to be moving with net upward acceleration in two possible conditions:
    • when the lift just starts moving upwards or
    • is about to stop at a lower floor during its downward motion.
  2. As the net acceleration is upwards, the upward force must be greater.
    ∴ F = ma = N – mg
    ∴ N = mg + ma
    ∴ N > mg
  3. Thus, for a passenger inside this lift, his apparent weight is more than his actual weight when the lift was not accelerated.

Question 59.
Why does a passenger feel lighter when the lift is about to stop at a higher floor during its upward motion?
Answer:

  1. When the lift is about to stop at a higher floor during its upward motion it has a net downward acceleration.
  2. As the net acceleration is downwards, the downward force must be greater.
    ∴ F = ma = mg – N
    ∴ N = mg – ma
    i.e., N < mg
    Hence, a passenger feels lighter when the lift is about to stop at a higher floor during its upward motion.

Question 60.
When does a weighing machine will record zero for a passenger in a lift?
Answer:
If the cables of the lift are cut, the downward acceleration of the lift, ad = g. In this case, we get,
N = mg – mad = 0
Thus, there will not be any feeling of weight and the weighing machine will record zero.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 61.
Define time period of a satellite.
Obtain an expression for the period of a satellite in a circular orbit round the Earth. Show that the square of the period of revolution of a satellite is directly proportional to the cube of the orbital radius.
Answer:
Definition:
The time taken by a satellite to complete one revolution around the Earth is called its time period.
Expression for time period:
i) Consider, m = mass of satellite, h = altitude of satellite. Thus, r = R + h = radius of orbit of the satellite.
ii) In one revolution, distance traced by satellite is equal to circumference of its circular orbit.
iii) If T is the time period of satellite, then
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 28
Since π2, G and M are constant,
∴ T2 ∝ r3
Hence, square of the period of revolution of a satellite is directly proportional to the cube of the radius of its orbit.

vi) Taking square roots on both the sides of equation (4), we get,
T = 2π\(\sqrt{\frac{\mathrm{r}^{3}}{\mathrm{GM}}}\)
T = 2π\(\sqrt{\frac{(R+h)^{3}}{G M}}\)
This is the required expression for period of satellite orbiting around the Earth in circular path.

Question 62.
For an orbiting satellite very close to surface of the Earth, show that T = 2π \(\sqrt{\frac{\mathrm{R}}{\mathrm{g}}}\).
Answer:

  1. Time period of an orbiting satellite at certain height is given by, T = 2π \(\sqrt{\frac{(R+h)^{3}}{G M}}\)
  2. If satellite is orbiting very close to the Earth’s surface, then h ≈ 0
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 29

Solved Examples

Question 63.
Show that the critical velocity of a body revolving in a circular orbit very close to the surface of a planet of radius R and
mean density ρ is 2R\(\sqrt{\frac{G \pi \rho}{3}}\).
Solution:
Since the body is revolving very close to the surface of a planet,
∴ h << R
R = radius of planet
ρ = mean density of planet
Critical velocity of a body very close to Earth is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 30

Question 64.
Find the orbital speed of the satellite w hen satellite is revolving round the Earth in circular orbit at a distance 9 × 106 m from its centre. (Given: Mass of Earth = 6 × 1024 kg, G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2)
Solution:
Given: r = 9 × 106 m, M = 6 × 1024kg,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
To find: Orbital speed (vc)
Formula: vc = \(\sqrt{\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{r}}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 31
∴ vc = 6.668 × 103 m/s
The orbital speed of the satellite is 6.668 × 103 m/s.

Question 65.
Taking radius of the Earth as 6400 km and g at the Earth’s surface as 9.8 m/s2, calculate the speed of revolution of a satellite orbiting close to the Earth’s surface.
Solution:
Given: R = 6400 km = 6.4 × 106 m, g = 9.8 m/s2
To find: Critical velocity (vc)
Formula: vc = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{gR}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
vc = \(\sqrt{9.8 \times 6.4 \times 10^{6}}\)
= \(\sqrt{98 \times 64 \times 10^{4}}\)
= 7\(\sqrt{2}\) × 8 ×102
= 7.92 × 103 m/s
The speed of revolution of the satellite orbiting close to the Earth’s surface is 7.92 × 103 m/s.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 66.
The critical velocity of a satellite revolving around the Earth is 10 km/s at a height where gh = 8 m/s 2. Calculate the height of the satellite from the surface of the Earth. (R = 6.4 × 106 m)
Solution:
Given: vc = 10 km/s = 10 × 103 m/s,
gh = 8 m/s3, R = 6.4 × 106 m
To find: Height of the satellite (h)
Formula: vc = \(\sqrt{g_{\mathrm{h}}(R+h)}\)
Calculation: From formula,
10 × 103 = \(\sqrt{8 \times(\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h})}\)
Squaring both the sides, we get,
100 × 106 = 8(R + h)
∴ 8(R + h) = 100 × 106
∴ R + h = \(\frac{100}{8}\) × 106
∴ h = 12.5 × 106 – R
= 12.5 × 106 – 6.4 × 106
= 6.1 × 106m
∴ h = 6100 km
The height of the satellite from the surface of the Earth is 6100 km.

Question 67.
An artificial satellite revolves around a planet in circular orbit close to its surface. Obtain the formula for period of the satellite in terms of density p and radius R of planet.
Solution:
Time period of a satellite revolving around the planet at certain height is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 15

Question 68.
Calculate the period of revolution of a polar satellite orbiting close to the surface of the Earth. Given R = 6400 km, g = 9.8 m/s2.
Solution:
Given: For satellite close to Earth surface,
R + h ≈ R
R = 6400 km = 6.4 × 106 m, g = 9.8 m/s2
To find: Time period of satellite (T)
Formula: T = 2π \(\sqrt{\frac{R}{g}}\)
Calculation: From Formula,
T = 2 × 3.14 × \(\sqrt{\frac{6.4 \times 10^{6}}{9.8}}\)
= 6.28 × 8.081 × 102
= 5.075 × 103 sec
≈ 85 min
The time period of satellite very close to the Earth’s surface is nearly 85 minute.

Question 69.
A satellite orbits around the Earth at a height equal to R of the Earth. Find its period. (R = 6.4 × 106 m, g = 9.8 m/s2)
Solution:
Given: h = R = 6.4 × 106m, g = 9.8 m/s2
To find: Time period (T)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 33
The time period of the satellite is 1.435 × 104 s.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 70.
Calculate the height of the communication satellite. (Given: G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2, M = 6 × 1024 kg, R = 6400 km)
Solution:
For communication satellite, T = 24 × 60 × 60 s,
Given: M = 6 × 1024 kg,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2,
R = 6400 km = 6.4 × 106m
To find: Height (h)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation 34
The height of the communication satellite is 35910 km.

Question 71.
How will you ‘weigh the Sun’, that is estimate its mass? The mean orbital radius of the Earth around the Sun is 1.5 × 108 km.
Solution:
Given: r = 1.5 × 108 × 103m,
T = 365 days = 365 × 24 × 60 × 60 s
To find: Mass (M)
Formula: T = 2π \(\sqrt{\frac{r^{3}}{G M}}\)
Calculation:
From formula,
M = \(\frac{4 \pi^{2} r^{3}}{G T^{2}}\)
= \(\frac{4 \times(3.14)^{2}\left(1.5 \times 10^{11}\right)^{3}}{\left(6.67 \times 10^{-11}\right)(365 \times 24 \times 60 \times 60)^{2}}\)
∴ M = 2.01 × 1030kg
The mass of the Sun is 2.01 × 1030 kg.
[Trick: To ‘weigh the Sun’, i.e., estimate its mass, one needs to know the period of one of its planets and the radius of the planetary orbit.]

Question 72.
Calculate the B.E. of a satellite of mass 2000 kg moving in an orbit very close to the surface of the Earth. (G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2)
Solution:
Given: m = 2 × 103 kg, R = 6.4 × 106 m,
R = 6.4 × 106 m, M = 6 × 1024kg,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2,
M = 6 × 1024 kg
To find: Binding Energy (B.E.)
Formula: For satellite very close to Earth,
B.E. = \(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
B.E. = \(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{6.67 \times 10^{-11} \times 6 \times 10^{24} \times 2 \times 10^{3}}{6.4 \times 10^{6}}\)
∴ B.E. = 6.25 × 1010 joule
The binding energy of the satellite is 6.25 × 1010 joule.

Question 73.
Find the binding energy of a body of mass 50 kg at rest on the surface of the Earth. (Given: G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2, R = 6400 km, M = 6 × 1024 kg)
Solution:
Given: G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2,
R = 6400 km = 6.4 × 106m,
M = 6 × 1024 kg, m = 50 kg
To find: Binding energy (B.E.)
Formula: B.E. = \(\frac{\text { GMm }}{\mathrm{R}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
B.E. = \(\frac{6.67 \times 10^{-11} \times 6 \times 10^{24} \times 50}{6.4 \times 10^{6}}\)
= \(\frac{2001}{6.4}\) × 107
∴ B.E. = 3.127 × 109 J
The binding energy of the body 3.127 × 109 J.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 74.
Find the total energy and binding energy of an artificial satellite of mass 1000 kg orbiting at height of 1600 km above the Earth’s surface.
(Given: G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2, R = 6400 km, M = 6 × 1024 kg)
Solution:
Given: h = 1600 km = 1.6 × 106 m,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2,
R = 6400 km = 6.4 × 106m,
m = 1000 kg, M = 6 × 1024kg
To find:
i) Total Energy (T.E.)
ii) Binding Energy (B.E.)
Formulae: i. T.E. = –\(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{2(\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h})}\)
ii. B.E. = -T.E.

Calculation: From formula (i),
T.E = – \(\frac{6.67 \times 10^{-11} \times 6 \times 10^{24} \times 1000}{2(6.4+1.6) \times 10^{6}}\)
= –\(\frac{40020 \times 10^{7}}{2 \times 8}\)
∴ T.E. = -2.501 × 1010J
From formula (ii),
B.E. = 2.501 × 1010 J
i) The total energy of the artificial satellite is -2.501 × 1010 J.
ii) The binding energy of the artificial satellite is 2.501 × 1010 J.

Question 75.
Determine the binding energy of satellite of mass 1000 kg revolving in a circular orbit around the Earth when it is close to the surface of Earth. Hence find kinetic energy and potential energy of the satellite. (Mass of Earth = 6 × 1024 kg, radius of Earth = 6400 km; gravitational constant G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2)
Solution:
Given: m = 1000 kg, M = 6 × 1024 kg,
R = 6400 km, G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
To find:
i) Binding Energy (B.E.)
ii)Kinetic Energy (K.E.)
iii) Potential Energy (P.E.)

Formulae: For satellite very close to Earth,
i) B.E. = \(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
ii) K.E.= B.E.
iii) P.E. = -2 K.E.

Calculation: From formula (i),
B.E. = \(\frac{6.67 \times 10^{-11} \times 6 \times 10^{24} \times 1000}{2 \times 6.4 \times 10^{6}}\)
∴ B.E. = 3.1265 × 1010 J
From formula (ii),
K.E. = 3.1265 × 1010
∴ K.E. = 3.1265 × 1010 J
From formula (iii),
P.E. = -2(3.1265 × 1010)
∴ P.E. = -6.2530 × l010J
i) The binding energy of the satellite is 3.1265 × 1010 J.
ii) The kinetic energy of the satellite is 3.1265 × 1010 J.
iii) The potential energy of the satellite is -6.2530 × 1010J.

Apply Your Knowledge

Question 76.
How are Kepler’s law of periods and Newton’s law of gravitation related?
Answer:
Consider a planet of mass m revolving around the Sun of mass M in a circular orbit.
Let,
r = radius of the circular orbit of the planet.
T = Time period of revolution of planet around the Sun.
ω = angular velocity of planet.
F = Centripetal force exerted by the Sun on the planet.
Centripetal force is given by,
F = mrω2;
But ω = \(\frac{2 \pi}{T}\)
∴ F = mr (\(\frac{2 \pi}{\mathrm{T}}\))2
∴ F = \(\frac{4 \pi^{2} \mathrm{mr}}{\mathrm{T}^{2}}\) …(i)
According to Kepler’s third law,
T2 ∝ r3
T2 = Kr3 ……….. (where, K = constant) (ii)
Substituting equation (ii) in equation (i),
F = \(\frac{4 \pi^{2} \mathrm{mr}}{\mathrm{Kr}^{3}}\)
∴ F = \(\frac{4 \pi^{2}}{\mathrm{~K}} \frac{\mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
∴ F ∝ \(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\) ….(∵ \(\frac{4 \pi^{2}}{\mathrm{~K}}\) is a constant quantity)
Since, the gravitational attraction between the Sun and the planet is mutual, force exerted by the planet on the Sun will be proportional to the mass M of the Sun.
∴ F ∝ \(\frac{\mathrm{Mm}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
∴ F = \(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
The above equation represents Newton’s law of gravitation. In this manner, Newton’s law of gravitation is derived from Kepler’s law of periods.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 77.
Represent graphically the variation of total energy, kinetic energy and potential energy of a satellite with its distance from the centre of the Earth.
Answer:
For a satellite,
Potential energy (U) = \(\)
Kinetic energy (K) = \(\) and
Total energy (E) = \(\), where, r = R + h
Also, U and E remain negative whereas K remains positive.
Hence, the graph will be:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 1.1

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Kepler’s law of equal areas is an outcome of
(A) conservation of energy
(B) conservation of linear momentum
(C) conservation of angular momentum
(D) conservation of mass
Answer:
(C) conservation of angular momentum

Question 2.
Amongst given statements, choose the correct statement.
(I) Kepler derived the laws of planetary motion.
(II) Newton provided the reason behind the laws of planetary motion.
(A) (I) is correct.
(B) (II) is correct.
(C) Both (I) and (II) are correct.
(D) Neither (I) nor (II) is correct.
Answer:
(B) (II) is correct.

Question 3.
The figure shows the motion of a planet satellite in terms of mean density of Earth. around the Sun in an elliptical orbit with Sun at the focus. The shaded areas A and B are also shown in the figure which can be assumed to be equal. If t1 and t2 represent the time for the planet to move from a to b and d to c respectively, then
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 16
(A) t1 < t2
(B) t1 >t2
(C) t1 = t2
(D) t1 ≤ t2
Answer:
(C) t1 = t2

Question 4.
A planet is revolving around a star in a circular orbit of radius R with a period T. If the gravitational force between the planet and the star is proportional to R-3/2, then
(A) T2 ∝ R5/2
(B) T2 ∝ R-7/2
(C) T2 ∝ R3/2
(D) T2 ∝ R4
Answer:
(A) T2 ∝ R5/2

Question 5.
Time period of revolution of a satellite around a planet of radius R is T. Period of revolution around another planet whose radius is 3R is
(A) T
(B) 9T
(C) 3T
(D) 3\(\sqrt{3}\) T
Answer:
(D) 3\(\sqrt{3}\) T

Question 6.
Newton’s law of gravitation is called universal law because
(A) force is always attractive.
(B) it is applicable to lighter and heavier bodies.
(C) it is applicable at all times,
(D) it is applicable at all places of universe for all distances between all particles.
Answer:
(D) it is applicable at all places of universe for all distances between all particles.

Question 7.
If the mass of a body is M on the surface of the Earth, the mass of the same body on the surface of the moon is
M
(A) 6M
(B) \(\frac{M}{6}\)
(C) M
(D) Zero
Answer:
(C) M

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 8.
Which of the following statements about the gravitational constant is true?
(A) It has no units.
(B) It has same value in all systems of units.
(C) It is a force.
(D) It does not depend upon the nature of medium in which the bodies lie.
Answer:
(D) It does not depend upon the nature of medium in which the bodies lie.

Question 9.
The gravitational force between two bodies is ______
(A) attractive at large distance only
(B) attractive at small distance only
(C) repulsive at small distance only
(D) attractive at all distances large or small
Answer:
(D) attractive at all distances large or small

Question 10.
Mass of a particle at the centre of the Earth is
(A) infinite.
(B) zero.
(C) same as at other places.
(D) greater than at the poles.
Answer:
(C) same as at other places.

Question 11.
Which of the following is not a property of gravitational force?
(A) It is an attractive force.
(B) It acts along the line joining the two bodies.
(C) The forces exerted by two bodies on each other form an action-reaction pair.
(D) It has a very finite range of action.
Answer:
(D) It has a very finite range of action.

Question 12.
If the distance between Sun and Earth is made two third times of the present value, then gravitational force between them will become
(A) \(\frac{4}{9}\)times
(B) \(\frac{2}{3}\)times
(C) \(\frac{1}{3}\)times
(D) \(\frac{9}{4}\) times
Answer:
(D) \(\frac{9}{4}\) times

Question 13.
The gravitational constant G is equal to 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2 in vacuum. Its value in a dense matter of density 1010 g/cm3 will be
(A) 6.67 × 10-1 N m2/kg2
(B) 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
(C) 6.67 × 10-10 N m2/kg2
(D) 6.67 × 10-21 N m2/kg2
Answer:
(B) 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2

Question 14.
Acceleration due to gravity above the Earth’s surface at a height equal to the radius of the Earth is ______
(A) 2.5 m/s2
(B) 5 m/s2
(C) 9.8 m/s2
(D) 10 m/s2
Answer:
(A) 2.5 m/s2

Question 15.
If R is the radius of the Earth and g is the acceleration due to gravity on the Earth’s surface, the mean density of the Earth is
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 2
Answer:
(D) \(\frac{3 \mathrm{~g}}{4 \pi \mathrm{RG}}\)

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 16.
Variation of acceleration due to gravity (g) with distance x from the centre of the Earth is best represented by (R → Radius of the Earth)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 3
Answer:
(D)

Question 17.
Which of the following statements is not correct for the decrease in the value of acceleration due to gravity?
(A) As we go down from the surtce of the Earth towards its centre.
(B) As we go up from the surface of the Earth.
(C) As we go from equator to the poles on the surface on the Earth.
(D) As the rotational velocity of the Earth is increased.
Answer:
(C) As we go from equator to the poles on the surface on the Earth.

Question 18.
Calculate angular velocity of Earth so that acceleration due to gravity at 60° latitude becomes zero. (Radius of Earth = 6400 km, gravitational acceleration at poles = 10 m/s2, cos60° = 0.5)
(A) 7.8 × 10-2 rad/s
(B) 0.5 × 10-3 radis
(C) 1 × 10-3 radis
(D) 2.5 × 10-3 rad/s
Answer:
(D) 2.5 × 10-3 rad/s

Question 19.
The gravitational potential energy per unit mass at a point gives ________ at that point.
(A) gravitational field
(B) gravitational potential
(C) gravitational potential energy
(D) gravitational force
Answer:
(B) gravitational potential

Question 20.
A satellite is orbiting around a planet at a constant height in a circular orbit. If the mass of the planet is reduced to half, the satellite would
(A) fall on the planet.
(B) go to an orbit of smaller radius.
(C) go to an orbit of higher radius,
(D) escape from the planet.
Answer:
(D) escape from the planet.

Question 21.
How does the escape velocity of a particle depend on its mass?
(A) m2
(B) m
(C) m0
(D) m-1
Answer:
(C) m0

Question 22.
Escape velocity on a planet is ve. If radius of the planet remains same and mass becomes 4 times, the escape velocity becomes
(A) 4ve
(B) 2ve
(C) ve
(D) 0.5 ve
Answer:
(B) 2ve

Question 23.
If the escape velocity of a body on Earth is 11.2 km/s, the escape velocity of the body thrown at an angle 45° with the horizontal will be
(A) 11.2 km/s
(B) 22.4 km/s
(C) \(\frac{11.2}{\sqrt{2}}\)km/s
(D) 11.2 \(\sqrt{2}\) km/s
Answer:
(A) 11.2 km/s

Question 24.
Potential energy of a body in the gravitational field of planet is zero. The body must be
(A) at centre of planet.
(B) on the surface of planet.
(C) at infinity.
(D) at distance equal to radius of Earth.
Answer:
(C) at infinity.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 25.
If gravitational force of Earth disappears, what will happen to the satellite revolving round the Earth?
(A) Satellite will come back to Earth.
(B) Satellite will continue to revolve.
(C) Satellite will escape in tangential path.
(D) Satellite will start falling towards centre.
Answer:
(C) Satellite will escape in tangential path.

Question 26.
If ve and vo represent the escape velocity and orbital velocity of a satellite corresponding to a circular orbit of radius R respectively, then
(A) ve = vo
(B) \(\sqrt{2}\)vo = ve
(C) ve = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\)vo
(D) ve and vo are not related
Answer:
(B) \(\sqrt{2}\)vo = ve

Question 27.
If the kinetic energy of a satellite is 2 × 104 J, then its potential energy will be
(A) – 2 × 104 J
(B) 4 × 104 J
(C) -4 × 104 J
(D) -104J
Answer:
(C) -4 × 104 J

Competitive Corner

Question 1.
A body weighs 200 N on the surface of the Earth. How much will it weigh half way down to the centre of the Earth?
(A) 250 N
(B) 100 N
(C) 150 N
(D) 200 N
Answer:
(B) 100 N
Hint:
Acceleration due to gravity at depth d,
gd = g (1 – \(\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{R}}\))
= g(1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)) …(∵ d = \(\frac{1}{2}\))
∴ gd = \(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{2}\)
Weight of the body at depth d = R/2,
Wd = mgd = m × g/2 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 200
∴ Wd = 100 N

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 2.
The work done to raise a mass m from the surface of the Earth to a height h, which is equal to the radius of the Earth, is:
(A) \(\frac{1}{2}\) mgR
(B) \(\frac{3}{2}\) mgR
(C) mgR
(D) 2mgR
Answer:
(A) \(\frac{1}{2}\) mgR
Hint:
Initial potential energy on Earth’s surface,
Ui = \(\frac{-\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
Final potential energy at height h = R
Uf = \(\frac{-\mathrm{GMm}}{2 \mathrm{R}}\)
Work done, W = Uf – Ui
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 4
∴ W = \(\frac{1}{2}\) mgR

Question 3.
The time period of a geostationary satellite is 24 h, at a height 6RE (RE is radius of Earth) from surface of Earth. The time period of another satellite whose height is 2.5 RE from surface will be,
(A) \(\frac{12}{2.5}\)h
(B) 6\(\sqrt{2}\) h
(C) 12\(\sqrt{2}\) h
(D) \(\frac{24}{2.5}\)h
Answer:
(B) 6\(\sqrt{2}\) h
Hint:
By Kepler’s third law,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 5
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 6

Question 4.
Assuming that the gravitational potential energy of an object at infinity is zero, the change in potential energy (final – initial) of an object of mass m, when taken to a height h from the surface of Earth (of radius R), is given by,
(A) \(\frac{\text { GMm }}{R+h}\)
(B) – \(\frac{\text { GMm }}{R+h}\)
(C) \(\frac{\text { GMmh }}{R(R+h)}\)
(D) mgh
Answer:
(C) \(\frac{\text { GMmh }}{R(R+h)}\)
Hint:
Potential energy of object of mass m on the surface of Earth,
P.E = \(\frac{-\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
Potential energy of object of mass m at a height h from the surface of the Earth,
P.E.’ = \(\frac{-\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h}}\)
∴ Change in potential energy
= P.E.’ – P.E.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 7

Question 5.
A body mass ‘m’ is dropped from height \(\), from Earth’s surface, where ‘R’ is the radius of Earth. Its speed when it will hit the Earth’s surface is (ve = escape velocity from Earth’s surface)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 8
Answer:
(B) \(\frac{\mathbf{v}_{\mathrm{e}}}{\sqrt{3}}\)
Hint:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 9
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 10

Question 6.
According to Kepler’s Law, the areal velocity of the radius vector drawn from the Sun to any planet always
(A) decreases.
(B) first increases and then decreases.
(C) remains constant.
(D) increases.
Answer:
(C) remains constant.

Maharashtra Board Solutions

Question 7.
A body is thrown from the surface of the Earth with velocity ‘u’ m/s. The maximum height in m above the surface of the Earth upto which it will reach is (R = radius of Earth, g = acceleration due to gravity)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 11
Answer:
(A) \(\frac{u^{2} R}{2 g R-u^{2}}\)
Hint:
(T.E.) on surface = (T.E.) at height ‘h’
∴ (K.E.)1 + (P.E.)1 = (K.E.)2 + (P.E.)2
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 12
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 13

Question 8.
A satellite is revolving in a circular orbit at a height ‘h’ above the surface of the Earth of radius ‘R’. The speed of the satellite in its orbit is one-fourth the escape velocity from the surface of the Earth. The relation between ‘h’ and ‘R’ is
(A) h = 2R
(B) h = 3R
(C) h = 5R
(D) h = 7R
Answer:
(D) h = 7R
Hint:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Gravitation q 14

Question 9.
Two astronauts are floating in gravitational free space after having lost contact with their spaceship. The two will:
(A) keep floating at the same distance between them.
(B) move towards each other.
(C) move away from each other.
(D) will become stationary.
Answer:
(B) move towards each other.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 1.
‘Rest and motion are relative concepts.’ Explain the statement with an example.
Answer:

  1. A body can be described to be at rest or in motion with respect to a system of co¬ordinate axes known as the frame of reference.
  2. A body is in motion if it changes its position with respect to a fixed reference point in a frame of reference. On the other hand, a body is at rest if it does not change its position with respect to a fixed reference point in a frame of reference.
  3. An object can be said to be at rest with respect to a frame of reference while the same object can be said to be in motion with respect to a different frame of reference.
    Example: In a running train, all the travellers in the train are in a state of rest if the train is taken as the frame of reference. On the other hand, all the travellers in the train are in a state of motion if ground (or platform) is taken as the frame of reference.
  4. Thus, motion and rest always need a frame of reference to be described. Hence, rest and motion are relative concepts.

Question 2.
Explain how acceleration and initial velocity decides trajectory of a motion.
Answer:

  1. The resultant motion is linear if:
    • initial velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}\) = 0 (starting from rest) and acceleration \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}\) is in any direction.
    • initial velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}\) ≠ 0 and acceleration a is in line with the initial velocity (same or opposite direction).
  2. The resultant motion is circular if initial velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}\) ≠ 0 and acceleration \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}\) is perpendicular to the velocity throughout.
  3. The resultant motion is parabolic if the initial velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}\) is not in line with the acceleration \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}\) = constant.
    e.g., trajectory of a projectile motion.
  4. Similarly, various other combinations of initial velocity and acceleration will result into more complicated motions.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 3.
State Newton’s first law of motion.
Answer:
Statement: Every inanimate object continues to be in a state of rest or of uniform unaccelerated motion along a straight line, unless it is acted upon by an external, unbalanced force.

Question 4.
An astronaut accidentally gets separated out of his small spaceship accelerating in inter stellar space at a constant rate of 100 m s-2. What is the acceleration of the astronaut the instant after he is outside the spaceship? (Assume that there are no nearby stars to exert gravitational force on him.) (NCERT)
Answer:

  1. Assuming absence of stars in the vicinity, the only gravitational force exerted on astronaut is by the spaceship.
  2. But this force is negligible.
  3. Hence, once astronaut is out of the spaceship net external force acting on him can be taken as zero.
  4. From the first law of motion, the acceleration of astronaut is zero.

Question 5.
Give the magnitude and direction of the net force acting on:

  1. a drop of rain falling down with a constant speed.
  2. a cork of mass 10 g floating on water.
  3. a kite skilfully held stationary in the sky.
  4. a car moving with a constant velocity of 30 kmh-1 on a rough road.
  5. a high speed electron in space far from all gravitating objects, and free of electric and magnetic fields. (NCERT)

Answer:

  1. The drop of rain falls down with a constant speed, hence according to the first law of motion, the net force on the drop of rain is zero.
  2. Since the 10 g cork is floating on water, its weight is balanced by the up thrust due to water. Therefore, net force on the cork is zero.
  3. As the kite is skilfully held stationary in the sky, in accordance with first law of motion, the net force on the kite is zero.
  4. As the car is moving with a constant velocity of 30 km/h on a road, the net force on the car is zero.
  5. As the high-speed electron in space is far from all material objects, and free of electric and magnetic fields, it doesn’t accelerate and moves with constant velocity. Hence, net force acting on the electron is zero.

Question 6.
State Newton’s second law of motion and its importance.
Answer:
Statement: The rate of change of linear momentum of a rigid body is directly proportional to the applied (external unbalanced) force and takes place in the direction of force.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}=\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)
Where, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) = Force applied
p = m\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) = linear momentum

Importance of Newton’s second law:

  1. It gives mathematical formulation for quantitative measure of force as rate of change of linear momentum.
  2. It defines momentum instead of velocity as the fundamental quantity related to motion.
  3. It takes into consideration the resultant unbalanced force on a body which is used to overcome Aristotle’s fallacy.

Question 7.
Explain why a cricketer moves his hands backwards while holding a catch. (NCERT)
Answer:

  1. In the act of catching the ball, by drawing hands backward, cricketer allows longer time for his hands to stop the ball.
  2. By Newton’s second law of motion, force applied depends on the rate of change of momentum.
  3. Taking longer time to stop the ball ensures smaller rate of change of momentum.
  4. Due to this the cricketer can stop the ball by applying smaller amount of force and thereby not hurting his hands.

Question 8.
Large force always produces large change in momentum on a body than a small force. Is this correct?
Answer:
No. From Newton’s second law, we have.
\(\frac{\mathrm{dP}}{\mathrm{dt}}=\mathrm{F}\) …. (i)
dP = Fdt …. (ii)
From equation (ii), we can infer that a small force acting for a longer time can produce same change in momentum of a body as a large force acting in the same direction for a short time. Hence, the given statement is incorrect.

Question 9.
Newton’s first law is contained in the second law. Prove it.
Answer:

  1. From Newton’s second law of motion, we have, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}=\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}}{\mathrm{dt}}=\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{dt}}(\mathrm{m} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}})\)
  2. For a given body, mass m is constant.
    ∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}=\mathrm{m} \frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}}{\mathrm{dt}}=\mathrm{m} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}\)
  3. If \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) = zero, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) is constant. Hence if there is no force, velocity will not change. This is nothing but Newton’s first law of motion.

Question 10.
State Newton’s third law of motion
Answer:
Statement: To every action (force) there is always an equal and opposite reaction force).

Question 11.
State the importance of Newton’s third law of motion.
Answer:

  1. Newton’s third law of motion defines action and reaction as a pair of equal and opposite forces acting along the same line.
  2. Action and reaction forces always act on different objects.

Question 12.
State the consequences of Newton’s third law of motion.
Answer:

  1. Two interacting bodies exert forces which are always equal in magnitude, have the same line of action and are opposite in direction, upon each other. Thus, forces always occur in pairs.
  2. If a body A exerts an action force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{BA}}\) on body B, then body B also exerts an equal and opposite reaction force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{AB}}\) on body A, simultaneously.
  3. Body A experiences the force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{AB}}\) only and
    body B experiences the force \overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{BA}} only.
  4. Both the forces, action and reaction act at the same instant.
  5. Both the forces always act on different bodies. Hence, they never cancel each other.
  6. Both the forces do not necessarily arise due to contact i.e., they can be non-contact forces. Example: Repulsive forces between two magnets.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 13.
If a constant force of 800 N produces an acceleration of 5 m/s2 in a body, what is its mass? If the body starts from rest, how much distance will it travel in 10 s?
Solution:
Given: F = 800 N, a = 5 m/s2, u = 0, t = 10 s
To find: mass (m), distance travelled (s)
Formulae:

i. F = ma
ii. s = ut + \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{at}^{2}\)

Calculation:
From formula (i),
∴ m = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{a}}=\frac{800}{5}\) = 160 kg
From formula (ii),
s = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 5 × (10)2 [∵ u = 0]
∴ s = 250 m
Answer:
Mass of the body is 160 kg and the distance travelled by the body is 250 m.

Question 14.
A constant force acting on a body of mass 3 kg changes its speed from 2 m s-1 to 3.5 m/s in 25 s. The direction of motion of the body remains unchanged. What is the magnitude and direction of the force? (NCERT)
Solution:
Given: u = 2 ms-1, m = 3 kg,
v = 3.5 m s-1, t = 25s
To find: Force (F)
Formula: F = ma
Calculation: Since, v = u + at
∴ 3.5 = 2 + a × 25
a = \(\frac{3.5-2}{25}\) = 0.06 m s-2
From formula,
F = 3 × 0.06 = 0.18 N
Since, the applied force increases the speed of the body, it acts in the direction of the motion.
Answer:
The applied force is 0.18 N along the direction of motion.

Question 15.
A constant retarding force of 50 N is applied to a body of mass 20 kg moving initially with a speed of 15 ms-1. How long does the body take to stop? (NCERT)
Solution:
Given: m = 20 kg, u = 15ms-1, v = 0,
F = – 50 N (retarding force)
To find: Time (t)
Formula: v = u + at
Calculation: Since, F = ma
∴ a = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{m}}=\frac{-50}{20}\) = -2.5 m s-2
From formula,
0 = 15 + (-2.5) × t
∴ t = 6s
Answer:
Time taken to stop the body is 6 s.

Question 16.
A hose pipe used for gardening is ejecting water horizontally at the rate of 0.5 m/s. Area of the bore of the pipe is 10 cm2. Calculate the force to be applied by the gardener to hold the pipe horizontally stationary.
Solution:
Let ejecting water horizontally be considered as the action force on the water, then the water exerts a backward force (called recoil force) on the pipe as the reaction force.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 1
Where, V = volume of water ejected
A = area of cross section of bore = 10 cm2
ρ = density of water = 1 g/cc
l = length of the water ejected in time t
\(\frac{\mathrm{d} l}{\mathrm{dt}}\) = v = velocity of water ejected
= 0.5 m/s = 50 cm/s
F = \(\frac{\mathrm{dm}}{\mathrm{dt}} \mathrm{v}\)
= (Aρv) v
= Aρv2
= 10 × 1 × 502
∴ F = 25000 dyne = 0.25 N
Answer:
The gardener must apply an equal and opposite force of 0.25 N.

Question 17.
What does the term frame of reference mean?
Answer:
A system of co-ordinate axes with reference to which the position or motion of an object is described is called a frame of reference.

Question 18.
Explain the terms inertial and non-inertial frame of reference.
Answer:

  1. Inertial frame of reference:
    • A frame of reference in which Newton ‘s first law of motion is applicable is called inertia/frame of reference.
    • A body moves with a constant velocity (which can be zero) in the absence of a net force. The body does not accelerate.
    • Example: A rocket in inter-galactic space (gravity free space between galaxies) with all its engine shut.
  2. Non-inertial frame of reference:
    • A frame of reference in which an object suffers acceleration in absence of net force is called non-inertial frame of reference.
    • The body undergoes acceleration.
    • Example: If a car just start its motion from rest, then during the time of acceleration the car will be in a non-inertial frame of reference.

Question 19.
State the limitations of Newton’s laws of motion.
Answer:

  1. Newton’s laws of motion are not applicable in a non-inertial (accelerated) frame of reference.
  2. Newton’s laws are only applicable to point objects.
  3. Newton’s laws are only applicable to rigid bodies.
  4. Results obtained by applying Newton’s laws of motion for objects moving with speeds comparable to that of light do not match with the experimental results and Einstein special theory of relativity has to be used.
  5. Newton’s laws of motion fail to explain the behaviour and interaction of objects having atomic or molecular sizes, and quantum mechanics has to be used.

Question 20.
Name the different types of fundamental forces in nature.
Answer:
Fundamental forces in nature are classified into four types:

  1. Gravitational force
  2. Electromagnetic force
  3. Strong nuclear force
  4. Weak nuclear force

Question 21.
Define gravitational force. Give its examples.
Answer:
Force of attraction between two (point) masses separated by a distance is called as gravitational force.
F = \(\mathrm{G} \frac{\mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
where ‘G’ is constant called the universal gravitational constant = 6.67 × 10-11 Nm2/kg2

Examples:

  1. The motion of moon, artificial satellites around the earth and motion of planets around the sun is due to gravitational force of attraction.
  2. The concept of weight of a body in the earth’s gravitational field is due to gravitational force exerted by the earth on a body.

Question 22.
Write down the main characteristics of gravitational force.
Answer:
Characteristics of gravitational force:

  1. It is always attractive.
  2. It is the weakest of the four basic forces in nature.
  3. Its range is infinite.
  4. Structure of the universe is governed by this force.

Question 23.
Write a note on electromagnetic (EM) force.
Answer:
Electromagnetic force:

  1. The attractive and repulsive force between electrically charged particles is called electromagnetic force.
  2. It can be attractive or repulsive.
  3. It is stronger than the gravitational force.
  4. Example: force of friction, normal reaction, tension in strings, collision forces, elastic forces, fluid friction etc. are electromagnetic in nature.
  5. Reaction forces are a result of the action of electromagnetic forces.
  6. Since majority of forces are electromagnetic in nature, our life is practically governed by these forces.

Question 24.
Write a note on strong and weak nuclear force.
Answer:

  1. Strong nuclear force: The strong force which binds protons and neutrons (nucleons) together in the nucleus of an atom is called strong nuclear force.
    Characteristics of strong nuclear force:

    • It is a very strong attractive force.
    • It is a short range force of the order of 10-14 m.
    • it is charge independent.
  2. Weak nuclear force: The force of interaction between subatomic particles which results in the radioactive decay of atoms is called weak nuclear force.

Characteristics of weak nuclear force:

  • It acts between any two elementary particles (pair of subatomic particles).
  • It is a stronger force than gravitational force.
  • It is much weaker than electromagnetic force or strong nuclear force.
  • It is a short range force of the order of 10-16m.

Question 25.
Three identical point masses are fixed symmetrically on the periphery of a circle. Obtain the resultant gravitational force on any point mass M at the centre of the circle. Extend this idea to more than three identical masses symmetrically located on the periphery. How far can you extend this concept?
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 2
i. Consider three identical points A, B and C of mass m on the periphery of a circle of radius r. Mass M is at the centre of the circle.
Gravitational forces on M due to these masses are attractive and are given as,
In magnitude, \(\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{MA}}=\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{MB}}=\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{MC}}=\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)

ii. Forces \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{MB}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{MC}}\) are resolved along \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{MA}}\) and perpendicular to \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{MA}}\). Components perpendicular to \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{MA}}\) cancel each other. Components along \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{MA}}\) are,
FMB cos 60° = FMC cos 60° = \(\frac{1}{2} F_{M A}\) each.

Magnitude of their resultant is FMA and its direction is opposite to that of FMA. Thus, the
resultant force on mass M is zero. For any even number of equal masses, the force due to any mass m is balanced (cancelled) by diametrically opposite mass. For any odd number of masses, the components perpendicular to one of them cancel each other while the components parallel to one of these add up in such a way that the resultant is zero for any number of identical masses m located symmetrically on the periphery.

As the number of masses tends to infinity, their collective shape approaches circumference of the circle, which is nothing but a ring. Thus, the gravitational force exerted by a ring mass on any other mass at its centre is zero.

iii. This concept can be further extended to three-dimensions by imagining a uniform hollow sphere to be made up of infinite number of such rings with a common diameter. Thus, the gravitational force for any mass kept at the centre of a hollow sphere is zero.

Question 26.
A car of mass 1.5 ton is running at 72 kmph on a straight horizontal road. On turning the engine off, it stops in 20 seconds. While running at the same speed, on the same road, the driver observes an accident 50 m in front of him. He immediately applies the brakes and just manages to stop the car at the accident spot. Calculate the braking force.
Solution:
Given: m = 1.5 ton = 1500 kg,
u = 72 kmph = 72 × \(\frac{5}{18} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)m/s = 20 m
s-1 (on turning engine off),
v = 0, t = 20 s, s = 50 m
To find: Braking force (F)

Formula:

i. v = u + at
ii. v2 – u2 = 2as
iii. F = ma

Calculation:
On turning the engine off,
From formula (i),
a = \(\frac{0-20}{20}\) = -1 m s-2
This is frictional retardation (negative acceleration).
After seeing the accident,
From formula (ii),
a1 = \(\frac{0^{2}-20^{2}}{2(50)}\) = -4 m s-2
This retardation is the combined effect of braking and friction
∴ braking retardation =4 – 1 = 3 m s-2
From formula (iii), the braking force, F = 1500 × 3 = 4500 N
Answer:
The braking force is 4500 N.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 27.
A body constrained to move along the z-axis of a coordinate system is subject to a constant force F given by \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{F}}=(-\hat{\mathbf{i}}+2 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+3 \hat{\mathbf{k}})\) N where \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\), \(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\), \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) are unit vectors along the x, y and z axis of the system respectively. What is the work done by this force in moving the body a distance of 4 m along the z-axis? (NCERT)
Solution:
Given: \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{F}}=(-\hat{\mathbf{i}}+2 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+3 \hat{\mathbf{k}})\) N, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}=4 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
To find: work done (W)

Formula: W = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}} \cdot \overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
W = \((-\hat{\mathrm{i}}+2 \hat{\mathrm{j}}+3 \hat{\mathrm{k}}) \cdot(4 \hat{\mathrm{k}})\)
= \(12 \hat{\mathrm{k}} \cdot \hat{\mathrm{k}}\) = 12 J
Answer:
The work done by the force is in moving the body 12 J.

Question 28.
Over a given region, a force (in newton) varies as F = 3x2 – 2x + 1. In this region, an object is displaced from x1 = 20 cm to x2 = 40 cm by the given force. Calculate the amount of work done.
Solution:
Given: F = 3x2 – 2x + 1, x1 = 20 cm = 0.2 m,
x2 = 40 cm = 0.4 m.
To find: Work done (W)
Formula: W = \(\int_{A}^{B} \vec{F} \cdot \overrightarrow{d s}\)
Calculation:
From formula,
W = \(\int_{x_{1}}^{x_{2}} F \cdot d x=\int_{0.2}^{0.4}\left(3 x^{2}-2 x+1\right) d x\)
= [x3 – x2 + x]0.4
= [0.43 – 0.42 + 0.4] – [0.23 – 0.22 + 0.2]
= 0.304 – 0.168 = 0.136 J
The work done is 0.136 J.

Question 29.
A position dependent force f = 7 – 2x + 3x2 newton acts on a small body of mass 2 kg and displaces from x = 0 m to x = 5 m, calculate the work done.
Solution:
Given: F = 7 – 2x + 3x2, x = 0 at A and x = 5 at B.
To find: Work done (W)
Formula: W = \(\int_{A}^{B} \vec{F} \cdot \overrightarrow{d s}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 3
∴ W = 135 J
Answer:
The work done is 135 J.

Question 30.
State the principle of work-energy theorem in case of a conservative force and explain.
OR
Show that work done on a body by a conservative force is equal to the change in its kinetic energy
Answer:
Principle: Decrease in the potential energy due to work done by a conservative force is entirely converted into kinetic energy. Vice versa, for an object moving against a conservative force, its kinetic energy decreases by an amount equal to the work done against the force.

Work-energy theorem in case of a conservative force:

  1. Consider an object of mass m moving with velocity u experiencing a constant opposing force F which slows it down to v during displacement s.
  2. The equation of motion can be written as, v2 – u2 = -2as (negative acceleration for
    opposing force.)
    Multiplying throughout by \(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{2}\), we get,
    \(\frac{\mathrm{1}}{2}\)mu2 – \(\frac{\mathrm{1}}{2}\)mv2 = (ma)s …. (1)
  3. According to Newton’s second law of motion,
    F = ma … (2)
  4. From equations (1) and (2), we get,
    \(\frac{\mathrm{1}}{2}\)mu2 – \(\frac{\mathrm{1}}{2}\)mv2 = F.s
  5. But, \(\frac{\mathrm{1}}{2}\)mv2= Kf = final K.E of the body,
    \(\frac{\mathrm{1}}{2}\)mu2 = Ki = initial K.E of the body. and, work done by the force = F.s
    ∴ work done by the force = kf – ki
    = decrease in K.E of the body.
  6. Thus, work done on a body by a conservative force is equal to the change in its kinetic energy.

Question 31.
Explain the work-energy theorem in case of an accelerating conservative force along with a retarding non-conservative force.
Answer:

  1. Consider an object dropped from some point at height h.
  2. While coming down its potential energy decreases.
    ∴ Work done = decrease in P.E of the body.
  3. But, in this case, some part of the energy is used in overcoming the air resistance. This part of energy appears in some other forms such as heat, sound, etc. Thus, the work is not entirely converted into kinetic energy. In this case, the work-energy theorem can mathematically be written as,
    ∴ ∆ PE = ∆ K.E. + Wair resistance
    ∴ Decrease in the gravitational P.E. = Increase in the kinetic energy + work done against non-conservative forces.

Question 32.
A liquid drop of 1.00 g falls from height of cliff 1.00 km. It hits the ground with a speed of 50 m s-1. What is the work done by the unknown force? (Take g = 9.8 m/s2)
Solution:
Given: m = 1.0 g = 1.0 × 10-3 kg,
h = 1 km = 103 m, v = 50 ms-1
To find: Work done (Wf)
Formula: Wf = ∆ K.E – Wg

Calculation:

i. The change in kinetic energy of the drop
∆ K.E = (K.E.)final (K.E.)initial
∴ ∆ K.E. = \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mv}^{2}-0\)
= \(\frac{1}{2} \times 1.0 \times 10^{-3} \times(50)^{2}\)
∴ ∆ K.E.= 1.25 J

ii. Work done by the gravitational force is,
Wg = mgh = 1.0 × 10-3 × 9.8 × 103 = 9.8 J
∴ Wg = 9.8J
From formula,
Wf = ∆K.E. – Wg = 1.25 – 9.8
Wf = -8.55 J
Answer:
Work done by the unknown force is – 8.55 J.

Question 33.
A body of mass 0.5 kg travels in a straight line with velocity y = ax3/2, where a = 5 m1/2s-1. What is the work done by the net force during its displacement from x = 0 to x = 2m? (NCERT)
Solution:
Given: M = 0.5 kg, y = ax3/2,
where a = 5 m-1/2s-1
Let v1 and v2 be the velocities of the body, when x = 0 and x = 2 m respectively. Then,
v1 = 5 × 03/2 = 0, v2 = 5 × 23/2 = \(10 \sqrt{2}\) m
To find: Work done (W)
Formula: Work done = Increase in kinetic energy
W = \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{M}\left(\mathrm{v}_{2}^{2}-\mathrm{v}_{1}^{2}\right)\)
Calculation: From formula,
W = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 0.5 × [latex](10 \sqrt{2})^{2}-0^{2}[/latex]
∴ W = 50J
Answer:
Work done by the net force on the body is 50 J.

Question 34.
A particle of mass 12 kg is acted upon by a force f = (100 – 2x2) where f is in newton and ‘x’ is in metre. Calculate the work done by this force in moving the particle x = 0 to x = -10 m. What will be the speed at x = 10 m if it starts from rest?
Solution:
Given: F = 100 – 2x2
at A, x = 0 and at B, x = -10 m
To find: Work done (W), speed (v)

Formulae:

i. W = \(\int_{A}^{B} \vec{F} \cdot d s\)
ii. W = K.E. = \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mv}^{2}\)

Calculation:
From formula (i),
W = \(\int_{A}^{B} \vec{F} \cdot \overline{d s}=\int_{x=0}^{x=-10} F d x\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 4
Answer:

  1. Work done by the force on the particle is 333.3 J.
  2. The speed of the particle at x = 10 will be 7.45 m/s.

Question 35.
Define free body diagram. In the figure given below, draw the free body diagrams for mass of 2 kg, 4 kg and 5 kg and hence state their force equations.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 5
Answer:
i. The diagram showing the forces acting on only one body at a time along-with its acceleration is called a free body diagram.

ii. The free body diagram for the mass of 2 kg is
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 6
Free body diagram for 2 kg mass
The force equation is given as,
2a = T3 – 2g

iii. The free body diagram for the mass of 4 kg is,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 7
The force equation is given as, 4a = T1 + 4g – T2

iv. The free body diagram for the mass of 5kg is,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 8

The force equation for the mass of 5 kg is given as,
N + F sin 60° = 5g, along the vertical direction.
T1 + 10 = F cos 60°, along the horizontal direction (Considering the mass is in equilibrium).

Question 36.
Figure shows a fixed pulley. A massless inextensible string with masses m1 and m2 > m1 attached to its two ends is passing over the pulley. Such an arrangement is called an Atwood machine. Calculate accelerations of the masses and force due to the tension along the string assuming axle of the pulley to be frictionless.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 9
Solution:
Method I: As m2 > m1, mass m2 is moving downwards and mass m1 is moving upwards.
Net downward force = F = (m2) g – (m1) g
= (m2 – m1)g
the string being inextensible, both the masses travel the same distance in the same time. Thus, their accelerations are equal in magnitude (one upward, other downward). Let it be a.
Total mass in motion, M = m2 + m1
∴ a = \(\frac{F}{M}=\left(\frac{m_{2}-m_{1}}{m_{2}+m_{1}}\right) g\) …. (i)

For mass m1, the upward force is the force due to tension T and downward force is mg. It has upward acceleration a. Thus, T – m1g = m1a
∴ T = m1(g + a)
Using equation (i), we get,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 10
From the free body equation for the first body,
T – m1g = m1a .. (i)

From the free body equation for the second body,
m2g – T = m2a … (ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
a = \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{m}_{2}-\mathbf{m}_{1}}{\mathrm{~m}_{2}+\mathrm{m}_{1}}\right) \mathbf{g}\) ….(iii)
Solving equations. (ii) and (iii) for T, we get,
T = m2(g – a) = \(\left(\frac{2 m_{1} m_{2}}{m_{1}+m_{2}}\right) g\)

Question 37.
Write a note on elastic collision.
Answer:

  1. Collision between two bodies in which kinetic energy of the entire system is conserved along with the linear momentum is called as elastic collision.
  2. In an elastic collision,
    \(\mathrm{m}_{1} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}_{1}}+\mathrm{m}_{2} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}_{2}}=\mathrm{m}_{1} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}_{1}}+\mathrm{m}_{2} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{2}\)
  3. In an elastic collision,
    \(\sum \mathrm{K} \cdot \mathrm{E}_{\text {‘initial }}=\sum \mathrm{K} \cdot \mathrm{E}_{\text {. final }}\)
  4. An elastic collision is impossible in daily life.
  5. However, in many situations, the interatomic and intermolecular collisions are considered to be elastic.

Question 38.
Write a note on inelastic collision.
Answer:

  1. A collision is said to be inelastic if there is a loss in the kinetic energy during collision, but linear momentum is conserved.
  2. In an inelastic collision, m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2.
  3. In an inelastic collision,
    \(\sum \mathrm{K} \cdot \mathrm{E}_{\text {.initial }} \neq \sum \mathrm{K} \cdot \mathrm{E}_{\text {.final }}\)
  4. The loss in kinetic energy is either due to internal friction or vibrational motion of atoms causing heating effect.

Question 39.
Define perfectly inelastic collision. Give an example of it.
Answer:

  1. Collision in which the colliding bodies stick together after collision and move with a common velocity is called perfectly inelastic collision.
  2. The loss in kinetic energy is maximum in perfectly elastic collision.
  3. Example: Lump of mud thrown on a wall sticks to the wall due to the loss of kinetic energy.

Question 40.
In case of an elastic head on collision between two bodies, derive an expression for the final velocities of the bodies in terms of their masses and velocities before collision.
Answer:
Head on elastic collision of two spheres:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 11

i. Consider two rotating smooth bodies A and B of masses m1 and m2 respectively moving
along the same straight line.

ii. Let \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}_{1}\) = initial velocity of the sphere A before collision.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}_{2}\) = initial velocity of the sphere B before collision.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{1}\) = velocity of the sphere A after collision.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{2}\) = velocity of the sphere B after collision.

iii. After the elastic collision, the spheres separate and move along the same straight line without rotation.

iv. According to the law of conservation of momentum,
m1\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}_{1}\) + m2\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}_{2}\) = m1\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{1}\) + m2\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{2}\) ….(i)
According to the law of conservation of energy (as kinetic energy is conserved during elastic collision),
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 12

v. Since kinetic energy is a scalar quantity, the terms involved in the above equations are scalars.

vi. The equation (1) can be written in scalar form as,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 13

vii. Also the equation (2) can be written as,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 14

viii. Now dividing equation (4) by (3) we get,
(u1 + v1) = (u2 + v2)
∴ u1 + v1 = u2 + v2
∴ v2 = u1 – u2 + v1 … (5)

ix. Comparing equation (3) and (5),
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 15
Equations, (6) and (7), represent the final velocities of two spheres after collision.

Question 41.
Are you aware of elasticity of materials? Is there any connection between elasticity of materials and elastic collisions?
Answer:
(Students should answer the question as per their understanding).

Question 42.
Two bodies undergo one-dimensional, inelastic, head-on collision. State an expression for their final velocities in terms
of their masses, initial velocities and coefficient of restitution.
Answer:
If e is the coefficient of restitution, the final velocities after an inelastic, head on collision are given as,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 16

Question 43.
Two bodies undergo one-dimensional, inelastic, head-on collision. State an expression for the loss in the kinetic energy.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 17
ii. As e < 1, (1 – e2) is always positive. Thus, there is always a loss of kinetic energy in an inelastic collision.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 44.
Two bodies undergo one-dimensional, inelastic, head-on collision. Obtain an expression for the magnitude of impulse.
Answer:
i. When two bodies undergo collision, the linear momentum delivered by the first body to the second body must be equal to the change in momentum or impulse of the second body and vice versa.
∴ Impulse,
|J| = |∆p1| = |∆p2|
= |m1v1 – m1u1| = |m2v2 – m2u2| ….(1)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 18
In equation (1) and solving, we get,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 19

Question 45.
Two bodies undergo one-dimensional, perfectly inelastic, head-on collision. Derive an expression for the loss in the kinetic energy.
Answer:
i. Let two bodies A and B of masses m1 and m2 move with initial velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}_{1}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}_{2}\), respectively such that particle A collides head on with particle B i.e., u1 > u2.

ii. If the collision is perfectly inelastic, the particles stick together and move with a common velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) after the collision along the same straight line.
loss in kinetic energy = total initial kinetic energy – total final kinetic energy.

iii. By the law of conservation of momentum,
m1u1 + m2u2 = (m1 + m2)v
∴ v = \(\frac{\mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{u}_{1}+\mathrm{m}_{2} \mathrm{u}_{2}}{\mathrm{~m}_{1}+\mathrm{m}_{2}}\)

iv. Loss of Kinetic energy,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 20

iv. Both the masses and the term (u1 – u2)2 are positive. Hence, there is always a loss in a perfectly inelastic collision. For a perfectly inelastic collision, as e = 0, the loss is maximum.

Question 46.
Distinguish between elastic and inelastic collision.
Answer:

No. Elastic Collision Inelastic Collision
i. In an elastic collision, both momentum and kinetic energy are conserved. In an inelastic collision, momentum is conserved but kinetic energy is not conserved.
ii. The total kinetic energy after collision is equal to the total kinetic energy before collision. The total kinetic energy after the collision is not equal to the total kinetic energy before collision.
iii. Coefficient of restitution (e) is equal to one. Coefficient of restitution (e) is less than one. For a perfectly inelastic collision coefficient of restitution is equal to zero.
iv. Bodies do not stick together in elastic collision. Bodies stick together in a perfectly inelastic collision.
v. Sound, heat and light are not produced. Sound or light or heat or all of these may be produced.

Question 47.
Explain elastic collision in two dimensions.
Answer:
i. Suppose a particle of mass mi moving with initial velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}_{1}}\), undergoes a non head-on collide with another particle of mass m2 and initial velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}_{2}}\).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 21

ii. Let us consider two mutually perpendicular directions; Common tangent at the point of impact, along which there is no force (or no change of momentum).
Line of impact which is perpendicular to the common tangent through the point of impact, in the two-dimensional plane of initial and final velocities.

iii. Applying the law of conservation of linear momentum along the line of impact, we have, m1u1 cos α1 + m2u2 cos α2 = m1v1 cos β1 + m2v2 cos β2
As there is no force along the common tangent,
m1u1 sin α1 = m1u1 sin β1 and m2u2 sin α2 = m2v2 sin β2
iv. Coefficient of restitution (e) along the line of impact is given as
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 22

Question 48.
Two bodies undergo a two-dimensional collision. State an expression for the magnitude of impulse along the line of impact and the loss in kinetic energy.
Answer:
i. For two bodies undergoing a two-dimensional collision, the magnitude of impulse along the line of impact is given as, Magnitude of the impulse, along the line of impact,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 23

ii. The loss in the kinetic energy is given as Loss in the kinetic energy = ∆ (K.E.)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 24

Question 49.
0ne marble collides head-on with another identical marble at rest. If the collision is partially inelastic, determine the ratio of their final velocities in terms of coefficient of restitution e.
Solution:
According to conservation of momentum,
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
As m1 = m2, we get, u1 + u2 = v1 + v2
∴ If u2 = 0, we get, v1 + v2 = u1 ….. (i)
Coefficient of restitution,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 25

Question 50.
A 10 kg mass moving at 5 m/s collides head- on with a 4 kg mass moving at 2 m/s in the same direction. If e = \(\frac{1}{2}\), find their velocity after impact.
Solution:
Given: m1 = 10 kg, m2 = 4 kg
u1 = 5 m/s, u2 = 2 m/s, e = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
To find: Velocity after impact (v1 and v2)

Formulae:

i. m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
ii. e = \(\left(\frac{v_{2}-v_{1}}{u_{1}-u_{2}}\right)\)

Calculation:

From formula (i),
10 × 5 + 4 × 2 = 10v1 + 4v2
∴ 5v1 + 2v2 = 29 … (1)

From formula (ii),
v2 – v1 = e(u1 – u2) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (5 – 2) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
∴ 2v2 – 2v1 = 3 … (2)
Solving (1) and (2), we have
∴ v1 = \(\frac{26}{7}\) m/s and v2 = \(\frac{73}{14}\) m/s
Answer:
The respective velocities of the two masses are \(\frac{26}{7}\) m/s and \(\frac{73}{14}\) m/s.

Question 51.
A metal ball falls from a height 1 m on a steel plate and jumps upto a height of 0.81 m. Find the coefficient of restitution.
Solution:
As the ball falls to the steel plate P.E changes to kinetic energy.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 26
As ground is stationary, both its initial and final velocities are zero.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 27

Question 52.
Two bodies of masses 5 kg and 3 kg moving in the same direction along the same straight line with velocities 5 m s-1 and 3 m s-1 respectively suffer one-dimensional elastic collision. Find their velocities after the collision.
Solution:
Given: m1 = 5kg, u1 = 5ms-1, m2 = 3kg, u2 = 3 m s-1
To find: velocities after collision (v1 and v2)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 281
Answer:
The velocities of the two bodies after collision are 3.5 m/s and 5.5 m/s.

Question 53.
A 20 g bullet leaves a machine gun with a velocity of 200 m/s. If the mass of the gun is 20 kg, find its recoil velocity. If the gun fires 20 bullets per second, what force is to be applied to the gun to prevent recoil?
Solution:
Given: m1 = 20g = 0.02 kg, m2 = 20 kg, v1 = 200 m/s, t = \(\frac{1}{20}\) s,
To find: Recoil velocity (v2), applied force (F)

Formulae:

i. v2 = \(-\frac{\mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{v}_{1}}{\mathrm{~m}_{2}}\)
ii. F = ma

Calculation: From formula (i),
∴ v2 = \(-\frac{0.02}{20} \times 200\)
= -0.2 m/s

Negative sign shows that the machine gun moves in a direction opposite to that of the bullet.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 29
From formula (ii),
∴ F = m2 × a = 20 × 4 = 80N
Answer:
The recoil velocity of gun is 0.2 m/s and the required force to prevent recoil is 80 N.

Question 54.
A shell of mass 3 kg is dropped from some height. After falling freely for 2 seconds, it explodes into two fragments of masses 2 kg and 1 kg. Kinetic energy provided by the explosion is 300 J. Using g = 10 m/s2, calculate velocities of the fragments. Justify your answer if you have more than one options.
Solution:
Total mass = m1 + m2 = 3 kg
Initially, when the shell falls freely for 2 seconds, v = u+ at = 0 + 10(2) = 20 ms-1 = u1 = u2
According to conservation of linear momentum,
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 30
There are two possible answers since the positions of two fragments can be different as explained below.
Case 1: v1 = 30 m s-1 and v2 = 0 with the lighter fragment 2 above.
Case 2: v1 = 10 m s-1 and v2 = 40 m s-1 with the lighter fragment 2 below, both moving downwards.

Question 55.
Bullets of mass 40 g each, are fired from a machine gun at a rate of 5 per second towards a firmly fixed hard surface of area 10 cm2. Each bullet hits normal to the surface at 400 m/s and rebounds in such a way that the coefficient of restitution for the collision between bullet and the surface is 0.75. Calculate average force and average pressure experienced by the surface due to this firing.
Solution:
For the collision,
u1 = 400 m s-1, e = 0.75
For the firmly fixed hard surface, u2 = v2 = 0
e = 0.75 = \(\frac{v_{1}-v_{2}}{u_{2}-u_{1}}=\frac{v_{1}-0}{0-400}\)
∴ v1 = -300 m/s.
Negative sign indicates that the bullet rebounds in exactly opposite direction.
Change in momentum of each bullet = m(v1 – u1)
The same momentum is transferred to the surface per collision in opposite direction.
∴ Momentum transferred to the surface, per collision,
p = m (u1 – v1) = 0.04(400 – [-300]) = 28 Ns
The rate of collision is same as rate of firing.
∴ Momentum received by the surface per second, \(\frac{\mathrm{dp}}{\mathrm{dt}}\) = average force experienced by the surface = 28 × 5 = 140 N

This is the average force experienced by the surface of area A = 10 cm2 = 10-3 m2
∴ Average pressure experienced,
P = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{A}}=\frac{140}{10^{-3}}\) = 1.4 × 105 N m-2
∴ P ≈ 1.4 times the atmospheric pressure.
Answer:
The average force and average pressure experienced by the surface due to the firing is 140 N and 1.4 × 105 N m-2 respectively.

Question 56.
A shell of mass 0.020 kg is fired by a gun of mass 100 kg. If the muzzle speed of the shell is 80 m s-1, what is the recoil speed of the gun? (NCERT)
Solution:
Given: m1 = 0.02 kg, m2 = 100 kg, v1 = 80 m s-1
To find: Recoil speed (v2)
Formula: m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
Calculation: Initially gun and shell are at rest.
∴ m1u1 + m2u2 = 0
Final momentum = m1v1 – m2v2
Using formula,
0 = 0.02 (80) – 100(v2)
∴ v2 = \(\frac{0.02 \times 80}{100}\) = 0.016 ms-1
Answer:
The recoil speed of the gun is 0.016 m s-1.

Question 57.
Two billiard balls each of mass 0.05 kg moving in opposite directions with speed 6 m s-1 collide and rebound with the same speed. What is the impulse imparted to each bail due to the other? (NCERT)
Solution:
Given: m = 0.05 kg. u = 6 m/s, v = -6 m/s
To find: Impulse (J)
Formula: J = m (v – u)
calculation: From formula,
J = 0.05 (-6 – 6) = -0.6 kg m s-1
Answer:
Impulse received by each ball is -0.6 kg m s-1.

Question 58.
A bullet of mass 0.1 kg moving horizontally with a velocity of 20 m/s strikes a target and brought to rest in 0.1 s. Find the impulse and average force of impact.
Solution:
Given: m = 0.1 kg, u = 20 m/s, t = 0.1 s
To find: Impulse (J), Average force (F)

Formulae:

i. J = mv – mu
ii. F = \(m \frac{(v-u)}{t}\)

Calculation:

From formula (i).
J = m(v – u) = 0.1 (0 – 20) = -2 Ns
From formula (ii),
F = \(\frac{m(v-u)}{t}=\frac{2}{0.1}=20 N\)
Answer:
Magnitude of impulse is 2 Ns, average force of impact is 20 N.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 59.
A batsman deflects a ball by an angle of 45° without changing its initial speed which is equal to 54 km/h. What is the impulse imparted to the ball? (Mass of the ball is 0.15 kg) (NCERT)
Answer:
Let the point B represents the position of bat. The ball strikes the bat with velocity v along the path AB and gets deflected with same velocity along BC. such that ∠ABC = 45°
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 31
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 32
Thus, impulse imparted to the ball is 4.157 kg ms-1

Question 60.
A cricket ball of mass 150 g moving with a velocity of 12 m/s is turned back with a velocity of 20 m/s on hitting the bat. The force of the ball lasts for 0.01 s. Find the average force exerted on the ball by the bat.
Solution:
m = 0.150 kg, v = 20 m/s,
u = -12 m/s and t = 0.01 s
To find: Average force (F)
Formula: F = \(\frac{m(v-u)}{t}\)
Calculation: From formula,
F = \(\frac{0.150[20-(-12)]}{0.01}\) = 480 N
Answer:
The average force exerted on the ball by the bat is 480 N.

Question 61.
Mass of an Oxygen molecule is 5.35 × 10-26 kg and that of a Nitrogen molecule is 4.65 × 10-26 kg. During their Brownian motion (random motion) in air, an Oxygen molecule travelling with a velocity of 400 m/s collides elastically with a nitrogen molecule travelling with a velocity of 500 m/s in the exactly opposite direction. Calculate the impulse received by each of them during collision. Assuming that the collision lasts for
1 ms, how much is the average force experienced by each molecule?
Solution:
Let, m1 = mO = 5.35 × 10-26 kg,
m2 = mN = 4.65 × 10-26 kg,
∴ u1 = 400 ms-1 and u2 = -500 ms-1 taking direction of motion of oxygen molecule as the positive direction.
For an elastic collision,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 33
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 34
Hence, the net impulse or net change in momentum is zero.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 35
Answer:
The average force experienced by the nitrogen molecule and the oxygen molecule are
-4.478 × 10-20 N and 4.478 × 10-20 N.

Question 62.
Explain rotational analogue of the force. On what factors does it depend? Represent it in vector form.
Answer:

  1. Rotational analogue of the force is called as moment of force or torque.
  2. It depends on the mass of the object, the point of application of the force and the angle between direction of force and the line joining the axis of rotation with the point of application.
  3. In its mathematical form, torque or moment of a force is given by
    \(\vec{\tau}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}} \times \overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\)
    where \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) is the applied force and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\) is the position vector of the point of application of the force from the axis of rotation.

Question 63.
Illustrate with an example how direction of the torque acting on any object is determined.
Answer:
i. Consider a laminar object with axis of rotation perpendicular to it and passing through it as shown in figure (a).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 36

ii. Figure (b) indicates the top view of the object when the rotation is in anticlockwise direction
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 37

iii. Figure (c) shows the view from the top, if rotation is in clockwise direction.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 38

iv. The applied force \(\vec{F}\) and position vector \(\vec{r}\) of the point of application of the force are in the plane of these figures.

v. Direction of the torque is always perpendicular to the plane containing the vectors \(\vec{r}\) and \(\vec{F}\) and can be obtained from the rule of cross product or by using the right-hand thumb rule.

vi. In Figure (b), it is perpendicular to the plane of the figure and outwards while in the figure (c), it is inwards.

Question 64.
State the equation for magnitude of torque and explain various cases of angle between the direction of \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{r}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{F}}\).
Answer:
Magnitude of torque, \(\tau\) = r F sin θ
where θ is the smaller angle between the directions of \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{r}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{F}}\).

Special cases:

  1. If θ = 90°, \(\tau\) = \(\tau\)max = rF. Thus, the force should be applied along normal direction for easy rotation.
  2. If θ = 0° or 180°, \(\tau\) = \(\tau\)min = 0. Thus, if the force is applied parallel or anti-parallel to \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\), there is no rotation.
  3. Moment of a force depends not only on the magnitude and direction of the force, but also on the point where the force acts with respect to the axis of rotation. Same force can have different torque as per its point of application.

Question 65.
A force \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{F}}=\mathbf{3} \hat{\mathbf{i}}+\hat{\mathbf{j}}-\mathbf{4} \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) is applied at a point (3, 4, -2). Find its torque about the point (-1, 2, 4).
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 39

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 66.
Define couple. Show that moment of couple is independent of the points of application of forces.
Answer:
A pair of forces consisting of two forces of equal magnitude acting in opposite directions along different lines of action is called a couple.

  1. Figure shows a couple consisting of two forces \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{1}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{2}\) of equal magnitudes and opposite directions acting along different lines of action separated by a distance r.
  2. Position vector of any point on the line of action of force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{1}\) from the line of action of force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{2}\) is \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}_{12}\). Similarly, the position vector of any point on the line of action of force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{2}\) from the line of action of force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{1}\) is \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}_{21}\).
  3. Torque or moment of the couple is then given mathematically as
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 40
  4. From the figure, it is clear that r12 sinα = r21 sin β = r.
  5. If \(\left|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{1}\right|=\left|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{2}\right|\) = F, the magnitude of torque is given by
    \(\tau=\mathrm{r}_{12} \mathrm{~F}_{1} \sin \alpha\) = \(r_{21} F_{2} \sin \beta=r F\)
  6. It clearly shows that the torque corresponding to a given couple, i.e., the moment of a given couple is constant, i.e., it is independent of the points of application of forces.

Question 67.
The figure below shows three situations of a ball at rest under the action of balanced forces. Is the bail in mechanical equilibrium? Explain how the three situations differ.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 41
Answer:

  1. In all these cases, as the ball is at rest under the action of balanced forces i.e, there is no net force acting on it. Hence, it is in mechanical equilibrium.
    However, potential energy-wise, the three situations show the different states of mechanical equilibrium.
  2. Stable equilibrium: In situation (a), potential energy of the system is at its local minimum. If it is disturbed slightly from its equilibrium position and released, it tends to recover its position. In this situation, the ball is most stable and is said to be in stable equilibrium.
  3. Unstable equilibrium: In situation (b), potential energy of the system is at its local maximum. If it is slightly disturbed from its equilibrium position, it moves farther from that position. This happens because initially, if disturbed, it tries to achieve the configuration of minimum potential energy. In this situation, the ball is said to be in unstable equilibrium.
  4. Neutral equilibrium: in situation (e), potential energy of the system is constant over a plane and remains same at any position. Thus, even if the ball is disturbed, it still remains in equilibrium, practically at any position. In this situation, the ball is in neutral equilibrium.

Question 68.
Two weights 5 kg and 8 kg are suspended from a uniform rod of length 10 m and weighing 3 kg. The distances of the weights from one end are 2 m and 7 m. Find the point at which the rod balances.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 42
Let the rod balance at a point P, x m from the end A of the rod AB. The suspended weight and the centre of gravity of the rod G is shown in the figure.
P = 5 + 3 + 8 = 16kg
Taking moments about A,
16 × x = 5 × 2 + 3 × 5 + 8 × 7
16x = 10 + 15 + 56 = 81
∴ x = \(\frac{81}{16}\) = 5.1 m
Answer:
The rod balances at 5.1 m from end A.

Question69.
A metre stick is balanced on a knife edge at its centre. When two coins, each of mass 5 g are put one on top of the other at the 12.0 cm mark, the stick is found to be balanced at 45.0 cm. What is the mass of the metre stick? (NCERT)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 43
Consider the metre scale AB. Let its mass be concentrated at C at 50 cm. mark. Upon placing coins, balancing point of the scale and the coins system is shifted to C’ at 45 cm mark.
For equilibrium about C’
10(45 – 12) = m (50 – 45)
m = \(\frac{10 \times 33}{5}\) = 66g
Answer:
The mass of the metre scale is 66 g.

Question 70.
The diagram shows a uniform beam of length 10 m, used as a balance. The beam is pivoted at its centre. A 5.0 N weight is attached to one end of the beam and an empty pan weighing 0.25 N Is attached to the other end of the beam.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 44
i. What is the moment of couple at pivot?
ii. If pivot is shifted 2 ni towards left, then what will be moment of couple at new position?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 45
Answer:

  1. The moment of couple at center is 23.75 N-m.
  2. The moment of couple at new position is 13.25 N-m.
    ∴ For equilibrium,
    40 × x = 20 × 0.5
    ∴ x = \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 0.25 m

Hence, the total distance walked by the person is 1.25 m.

Ans
The person can walk 1.25 m before the plank topples.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 71.
Define centre of mass.
Answer:
Centre of mass of a body is a point about which the summation of moments of masses in the system is zero.

Question 72.
Derive an expression for the position of centre of mass of a system of n particles and for continuous mass distribution.
Answer:
System of n particles;
i. Consider a system of n particles of masses m1, m2, …, mn having position vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{1}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{2}}\),….., \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}_{n}}\) from the origin O.
The total mass of the system is,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 46
Centre of mass for n particles

ii. Position vector \(\vec{r}\) of their centre of mass from the same origin is then given by
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 47

iii. If the origin is at the centre of mass, \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{r}}\) = 0
∴ \(\sum_{1}^{\mathrm{n}} \mathrm{m}_{\mathrm{i}} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}_{\mathrm{i}}\) = 0,

iv. In this case, \(\sum_{1}^{n} m_{i} \vec{r}_{i}\) gives the moment of masses (similar to moment of force) about the centre of mass.

v. If (x1, x2, …… xn), (y1, y2, …..yn), (z1, z2, …. zn) are the respective x, y and z – coordinates of (r1, r2,…….. rn) then x,y and z – coordinates of the centre of mass are given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 48

vi. Continuous mass distribution: For a continuous mass distribution with uniform density, the position vector of the centre of mass is given by,
r = \(\frac{\int \vec{r} d m}{\int d m}=\frac{\int \vec{r} d m}{M}\)
Where \(\int \mathrm{dm}=\mathrm{M}\) is the total mass of the object.

vii. The Cartesian coordinates of centre of mass are
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 49

Question 73.
State the expression for velocity of the centre of mass of a system of n particles and for continuous mass distribution.
Answer:
Let v1, v2,…..vn be the velocities of a system of point masses m1, m2, … mn. Velocity of the centre of mass of the system is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 50
x, y and z components of \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}}\) can be obtained similarly.
For continuous distribution, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{cm}}\) = \(\frac{\int \vec{v} \mathrm{dm}}{\mathrm{M}}\)

Question 74.
State the expression for acceleration of the centre of mass of a system of n particles and for continuous mass distribution.
Answer:
Let a1, a2,…. an be the accelerations of a system of point masses m1, m2 … mn.
Acceleration of the centre of mass of the system is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 51
x, y and z components of can be obtained similarly.
For continuous distribution, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}_{\mathrm{cm}}\) = \(\frac{\int \vec{a} d m}{\mathrm{M}}\)

Question 75.
State the characteristics of centre of mass.
Answer:

  1. Centre of mass is a hypothetical point at which entire mass of the body can be assumed to he concentrated.
  2. Centre of mass is a location, not a physical quantity.
  3. Centre of mass is particle equivalent of a given object for applying laws of motion.
  4. Centre of mass is the point at which applied force causes only linear acceleration and not angular acceleration.
  5. Centre of mass is located at the centroid, for a rigid body of uniform density.
  6. Centre of mass is located at the geometrical centre, for a symmetric rigid body of uniform density.
  7. Location of centre of mass can be changed only by an external unbalanced force.
  8. Internal forces (like during collision or explosion) never change the location of centre of mass.
  9. Position of the centre of mass depends only upon the distribution of mass, however, to describe its location we may use a coordinate system with a suitable origin.
  10. For a system of particles, the centre of mass need not coincide with any of the particles.
  11. While balancing an object on a pivot, the line of action of weight must pass through the centre of mass and the pivot. Quite often, this is an unstable equilibrium.
  12. Centre of mass of a system of only two particles divides the distance between the particles in an inverse ratio of their masses, i.e., it is closer to the heavier mass.
  13. Centre of mass is a point about which the summation of moments of masses in the system is zero.
  14. If there is an axial symmetry for a given object, the centre of mass lies on the axis of symmetry.
  15. If there are multiple axes of symmetry for a given object, the centre of mass is at their point of intersection.
  16. Centre of mass need not be within the body.
    Example: jumper doing fosbury flop.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 76.
The mass of moon is 0.0 123 times the mass of the earth and separation between them is 3.84 × 108 m. Determine the location of C.M as measured from the centre of the earth.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 52
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 53
Answer:
The location of centre of mass as measured from the center of the earth is 4.67 × 106 m.

Question 77.
Three particles of masses 3 g, 5 g and 8 g are situated at point (2, 2, 2), (-3, 1, 4) and (-1, 3, -2) respectively. Find the position vector of their centre of mass.
Solution:
m1 = 3 g, m2 = 5 g, m3 = 8 g, x1 = 2, y1 = 2, z1 = 2
x2 = -3, y2 = 1, z2 = 4,
x3 = -1, y3 = 3, z3 = -2
Let (X, Y, Z) be co-ordinates of C.M., then
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 54
The co-ordinates of the C.M. are \(\left(-\frac{17}{16}, \frac{35}{16}, \frac{5}{8}\right)\)
Answer:
The position vector of the C.M. is \(-\frac{17}{16} \hat{\mathbf{i}}+\frac{35}{16} \hat{\mathbf{j}}+\frac{5}{8} \hat{\mathbf{k}}\)

Question 78.
In the HCl molecule, the separation between the nuclei of the two atoms is about 1.27 Å (1 Å = 10-10 m). Find the approximate location of the CM of the molecule, given that a chlorine atom is about 35.5 times as massive as a hydrogen atom and nearly all the mass of an atom is concentrated in its nucleus. (NCERT)
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 55
Claculation: From formula
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 56
Answer:
The location of centre of mass from the nucleus of hydrogen atom is 1.235 A.

Question 79.
Three thin walled uniform hollow spheres of radii 1 cm, 2 cm and 3 cm are so located that their centres are on the three vertices of an equilateral triangle ABC having each side 10 cm. Determine centre of mass of the system.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 57
Solution:
Mass of a thin walled uniform hollow sphere is proportional to its surface area. (as density is constant) hence proportional to r2.

Thus, if mass of the sphere at A is mA = m, then mB = 4m and mC = 9m. By symmetry of the spherical surface, their centres of mass are at their respective centres, i.e., at A, B and C. Let us choose the origin to be at C, where the largest mass 9m is located and the point B with mass 4m on the positive x-axis. With this, the co-ordinates of C are (0, 0) and that of B are (10, 0). If A of mass m is taken in the first quadrant, its co-ordinates will be \([5,5 \sqrt{3}]\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 58

Question 80.
Locate the centre of mass of three particles of mass m1 = 1 kg, m2 = 2 kg and m3 = 3 kg at the corner of an equilateral triangle of each side of 1 m.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 59
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 60
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 61
Answer:
The centre of mass of the system of three particles lies at \(\left(\frac{2}{3} m, \frac{\sqrt{3}}{6} m\right)\) with respect to the particle of mass 1 kg as the origin.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 81.
A letter ‘E’ is prepared from a uniform cardboard with shape and dimensions as shown in the figure. Locate its centre of mass.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 62
Solution:
As the sheet is uniform, each square can be taken to be equivalent to mass m concentrated at its respective centre. These masses will then be at the points labelled with numbers 1 to 10, as shown in figure. Let us select the origin to be at the left central mass m5, as shown and all the co-ordinates to be in cm.

By symmetry, the centre of mass of m1, m2 and m3 will be at m2 (1, 2) having effective mass 3m. Similarly, effective mass 3m due to m8, m9 and m10 will be at m9 (1, -2). Again, by symmetry, the centre of mass of these two (3m each) will have co-ordinates (1, 0). Mass m6 is also having co-ordinates (1, 0). Thus, the
effective mass at (1, 0) is 7m.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 63
Using symmetry for m4, m5 and m7, there will be effective mass 3m at the origin (0, 0). Thus, effectively, 3m and 7m are separated by 1 cm along X-direction. Y-coordinate is not required.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 64

Question 82.
A hole of radius r is cut from a uniform disc of radius 2r. Centre of the hole is at a distance r from centre of the disc. Locate centre of mass of the remaining part of the disc.
Solution:
Before cutting the hole, c.în. of the full disc was at its centre. Let this be our origin O. Centre of mass of the cut portion is at its centre D. Thus, it is at a distance x1 = r form the origin. Let C be the centre of mass of the
remaining disc, which will he on the extension of the line DO at a distance x2 = x from the origin. As the disc is uniform, mass of any of its part is proportional to the area of that part.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 65
Thus, if m is the mass of the cut disc, mass of the entire disc must be 4m and mass of the remaining disc will be 3m.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 66

Alternate method: (Using negative mass):

Let \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) be the position vector of the centre of mass of the uniform disc of mass M. Mass m is with centre of mass at position vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\) from the centre of the disc be cut out from the complete disc. Position vector of the centre of mass of the remaining disc is then given by
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 67

Question 83.
Define centre of gravity of a body. Under what conditions the centre of gravity and centre of mass coincide?
Answer:

  1. centre of gravity of a body is the point around which the resultant torque due to force of gravity on the body is zero.
  2. The centre of mass coincides with centre of gravity when the body is in a uniform gravitational field.

Question 84.
Explain how to find the location of centre of mass or centre of gravity of a laminar object.
Answer:

  1. A laminar object is suspended from a rigid support at two orientations.
  2. Lines are drawn on the object parallel to the plumb line as shown in the figure.
  3. Plumb line is always vertical, i.e., parallel to the line of action of gravitational force.
  4. Intersection of the lines drawn is then the point through which line of action of the gravitational force passes for any orientation. Thus, it gives the location of the c.g. or c.m.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 68

Question 85.
Why do cricketers wear helmet and pads while playing? Is it related with physics?
Answer:
Helmet and pads used by cricketers protects the head, using principles of physics.

  1. The framing between the interior of the helmet and pads increases the time over which the impulse acts on the head resulting into reduction of force.
    (Impulse = force × time = constant)
  2. The pads spread the force applied by the ball over a wider area reducing pressure at a point.

Question 86.
The diagram shows four objects placed on a flat surface.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 69
The centre of mass of each object is marked M. Which object is likely to fall over?
Answer:
Object C will fall because its centre of mass is not exactly at centre, in turn applying more force on one side of the object resulting in to unbalance force. Whereas, in other objects center of mass is exactly at center resulting into zero rotational or translational motion maintaining their equilibrium.

Question 87.
A boy is about to close a large door by applying force at A and B as shown. State with a reason, which of the two positions, A or B, will enable him to close the door with least force.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 70
Answer:
Boy has to apply more force at point B as compared to point A, because point B is at least distance from the hinge of the door while point A is at maximum distance from hinge of the door. Opening of door applies a moment, which is. given by,
M = F × perpendicular distance
F ∝ \(\frac{1}{\text { distance }}\)
More is the distance from the axis of rotation less will be the force.

Question 88.
How is a seat belt useful for safety?
Answer:
When car hits another car or an object with high speed it applies a high impulse on the driver and due to inertia driver tends to move in forward direction towards the steering. Seat belts spreads the force over large area of the body and holds the driver and protects him from crashing at the steering.

Question 89.
According to Newton’s third law of motion for every action there is equal and opposite reaction, why two equal and opposite forces don’t cancel each other?
Answer:
Forces of action and reaction always act on different bodies, hence they never cancel each other.

Question 90.
Linear momentum depends on frame of reference, but principle of conservation of linear momentum is independent of frame of reference. Why?
Answer:
Observers in different frame find different values of linear momentum of a system, hence linear momentum depends upon frame of reference, but each would observe that the value of linear momentum does not change with time (provided the system is isolated), hence principle of conservation of linear momentum is independent of frame of reference.

Question 91.
Multiple choice Questions

Question 1.
A body of mass 2 kg moving on a horizontal surface with initial velocity of 4 m s-1 comes to rest after two seconds. If one wants to keep this body moving on the same surface with a velocity of 4 m s-1, the force required is
(A) 2 N
(B) 4 N
(C) 0
(D) 8 N
Answer:
(B) 4 N

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 2.
What force will change the velocity of a body of mass 1 kg from 20 m s-1 to 30 m s-1 in two seconds?
(A) 1N
(B) 5 N
(C) 10 N
(D) 25 N
Answer:
(B) 5 N

Question 3.
A force of 5 newton acts on a body of weight 9.80 newton. What is the acceleration produced in m/s2?
(A) 0.51
(B) 1.96
(C) 5.00
(D) 49.00
Answer:
(C) 5.00

Question 4.
A body of mass m strikes a wall with velocity v and rebounds with the same speed. Its change in momentum is
(A) 2 mv
(B) mv/2
(C) – mv
(D) Zero
Answer:
(A) 2 mv

Question 5.
A force of 6 N acts on a body of mass 1 kg initially at rest and during this time, the body attains a velocity of 30 m/s. The time for which the force acts on a body is
(A) 10 second
(B) 8 second
(C) 7 second
(D) 5 second
Answer:
(D) 5 second

Question 6.
A bullet of mass 10 g is fired from a gun of mass 1 kg with recoil velocity of gun = 5 m/s. The muzzle velocity will be
(A) 30 km/min
(B) 60 km/min
(C) 30 m/s
(D) 500 m/s
Answer:
(D) 500 m/s

Question 7.
The velocity of rocket with respect to ground is v1 and velocity of gases ejecting from rocket with respect to ground is v2 Then velocity of gases with respect to rocket is given by
(A) v2
(B) v1 + v2
(C) v1 × v2
(D) v1
Answer:
(B) v1 + v2

Question 8.
Two bodies A and B of masses 1 kg and 2 kg moving towards each other with velocities 4 m/s and 1 m/s suffers a head on collision and stick together. The combined mass will
(A) move in direction of motion of lighter mass.
(B) move in direction of motion of heavier mass.
(C) not move.
(D) move in direction perpendicular to the line of motion of two bodies.
Answer:
(A) move in direction of motion of lighter mass.

Question 9.
Which of the following has maximum momentum?
(A) A 100 kg vehicle moving at 0.02 m s-1.
(B) A 4 g weight moving at 1000 cm s-1’.
(C) A 200 g weight moving with kinetic energy of 10-6 J
(D) A 200 g weight after falling through one kilometre.
Answer:
(D) A 200 g weight after falling through one kilometre.

Question 10.
A bullet hits and gets embedded in a solid block resting on a horizontal frictionless table. What is conserved?
(A) Momentum alone.
(B) K.E. alone.
(C) Momentum and K.E. both.
(D) P.E. alone.
Answer:
(A) Momentum alone.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 11.
The force exerted by the floor of an elevator on the foot of a person standing there, is more than his weight, if the elevator is
(A) going down and slowing down.
(B) going up and speeding up.
(C) going up and slowing down.
(D) either (A) and (B).
Answer:
(D) either (A) and (B).

Question 12.
If E, G and N represents the magnitudes of electromagnetic, gravitational and nuclear forces between two electrons at a given separation, then,
(A) N = E = G
(B) E < N < G (C) N > G < E (D) E > G > N
Answer:
(D) E > G > N

Qestion 13.
For an inelastic collision, the value of e is
(A) greater than 1
(B) less than 1
(C) equal to 1
(D) none of these
Answer:
(B) less than 1

Question 14.
A perfect inelastic body collides head on with a wall with velocity y. The change in momentum is
(A) mv
(B) 2mv
(C) zero
(D) none of these.
Answer:
(A) mv

Question 15.
Two masses ma and rnb moving with velocitics va and vb in opposite direction collide
elastically and after the collision ma and mb move with velocities vb and va respectively. Then the ratio mamb is
(A) \(\frac{v_{a}-v_{b}}{v_{a}+v_{b}}\)
(B) \(\frac{\mathrm{m}_{\mathrm{a}}+\mathrm{m}_{\mathrm{b}}}{\mathrm{m}_{\mathrm{a}}}\)
(C) 1
(D) \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
(C) 1

Question 16.
The frictional force acts _____.
(A) in direction of motion
(B) against the direction of motion
(C) perpendicular to the direction of motion
(D) at any angle to the direction of motion
Answer:
(B) against the direction of motion

Question 17.
A marble of mass X collides with a block of mass Z, with a velocity Y. and sticks to it. The final velocity of the system is
(A) \(\frac{\mathrm{Y}}{\mathrm{X}+\mathrm{Y}} \mathrm{Y}\)
(B) \(\frac{X}{X+Z} Y\)
(C) \(\frac{X+Y}{Z}\)
(D) \(\frac{X+Z}{X}\)
Answer:
(B) \(\frac{X}{X+Z} Y\)

Question 18.
Two balls lying on the same plane collide. Which of the following will be always conserved?
(A) heat
(B) velocity
(C) kinetic energy
(D) linear momentum.
Answer:
(D) linear momentum.

Question 19.
A body is moving with uniform velocity of 50 km h-1, the force required to keep the body in motion in SI unit is
(A) zero
(B) 10
(C) 25
(D) 50
Answer:
(A) zero

Question 20.
A coolie holding a suitcase on his head of 20 kg and travels on a platform. then work done in joule by the coolie is
(A) 198
(B) 98
(C) 49
(D) zero
Answer:
(D) zero

Question 21.
Out of the following forces, which force is non-conservative?
(A) gravitational
(B) electrostatic
(C) frictional
(D) magnetic
Answer:
(C) frictional

Question 22.
The work done in conservative force is ____.
(A) negative
(B) zero
(C) positive
(D) infinite
Answer:
(B) zero

Question 23.
The angle between the line of action of force and displacement when no work done (in degree) is
(A) zero
(B) 45
(C) 90
(D) 120
Answer:
(C) 90

Question 24.
If the momentum of a body is doubled, its KE. increases by
(A) 50%
(B) 300%
(C) 100%
(L)) 400%
Answer:
(B) 300%

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 25.
In perfectly inelastic collision, which is conserved?
(A) P.E. only
(B) K.E. only
(C) momentum only
(D) K.E. and momentum
Answer:
(C) momentum only

Question 26.
In case of elaine collision, which s
(A) Momentum and K.E. is conserved.
(B) Momentum conserved and K.E. not conserved,
(C) Momentum not conserved and K.E. conserved.
(D) Momentum and K.E. both not conserved,
Answer:
(A) Momentum and K.E. is conserved.

Question 27.
Pseudo force is true only in
(A) frame of reference which is at rest
(B) inertial frame of reference.
(C) frame of reference moving with constant velocity.
(D) non-inertial frame of reference
Answer:
(D) non-inertial frame of reference

Question 28.
A men weighing 90kg carries a stone of 20 kg to the top of the building 30m high. The work done by hint is (g = 9.8 m/s2)
(A) 80 J
(B) 100 J
(C) 980 J
(D) 29,400 J
Answer:
(D) 29,400 J

Question 29.
A weight lifter is holding a weight of 100 kg on his shoulders for 45 s, the amount of work done by him in joules is
(A) 4500
(B) 100
(C) 45
(D) zero
Answer:
(D) zero

Question 30.
If m is the mass of a body and E its K.E..then its linear momentum is
(A) \(\mathrm{m} \sqrt{\mathrm{E}}\)
(B) \(2 \sqrt{\mathrm{m}} \mathrm{E}\)
(C) \(\sqrt{m} E\)
(D) \(\sqrt{2 \mathrm{mE}}\)
Answer:
(D) \(\sqrt{2 \mathrm{mE}}\)

Question 31.
Torque applied is masimum when the angle between the directions of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) is
(A) 90°
(B) 180°
(C) 0°
(D) 45°
Answer:
(A) 90°

Question 92.
A particle moving with velocity \(\vec{v}\) is acted by three forces shown by the vector triangle PQR. The velocity of the particle will:
(A) remain constant
(B) change according to the smallest force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{QR}}\)
(C) increase
(D) decrease
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 71
Hint: As the three forces acting on a particle represents a triangle (i.e., a closed loop)
∴ Fnet = 0
∴ m \(\vec{a}\) = 0
∴ m\(\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)
∴ v remains constant
Answer:
(A) remain constant

Question 93.
A force F = 20 + 10y acts on a particle in y-direction where F is in newton and y in meter. Work done by this force to move the particle from y = 0 to y = 1 m is:
(A) 25J
(B) 20J
(C) 30J
(D) SJ
Hint: Work done by variable force, W = \(\int_{y_{\text {initial }}}^{y_{\text {final }}} \mathrm{Fdy}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 72
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 73
Answer:
(A) 25J

Question 94.
Body A of mass 4m moving with speed u collides with another body B of mass 2m, at rest. The collision is head on and elastic in nature. After the collision the fraction of energy lost by the colliding body A is:
(A) \(\frac{4}{9}\)
(B) \(\frac{5}{9}\)
(C) \(\frac{1}{9}\)
(D) \(\frac{8}{9}\)
Hint:
Fractional loss of K.E. of colliding bodies,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 74
Answer:
(D) \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Question 95.
An object of mass 500 g, initially at rest, is acted upon by a variable force whose X-component varies with X in the manner shown. The velocities of the object at the points X = 8 m and X = 12 m, would have the respective values of
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 75
(A) 18m/s and 20.6 m/s
(B) 18 m/s and 24.4 m/s
(C) 23 m/s and 24.4 m/s
(D) 23 m/s and 20.6 m/s
Hint: From work-energy theorem
∆ K.E. = work = area under F-x graph
From x = 0 to x = 8m
\(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mv}^{2}\) = (5 × 20) + (3 × 10)
∴ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mv}^{2}\) = 100 + 30
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 76
Answer:
(D) 23 m/s and 20.6 m/s

Question 96.
The centre of mass of two particles system lies
(A) at the midpoint on the line joining the two particles.
(B) at one end of line joining the two particles.
(C) on the line perpendicular in the line joining two particles.
(D) on the line joining the Iwo particles.
Answer:
(D) on the line joining the two particles.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 97.
A block of mass m is placed on a smooth inclined wedge ABC of inclination θ as shown in the figure. The wedge is given an acceleration ‘a’ towards the right. The relation between a and θ for the block to remain stationary on the wedge is
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 77
Hint:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 78
The mass of block is given to be m. It will remain stationary if forces acting on it are in equilibrium i.e., ma cos θ = mg sin θ
Here, ma = Pseudo force on block.
∴ a = g tan θ
Answer:
a = g tan θ

Question 98.
A moving block having mass m, collides with another stationary block having mass 4m. The lighter block comes to rest after collision, When the initial velocity of the lighter block is v, then the value of coefficient of restitution
(e) will
(A) 0.5
(B) 0.25
(C) 0.8
(D) 0.4
Hint:
Given: m1 = m, m2 = 4m, u1 = v, u2 = 0, v1 = 0 According to law of conservation of momentum,
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
mv + 4m × 0 = m × 0 + 4mv2
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 79
Answer:
(B) 0.25

Question 99.
In a collinear collision, a particle with an initial speed v0 strikes a stationary particle of the same mass. If the final total kinetic energy is 50% greater than the original kinetic energy, the magnitude of the relative velocity between the two particles, after collision, is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 80
Hint:
According to law of conservation of momentum,
mv0 = mv1 + mv2
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 81
Answer:
(D) \(\sqrt{2} \mathbf{v}_{0}\)

Question 100.
The mass of a hydrogen molecule is 3.32 × 10-27 kg. If 1023 hydrogen molecules strike, per second, a fixed wall of area 2 cm2 at an angle of 45° to the normal and rebound elastically with a speed of 103 m/s, then the pressure on the wall is nearly:
(A) 2.35 × 102 N/m2
(B) 4.70 × 102 N/m2
(C) 2.35 × 103 N/m2
(D) 4.70 × 103 N/m2
Hint:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 82
Answer:
(C) 2.35 × 103 N/m2

Question 101.
A bomb at rest explodes into 3 parts of same mass. The momentum of two parts is -3P\(\hat{\mathrm{i}}\) and 2P\(\hat{\mathrm{j}}\) respectively. The magnitude of momentum of the third part is
(A) P
(B) \(\sqrt{5} \mathrm{P}\)
(C) \(\sqrt{11} \mathrm{P}\)
(D) \(\sqrt{13} \mathrm{P}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 83
Answer:
(D) \(\sqrt{13} \mathrm{P}\)

Question 102.
A sphere of mass ‘m’ moving with velocity V collides head-on on another sphere of same mass which is at rest. The ratio of final velocity of second sphere to the initial velocity of the first sphere is (e is coefficient of restitution and collision is inelastic)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 84
Hint:
Initial momentum = mv
Final momentum = mv1 + mv2
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 85
Answer:
(C) \(\frac{\mathrm{e}+1}{2}\)

Question 103.
Two blocks A and B of masses 3m and m respectively are connected by a massless and inextensible string. The whole system is suspended by a massless spring as shown in figure. The magnitudes of acceleration of A and B immediately after the string is cut, are respectively:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 86
Hint:
Tension in spring before cutting the strip,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 87
Answer:
(B) \(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{3}\), g

Question 104.
A time dependent force F = 6t acts on a particle of mass 1 kg. If the particle starts from rest, the work done by the force during the first 1 sec. will be
(A) 9 J
(B) 18 J
(C) 4.5 J
(D) 22 J
Hint:
F = 6t
m = 1 kg
∴ a = 6t
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 88
Answer:
(C) 4.5 J

Question 105.
Consider a drop of rain water having mass Ig falling from a height of 1 km. It hits the ground with a speed of 50 m/s. Take ‘g’ constant with a value 10 m/s2. The work done by the
(i) gravitational force and the
(ii) resistive force of air is:
(A) (i) -10 J
(ii) -8.25 J
(B) (i) 1.25 J
(ii) -8.25 J
(C) (i) 100 J
(ii) 8.75 J
(D) (i) 10 J
(ii) -8.75 J
Hint: Work done by gravitation force is given by (Wg)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 89
Answer:
(D) (i) 10 J
(ii) -8.75 J

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Textbook Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

1. Choose the correct option.

Question 1.
An object thrown from a moving bus is on example of __________
(A) Uniform circular motion
(B) Rectilinear motion
(C) Projectile motion
(D) Motion in one dimension
Answer:
(C) Projectile motion

Question 2.
For a particle having a uniform circular motion, which of the following is constant ____________.
(A) Speed
(B) Acceleration
(C) Velocity
(D) Displacement
Answer:
(A) Speed

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 3.
The bob of a conical pendulum undergoes ___________
(A) Rectilinear motion in horizontal plane
(B) Uniform motion in a horizontal circle
(C) Uniform motion in a vertical circle
(D) Rectilinear motion in vertical circle
Answer:
(B) Uniform motion in a horizontal circle

Question 4.
For uniform acceleration in rectilinear motion which of the following is not correct?
(A) Velocity-time graph is linear
(B) Acceleration is the slope of velocity time graph
(C) The area under the velocity-time graph equals displacement
(D) Velocity-time graph is nonlinear
Answer:
(D) Velocity-time graph is nonlinear

Question 5.
If three particles A, B and C are having velocities \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{A}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{B}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{C}\) which of the following formula gives the relative velocity of A with respect to B
(A) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{A}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{B}\)
(B) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{A}\) – \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{C}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{B}\)
(C) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{A}\) – \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{B}\)
(D) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{C}\) – \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{A}\)
Answer:
(C) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{A}\) – \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{B}\)

2. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Separate the following in groups of scalar and vectors: velocity, speed, displacement, work done, force, power, energy, acceleration, electric charge, angular velocity.
Answer:
Scalars
Speed, work done, power, energy, electric charge.

Vectors
Velocity, displacement, force, acceleration, angular velocity (pseudo vector).

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 2.
Define average velocity and instantaneous velocity. When are they same?
Answer:
Average velocity:

  1. Average velocity (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{av}}\)) of an object is the displacement (\(\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}\)) of the object during the time interval (∆t) over which average velocity is being calculated, divided by that time interval.
  2. Average velocity = (\(\frac{\text { Displacement }}{\text { Time interval }}\))
    \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{V}_{\mathrm{av}}}=\frac{\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{2}-\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{1}}{\mathrm{t}_{2}-\mathrm{t}_{1}}=\frac{\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}\)
  3. Average velocity is a vector quantity.
  4. Its SI unit is m/s and dimensions are [M0L1T-1]
  5. For example, if the positions of an object are x +4 m and x = +6 m at times t = O and t = 1 minute respectively, the magnitude of its average velocity during that time is Vav = (6 – 4)1(1 – 0) = 2 m per minute and its direction will be along the positive X-axis.
    ∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{av}}\) = 2 i m/min
    Where, i = unit vector along X-axis.

Instantaneous velocity:

  1. The instantaneous velocity (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{V}}\)) is the limiting value of ¡he average velocity of the object over a small time interval (∆t) around t when the value of lime interval goes to zero.
  2. It is the velocity of an object at a given instant of time.
  3. \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}=\lim _{\Delta t \rightarrow 0} \frac{\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}=\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)
    where \(\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\) derivative of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}\) with respect to t.

In case of uniform rectilinear motion, i.e., when an object is moving with constant velocity along a straight line, the average and instantaneous velocity remain same.

Question 3.
Define free fall.
Answer:
The motion of any object under the influence of gravity alone is called as free fall.

Question 4.
If the motion of an object is described by x = f(t) write formulae for instantaneous velocity and acceleration.
Answer:

  1. Instantaneous velocity of an object is given as,
    \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}=\lim _{\Delta t \rightarrow 0} \frac{\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}=\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)
  2. Motion of the object is given as, x = f(t)
  3. The derivative f ‘(f) represents the rate of change of the position f (t) at time t, which is the instantaneous velocity of the object.
    ∴ \(\vec{v}=\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\) = f'(t)
  4. Acceleration is defined as the rate of change of velocity with respect to time.
  5. The second derivative of the position function f “(t) represents the rate of change of velocity i.e., acceleration.
    ∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}=\frac{\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}=\frac{\mathrm{d}^{2} \mathrm{x}}{\mathrm{dt}^{2}}\) = f”(t)

Question 5.
Derive equations of motion for a particle moving in a plane and show that the motion can be resolved in two independent motions in mutually perpendicular directions.
Answer:

  1. Consider an object moving in an x-y plane. Let the initial velocity of the object be \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}\) at t = 0 and its velocity at time t be \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\).
  2. As the acceleration is constant, the average acceleration and the instantaneous acceleration will be equal.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 6
    This is the first equation of motion in vector form.
  3. Let the displacement of the object from time t
    = 0 to t be \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}\)
    For constant acceleration, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{av}}=\frac{\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}}{2}\)
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 7
    This is the second equation of motion in vector form.
  4. Equations (1) and (2) can be resolved into their x and y components so as to get corresponding scalar equations as follows.
    vx = ux + axt ………….. (3)
    vy = uy + ay t …………… (4)
    sx = uxt + \(\frac{1}{2}\) axt2 ………….. (5)
    sy = uyt + \(\frac{1}{2}\) ayt2 ………..(6)
  5. It can be seen that equations (3) and (5) involve only the x components of displacement, velocity and acceleration while equations (4) and (6) involve only the y components of these quantities.
  6. Thus, the motion along the x direction of the object is completely controlled by the x components of velocity and acceleration while that along the y direction is completely controlled by the y components of these quantities.
  7. This shows that the two sets of equations are independent of each other and can be solved independently.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 6.
Derive equations of motion graphically for a particle having uniform acceleration, moving along a straight line.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 2

  1. Consider an object starting from position x = 0 at time t = 0. Let the velocity at time (t = 0) and t be u and v respectively.
  2. The slope of line PQ gives the acceleration. Thus
    ∴ a = \(\frac{\mathrm{v}-\mathrm{u}}{\mathrm{t}-0}=\frac{\mathrm{v}-\mathbf{u}}{\mathrm{t}}\)
    ∴ v = u + at …………… (1)
    This is the first equation of motion.
  3. The area under the curve in velocity-time graph gives the displacement of the object.
    ∴ s = area of the quadrilateral OPQS = area of rectangle OPRS + area of triangle PQR.
    = ut + \(\frac{1}{2}\) (v – u) t
    But, from equation (1)
    at = v – u
    ∴ s = ut + \(\frac{1}{2}\) at2
    This is the second equation of motion,
  4. The velocity is increasing linearly with time as acceleration is constant. The displacement is given as,
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 3
    ∴ s = (v2 – u2) / (2a)
    ∴ v2 – u2 = 2as
    This is the third equation of motion.

Question 7.
Derive the formula for the range and maximum height achieved by a projectile thrown from the origin with initial velocity \(\vec{u}\) at an angel θ to the horizontal.
Answer:
Expression for range:

  1. Consider a body projected with velocity \(\vec{u}\), at an angle θ of projection from point O in the co-ordinate system of the XY- plane, as shown in figure.
  2. The initial velocity \(\vec{u}\) can be resolved into two rectangular components:
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 9
    ux = u cos θ (Horizontal component)
    uy = u sin θ (Vertical component)
  3. The horizontal component remains constant throughout the motion due to the absence of any force acting in that direction, while the vertical component changes according to
    vy = uy + ayt
    with ay = -g and uy = u sinθ
  4. Thus, the components of velocity of the projectile at time t are given by,
    vx = ux = u cos θ
    vy = ux – gt = usin θ – gt
  5. Similarly, the components of displacements of the projectile in the horizontal and vertical directions at time t are given by,
    s = (u cosθ) t
    sy = (usinθ)t – \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt2
  6. At the highest point, the time of ascent of the projectile is given as,
    tA = \(\frac{u \sin \theta}{g}\) …………..(2)
  7. The total time in air i.e., time of flight is given as, T = 2tA = \(\frac{2u \sin \theta}{g}\) …… (3)
  8. The total horizontal distance travelled by the particle in this time T is given as,
    R = ux ∙ T
    R = u cos θ ∙ (2tA)
    R = u cos θ ∙ \(\frac{2 \mathrm{u} \sin \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\) ……………[From (3)]
    R = \(\frac{u^{2}(2 \sin \theta \cdot \cos \theta)}{g}\)
    R = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2} \sin 2 \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\) ………..[∵ sin 2θ = 2sin∙cosθ]
    This is required expression for horizontal range of the projectile.

Expression for maximum height of a projectile:
The maximum height H reached by the projectile is the distance travelled along the vertical (y) direction in time tA.

Substituting sy = H and t = ta in equation (1),
we have,
H = (u sin θ)tA – \(\frac{1}{2}\) gtA2
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 10
This equation represents maximum height of projectile.

Question 8.
Show that the path of a projectile is a parabola.
Answer:

  1. Consider a body projected with velocity initial velocity \(\vec{u}\) , at an angle θ of projection from point O in the co-ordinate system of the XY-plane. as shown in figure.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 8
  2. The initial velocity \(\vec{u}\) can be resolved into two rectangular components:
    ux = u cos θ (Horizontal component)
    uy = u sin θ (Vertical component)
  3. The horizontal component remains constant throughout the motion due to the absence of any force acting in that direction, while the vertical component changes according to,
    vy = uy + ay t
    with ay, = -g and uy = u sinθ
  4. Thus, the components of velocity of the projectile at time t are given by,
    vx = ux = u cosθ
    vy = uy – gt = u sinθ – gt
  5. Similarly, the components of displacements of the projectile in the horizontal and vertical directions at time t are given by,
    sx = (u cosθ)t …………..(1)
    sy = (u sinθ)t – \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt2 ………………. (2)
  6. As the projectile starts from x = O, we can use
    sx = x and sy = y.
    Substituting sx = x in equation (1),
    x = (u cosθ) t
    ∴ t = \(\frac{\mathrm{X}}{(\mathrm{u} \cos \theta)}\) …………….. (3)
    Substituting, sy in equation (2),
    y = (u sinθ)t – \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt2 …………… (4)
    Substituting equation (3) in equation (4), we have,
    y = u sin θ (\(\frac{\mathrm{X}}{(\mathrm{u} \cos \theta)}\)) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) (\(\frac{\mathrm{X}}{(\mathrm{u} \cos \theta)}\))2 g
    ∴ y = x (tan θ) – (\(\frac{g}{2 u^{2} \cos ^{2} \theta}\))x2 ………………. (5)
    Equation (5) represents the path of the projectile.
  7. If we put tan θ = A and g/2u2cos2θ = B then equation (5) can be written as y = Ax – Bx2 where A and B are constants. This is equation of parabola. Hence, path of projectile is a parabola.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 9.
What is a conical pendulum? Show that its time period is given by 2π \(\sqrt{\frac{l \cos \theta}{g}}\), where l is the length of the string, θ is the angle that the string makes with the vertical and g is the acceleration due to gravity.
Answer:
A simple pendulum, Ch i given such a motion that the bob describes a horizontal circle and the string making a constant angle with the vertical describes a cone, is called a conical pendulum.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 17

  1. Consider a bob of mass m tied to one end of a string of length ‘P and other end is fixed to rigid support.
  2. Let the bob be displaced from its mean position and whirled around a horizontal circle of radius ‘r’ with constant angular velocity ω, then the bob performs U.C.M.
  3. During the motion, string is inclined to the vertical at an angle θ as shown in the figure above.
  4. In the displaced position, there are two forces acting on the bob.
    • The weight mg acting vertically downwards.
    • The tension T acting upward along the string.
  5. The tension (T) acting in the string can be resolved into two components:
    • T cosθ acting vertically upwards.
    • T sinθ acting horizontally towards centre of the circle.
  6. Since, there is no net force, vertical component T cosθ balances the weight and horizontal component T sinθ provides the necessary centripetal force.
    ∴ T cos θ = mg ……………. (1)
    T sin θ = \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}}\) = mrω2 ……….. (2)
  7. Dividing equation (2) by (1),
    tan θ = \(\frac{\mathrm{v}^{2}}{\mathrm{rg}}\) ……….. (3)
    Therefore, the angle made by the string with the vertical is θ = tan-1 (\(\frac{\mathrm{v}^{2}}{\mathrm{rg}}\))
  8. Since we know v = \(\frac{2 \pi \mathrm{r}}{\mathrm{T}}\)
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 18
    where l is length of the pendulum and h is the vertical distance of the horizontal circle from the fixed point O.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 10.
Define angular velocity. Show that the centripetal force on a particle undergoing uniform circular motion is -mω2\(\vec{r}\).
Answer:
Angular velocity of a particle is the rate of change of angular displacement.

Expression for centripetal force on a particle undergoing uniform circular motion:
i) Suppose a particle is performing U.C.M in anticlockwise direction.
The co-ordinate axes are chosen as shown in the figure.
Let,
A = initial position of the particle which lies on positive X-axis
P = instantaneous position after time t
θ = angle made by radius vector
ω = constant angular speed
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\) = instantaneous position vector at time t

ii) From the figure,
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}=\hat{\mathrm{i}} \mathrm{x}+\hat{\mathrm{j}} \mathrm{y}\)
where, \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}\) and \(\hat{\mathrm{j}}\) are unit vectors along X-axis and Y-axis respectively.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 15
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 16
Negative sign shows that direction of acceleration is opposite to the direction of position vector. Equation (3) is the centripetal acceleration.
vii) Magnitude of centripetal acceleration is given by a = ω2r

viii) The force providing this acceleration should also be along the same direction, hence centripetal.
∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) = m\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}\) = -mω2\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\)
This is the expression for the centripetal force on a particle undergoing uniform circular motion.

ix) Magnitude of F = mω2r = \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}}\) = mωv

[Note: The definition of angular velocity is not mentioned in this chapter but is in Ch.2 Mathematical Methods.]

3. Solve the following problems.

Question 1.
An aeroplane has a run of 500 m to take off from the runway. It starts from rest and moves with constant acceleration to cover the runway in 30 sec. What is the velocity of the aeroplane at the take off ?
Answer:
Given: Length of runway (s) = 500 m, t = 30 s
To find: Velocity (y)
Formulae. i) s = ut + \(\frac{1}{2}\) at2
ii) v = u + at
Calculation: As the plane was initially at rest, u = 0
From formula (1),
500 = 0 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × a × (30)2
∴ 500 = 450 a
∴ a = \(\frac{10}{9}\) m/s2
From formula (ii),
v = 0 + \(\frac{10}{9}\) × 30
∴ v = \(\frac{100}{3}\) m/s = (\(\frac{100}{3} \times \frac{18}{5}\)) km/hr
∴ v = 120 km/hr
The velocity of the aeroplane at the take off is 120 km/hr.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 2.
A car moving along a straight road with a speed of 120 km/hr, is brought to rest by applying brakes. The car covers a distance of 100 m before it stops. Calculate
(i) the average retardation of the car
(ii) time taken by the car to come to rest.
Answer:
Given: u = 120 kmh-1 = 120 × \(\frac{5}{18}\) = \(\frac{100}{3}\) ms-1
s = 100 m, v = 0
To find: i) Average retardation of the car (a)
ii) Time taken by car (t)

Formulae: i) v2 – u2 = 2as
ii) v = u + at
Calculation: From formula (i),
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 5

i) Average retardation of the car is \(\frac{50}{9}\) ms2 (in magnitude).
ii) Time taken by the car to come to rest is 6 s.

Question 3.
A car travels at a speed of 50 km/hr for 30 minutes, at 30 km/hr for next 15 minutes and then 70 km/hr for next 45 minutes. What is the average speed of the car?
Answer:
Given: v1 = 50 km/hr. t1 = 30 minutes = 0.5 hr,
v2 = 30 km/hr, t2 = 15 minutes = 0.25 hr,
v3 = 70 km/hr, t3 = 45 minutes 0.75 hr
To find: Average speed of car (vav)
Formula vav = \(\frac{\text { total path length }}{\text { total time interval }}\)
Calculation:
Path length,
x1 = v1 × t1 = 50 × 0.5 = 25km
x2 = v2 × t2 = 30 × 0.25 = 7.5 km
x3 = v3 × t3 = 70 × 0.75 = 52.5 km
From formula,
vav = \(\frac{x_{1}+x_{2}+x_{3}}{t_{1}+t_{2}+t_{3}}\)
∴ vav = \(\frac{25+7.5+52.5}{0.5+0.25+0.75}=\frac{85}{1.5}\)
∴ vav = 56.66 km/hr

Question 4.
A velocity-time graph is shown in the adjoining figure.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 1
Determine:

  1. initial speed of the car
  2. maximum speed attained by the car
  3. part of the graph showing zero acceleration
  4. part of the graph showing constant retardation
  5. distance travelled by the car in first 6 sec.

Answer:

  1. Initial speed is at origin i.e. 0 m/s.
  2. Maximum speed attained by car, vmax = speed from A to B = 20 m/s.
  3. The part of the graph which shows zero acceleration is between t = 3 s and t = 6 s i.e., AB. This is because, during AB there is no change in velocity.
  4. The graph shows constant retardation from t = 6 s to t = 8 s i.e., BC.
  5. Distance travelled by car in first 6 s
    = Area of OABDO
    = A(△OAE) + A(rect. ABDE)
    = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 3 × 20 + 3 × 20
    = 30 + 60
    ∴ Distance travelled by car in first 6 s = 90 m

Question 5.
A man throws a ball to maximum horizontal distance of 80 meters. Calculate the maximum height reached.
Answer:
Given: R = 80m
To find: Maximum height reached (Hmax)
Formula: Rmax = 4Hmax
Calculation: From formula,
∴ Hmax = \(\frac{\mathrm{R}_{\max }}{4}=\frac{80}{4}\) = 20 m
The maximum height reached by the ball is 20m.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 6.
A particle is projected with speed v0 at angle θ to the horizontal on an inclined surface making an angle Φ (Φ < θ) to the horizontal. Find the range of the projectile along the inclined surface.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 12
i) The equation of trajectory of projectile is given by,
y(tan θ)x – (\(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{2 \mathrm{u}^{2} \cos ^{2} \theta}\))x2 …………..(1)

ii) In this case to find R substitute,
y = R sinΦ ………….. (2)
x = R cosΦ ………….. (3)

iii) From equations (1), (2) and (3),
we have,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 13

Question 7.
A metro train runs from station A to B to C. It takes 4 minutes in travelling from station A to station B. The train halts at station B for 20 s. Then it starts from station B and reaches station C in next 3 minutes. At the start, the train accelerates for 10 sec to reach the constant speed of 72 km/hr. The train moving at the constant speed is brought to rest in 10 sec. at next station.
(i) Plot the velocity- time graph for the train travelling from the station A to B to C.
(ii) Calculate the distance between the stations A, B and C.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 4
The metro train travels from station A to station B in 4 minutes = 240 s.
The trains halts at station B for 20 s.
The train travels from station B’ to station C in 3 minutes= 180 s.
∴ Total time taken by the metro train in travelling from station A to B to C
= 240 + 20 + 180 = 440 s.
At start, the train accelerates for 10 seconds to reach a constant speed of 72 km/hr = 20 m/s.
The train moving is brought to rest in 10 s at next station.
The velocity-time graph for the train travelling from station A to B to C is as follows:
Distance travelled by the train from station A to station B
= Area of PQRS
= A ( △PQQ’) A (☐QRR’) + A(SRR’)
= (\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 20 + (220 × 20) + (\(\frac{1}{2}\) 10 × 20)
= 100 + 4400 + 100
= 4600m = 4.6km

Distance travelled by the train from station B’ to station C
= Area of EFGD
= A(△EFF’) + A(☐F’FGG’) + A(△DGG’)
= (\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 20) × (160 × 20) + (\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 20)
= 100 + 3200 + 100
= 3400m = 3.4km

Question 8.
A train is moving eastward at 10 m/sec. A waiter is walking eastward at 1.2m/sec; and a fly is flying toward the north across the waiter’s tray at 2 m/s. What is the velocity of the fly relative to Earth.
Answer:
Given
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 11

Question 9.
A car moves in a circle at the constant speed of 50 m/s and completes one revolution in 40 s. Determine the magnitude of acceleration of the car.
Answer:
Given: v = 50 m/s, t = 40 s, s = 2πr
To find: acceleration (a)
Formulae: i) v = \(\frac{\mathrm{s}}{\mathrm{t}}\)
ii) a = \(\frac{\mathrm{v}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
Calculation: From formula (i),
50 = \(\frac{2 \pi \mathrm{r}}{40}\)
∴ r = \(\frac{50 \times 40}{2 \pi}\)
∴ r = \(\frac{1000}{\pi}\) cm
From formula (ii),
a = \(\frac{v^{2}}{r}=\frac{50^{2}}{1000 / \pi}\)
∴ a = \(\frac{5 \pi}{2}\) = 7.85 m/s2
The magnitude of acceleration of the car is 7.85 m/s.

Alternate method:
Given: v = 50 m/s, t = 40 s,
To find: acceleration (a)
Formula: a = rω2 = vω
Calculation: From formula,
a = vω
= v(\(\frac{2 \pi}{\mathrm{t}}\))
= 50(\(\frac{2 \times 3.142}{40}\))
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) × 3.142
∴ a = 7.85m/s2

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 10.
A particle moves in a circle with constant speed of 15 m/s. The radius of the circle is 2 m. Determine the centripetal acceleration of the particle.
Answer:
Given: v = 15 m/s, r = 2m
To find: Centripetal acceleration (a)
Formula: a = \(\frac{\mathrm{v}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
a = \(\frac{(15)^{2}}{2}=\frac{225}{2}\)
∴ a = 112.5m/s2
The centripetal acceleration of the particle is 112.5 m/s2.

Question 11.
A projectile is thrown at an angle of 30° to the horizontal. What should be the range of initial velocity (u) so that its range will be between 40m and 50 m? Assume g = 10 m s-2.
Answer:
Given: 40 ≤ R ≤ 50, θ = 300, g = 10 m/s2
To find: Range of initial velocity (u)
Formula: R = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2} \sin (2 \theta)}{\mathrm{g}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
The range of initial velocity,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 14
∴ 21.49m/s ≤ u ≤ 24.03m/s
The range of initial velocity should be between 21.49 m/s ≤ u ≤ 24.03 m/s.

11th Physics Digest Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 30)

Question 1.
What ¡s meant by motion?
Answer:
The change ¡n the position of an object with respect to its surroundings is called motion.

Question 2.
What Is rectilinear motion?
Answer:
Motion in which an object travels along a straight line is called rectilinear motion.

Question 3.
What is the difference between displacement and distance travelled?
Answer:

  • Displacement is the shortest distance between the initial and final points of movement.
  • Distance is the actual path followed by a body between the points in which it moves.

Question 4.
What is the difference between uniform and non-uniform motion?
Answer:

  • A body is said to have uniform motion if it covers equal distances in equal intervals of time.
  • A body is said to have non-uniform motion if it covers unequal distances in equal intervals of time.

Internet my friend (Textbook Page No. 44)

i. hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.eduJhbase/mot.html#motcon
ii. www .college-physics.comlbook/mechanics
[Students are expected to visit the above mentioned webs ires and collect more information.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 1.
Explain representation of a vector graphically and symbolically.
Answer:

  1. Graphical representation:
    A vector is graphically represented by a directed line segment or an arrow.
    eg.: displacement of a body from P to Q is represented as P → Q.
  2. Symbolic representation:
    Symbolically a vector is represented by a single letter with an arrow above it, such as \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\). The magnitude of the vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) is denoted as |A| or | \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) | or A.

Question 2.
A vector has both magnitude and direction. Does it mean that anything that has magnitude and direction is necessarily a vector?
Answer:

  1. For a physical quantity, only having magnitude and direction is not a sufficient condition to be a vector.
  2. A physical quantity also has to obey vectors law of addition to be termed as vector.
  3. Hence, anything that has magnitude and direction is not necessarily a vector.
    Example: Though current has definite magnitude and direction, it is not a vector.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 3.
Define and explain the following terms:
i. Zero vector (Null vector)
ii. Resultant vector
iii. Negative vectors
iv. Equal vectors
v. Position vector
Answer:
i. Zero vector (Null vector):
A vector having zero magnitude and arbitrary direction is called zero vector. It is denoted as \(\overrightarrow{0}\).
Example: Velocity vector of stationary particle, acceleration vector of a body moving with uniform velocity.

ii. Resultant vector:
The resultant of two or more vectors is defined as that single vector, which produces the same effect as produced by all the vectors together.

iii. Negative vectors:
A negative vector of a given vector is a vector of the same magnitude but opposite in direction to that of the given vector.
Negative vectors are antiparallel vectors.
In figure, \(\vec{b}\) = – \(\vec{a}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 1

iv. Equal vectors:
Two vectors A and B representing same physical quantity are said to be equal if and only if they have the same magnitude and direction.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 2
In the given figure |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\)| = |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)| = |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\)| = |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{S}}\)|

v. Position vector:
A vector which gives the position of a particle at a point with respect to the origin of chosen co-ordinate system is called position vector.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 3
In the given figure \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OP}}\) represents position vector of \(\vec{P}\) with respect to O.

Question 4.
Whether the resultant of two vectors of unequal magnitude be zero?
Answer:
The resultant of two vectors of different magnitude cannot give zero resultant.

Question 5.
Define unit vector and give its physical significance.
Answer:
Unit vector: A vector having unit magnitude in a given direction is called a unit vector in that direction.
If \(\vec{p}\) is a non zero vector (P ≠ 0) then the unit vector \(\hat{\mathrm{u}}_{\mathrm{p}}\) in the direction of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) is given by,
\(\hat{\mathrm{u}}_{\mathrm{p}}\) = \(\frac{\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}}{\mathrm{P}}\)
∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) = \(\hat{u}_{p} P\)

Significance of unit vector:

i. The unit vector gives the direction of a given vector.

ii. Unit vector along X, Y and Z direction of a rectangular (three dimensional) coordinate is represented by \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}\), \(\hat{\mathrm{j}}\) and \(\hat{\mathrm{k}}\) respectively Such that \(\hat{\mathbf{u}}_{x}\) = \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}\), \(\hat{\mathbf{u}}_{y}\) = \(\hat{\mathrm{j}}\) and \(\hat{\mathbf{u}}_{z}\) = \(\hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
This gives \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}\) = \(\frac{\overrightarrow{\mathrm{X}}}{\mathrm{X}}\), \(\hat{\mathrm{j}}\) = \(\frac{\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Y}}}{\mathrm{X}}\) and \(\hat{\mathrm{k}}\) = \(\frac{\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Z}}}{\mathrm{Z}}\)

Question 6.
Explain multiplication of a vector by a scalar.
Answer:

  1. When a vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) is multiplied by a scalar ‘s’, it becomes ‘s\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}’ whose magnitude is s times the magnitude of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\).
  2. The unit of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) is different from the unit of ‘s \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\)’.
    For example,
    If \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) = 10 newton and s = 5 second, then s\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) = 10 newton × 5 second = 50 Ns.

Question 7.
Explain addition of vectors.
Answer:

  1. The addition of two or more vectors of same type gives rise to a single vector such that the effect of this single vector is the same as the net effect of the original vectors.
  2. It is important to note that only the vectors of the same type (physical quantity) can be added.
  3. For example, if two vectors, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) = 3 unit and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) = 4 unit are acting along the same line, then they can be added as, |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\)| = |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\)| + |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)|
    |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\)| = 3 + 4 = 7
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 4
    [Note: When vectors are not in the same direction, then they can be added using triangle law of vector addition.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 8.
State true or false. If false correct the statement and rewrite.
It is possible to add two vectors representing physical quantities having different dimensions.
Answer:
False.
It is not possible to add two vectors representing physical quantities having different dimensions.

Question 9.
Explain subtraction of vectors.
Answer:

  1. When two vectors are anti-parallel (in the opposite direction) to each other, the magnitude
  2. It is important to note that only vectors of the same type (physical quantity) can be subtracted.
  3. For example, if two vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) = 3 unit and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) = 4 unit are acting in opposite direction, they are subtracted as, |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\)| = ||\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\)| – |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)||
    = |3 – 4| = 1 unit, directed along \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 5

Question 10.
How can resultant of two vectors of a type inclined with each other be determined?
Answer:
When two vectors of a type are inclined with each other, their resultant can be determined by using triangle law of vector addition.

Question 11.
What is triangle law of vector addition?
Answer:
Triangle law of vector addition:
If two vectors describing the same physical quantity are represented in magnitude and direction, by the two sides of a triangle taken in order, then their resultant is represented in magnitude and direction by the third side of the triangle drawn in the opposite sense, i.e., from the starting point (tail) of the first vector to the end point (head) of the second vector.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 6
Let \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) be the two vectors of same type taken in same order as shown in figure.
∴ Resultant vector will be given by third side taken in opposite order, i.e., \(\overline{\mathrm{OA}}\) + \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) = \(\overline{\mathrm{OB}}\)
∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\)

Question 12.
Using triangle law of vector addition, explain the process of adding two vectors which are not lying in a straight line.
Answer:
i. Two vectors in magnitude and direction are drawn in a plane as shown in figure (a)
Let these vectors be \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 7

ii. Join the tail of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) to head of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) in the given direction. The resultant vector will be the line which is obtained by joining tail of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) to head of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) as shown in figure (b).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 8

iii. If \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) is the resultant vector of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) then using triangle law of vector addition, we have, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)

Question 13.
Is it possible to add two velocities using triangle law?
Answer:
Yes, it is possible to add two velocities using triangle law.

Question 14.
Explain, how two vectors are subtracted. Find their resultant by using triangle law of vector addition.
Answer:

  1. Let \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) be the two vectors in a plane as shown in figure (a).
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 10
  2. To subtract \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) from \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\), vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) is reversed so that we get the vector –\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) as shown in figure (b).
  3. The resultant vector is obtained by –\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) joining tail of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) to head of – \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) as shown in figure (c).
  4. From triangle law of vector addition, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + (-\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) – \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)

Question 15.
Prove that: Vector addition is commutative.
Answer:
Commutative property of vector addition:
According to commutative property, for two
vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}\)

Proof:

i. Let two vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) be represented in magnitude and direction by two sides \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OA}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AB}}\) respectively.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 11

ii. Complete a parallelogramOABC such that
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OA}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{CB}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AB}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OC}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) then join OB.

iii. In △OAB, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OA}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AB}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OB}}\)
(By triangle law of vector addition)
∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) … (1)
In △OCB, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OC}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{CB}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OB}}\)
(By triangle law of vector addition)
∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) … (2)

iv. From equation (1) and (2),
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\)
Hence, addition of two vectors obeys commutative law.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 16.
Prove that: Vector addition is associative.
Answer:
Associative property of vector addition:
According to associative property, for three vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\),
(\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\))
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 12
Proof:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 13
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 14
On comparing, equation (2) and (4), we get,
(\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\))
Hence, associative law is proved.

Question 17.
State true or false. If false correct the statement and rewrite.
The subtraction of given vectors is neither commutative nor associative.
Answer:
True.

Question 18.
State and prove parallelogram law of vector addition and determine magnitude and direction of resultant vector.
Answer:

i. Parallelogram law of vector add addition;
If two vectors of same type starting from the same point (tails cit the same point), are represented in magnitude and direction by the two adjacent sides of a parallelogram then, their resultant vector is given in magnitude and direction, by the diagonal of the parallelogram starting from the same point.

ii. Proof:

a. Consider two vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) of the same type, with their tails at the point O’ and θ’ is the angle between \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) as shown in the figure below.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 15
b. Join BC and AC to complete the parallelogram OACB, with \(\overline{\mathrm{OA}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{AC}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) as the adjacent sides. We have to prove that diagonal \(\overline{\mathrm{OC}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\), the resultant of sum of the two given vectors.

c. By the triangle law of vector addition, we have,
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OA}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AC}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OC}}\) … (1)
As \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AC}}\) is parallel to \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OB}}\),
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AC}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OB}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)
Substituting \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OA}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OC}}\) in equation (1) we have,
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\)
Hence proved.

iii. Magnitude of resultant vector:

a. To find the magnitude of resultant vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OC}}\), draw a perpendicular from C to meet OA extended at S.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 16

c. Using Pythagoras theorem in right angled triangle, OSC
(OC)2 = (OS)2 + (SC)2
= (OA + AS)2 + (SC)2
∴ (OC)2 = (OA)2 + 2(OA).(AS) + (AS2) + (SC)2 . . . .(4)

d. From right angle trianle ASC,
(AS)2 + (SC)2 = (AC)2 …. (5)

e. From equation (4) and (5), we get
(OC)2 = (OA)2 + 2(OA) (AS) + (AC)2
… .(6)

f. Using (2) and (6), we get
(OC)2 = (OA)2 + (AC)2 + 2(OA)(AC) cos θ
∴ R2 = P2 + Q2 + 2 PQ cos θ
∴ R = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{P}^{2}+\mathrm{Q}^{2}+2 \mathrm{PQ} \cos \theta}\) ….(7)
Equation (7) gives the magnitude of resultant vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\).

iv. Direction of resultant vector:
To find the direction of resultant vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\), let \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) make an angle α with \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 17
Equation (9) represents direction of resultant vector.
[Note: If β is the angle between \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\), it can be similarly derived that
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 18

Question 19.
Complete the table for two vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) inclined at angle θ.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 19
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 20

Question 20.
The diagonal of the parallelogram made by two vectors as adjacent sides is not passing through common point of two vectors. What does it represent?
Answer:
The diagonal of the parallelogram made by two vectors as adjacent sides not passing through common point of two vectors represents triangle law of vector addition.

Question 21.
If | \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\) | = | \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) – \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\) | then what can be the
angle between \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\) ?
Answer:
Let θ be the angle between \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\), then
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 21

Thus, if |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\)| = |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) – \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) |, then vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) must be at right angles to each other.

Question 22.
Express vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A C}}\) in terms of vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A B}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{C B}}\) shown in the following figure.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 22
Solution:
Using the triangle law of addition of vectors,
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A C}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{C B}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A B}}\)
∴\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A C}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A B}}\) – \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{C B}}\)

Question 23.
From the following figure, determine the resultant of four forces \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}_{1}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}_{2}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}_{3}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}_{4}\).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 23
Solution:
Join \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OB}}\) to complete ∆OAB as shown in figure below
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 24
Now, using triangle law of vector addition,
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OB}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OA}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AB}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}_{1}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}_{2}\)
Join \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OC}}\) to complete triangle OBC as shown figure below
Similarly, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OC}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OB}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{BC}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}_{1}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}_{2}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}_{3}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 25
Answer:
\(\overrightarrow{O D}\) is the resultant of the four vectors.

Question 24.
Find the vector that should be added to the sum of (2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 5\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 3\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)) and (4\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 7\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – 4\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)) to give a unit vector along the X-axis.
Solution:
Let vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}\) be added to get unit vector (\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\)) along X-axis.
Sum of given vectors is given as,
(2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 5\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 3\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) ) + (4\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 7\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – 4\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)) = 6\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 2\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)
According to given condition, (6\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 2\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)) + \(\hat{\mathbf{P}}\) = \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\)
∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) = \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – (6\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 2\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)) = \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 6\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 2\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) = -5\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 2\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)
Answer:
The required vector is -5\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 2\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\).

Question 25.
If \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) = 2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 3\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\) = 2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 5\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 2\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\).Find
i. \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\)
ii. 3\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) – 2\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\)
Solution:
Given \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) = 2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 3\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\) = 2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 5\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 2\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)
To find:

i. \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\)
ii. 3\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) – 2\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\)

Calculation:

i. \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\) = (2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 3\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – k) + (2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 5\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 2k)
= (2 + 2)\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + (3 – 5)\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + (-1 + 2)\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)
= 4\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 2\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)

ii. 3\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) = 3(2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 3\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)) = 6\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 9\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – 3\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)
2\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\) = 2(2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 5\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 2\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)) = 4\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 10\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 4\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 26

Question 26.
Find unit vector parallel to the resultant of the vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) = \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 4\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – 2\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\) = 3\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 5\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\).
Solution:
The resultant of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) is,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 27
Answer:
The required unit vector is \(\frac{1}{3 \sqrt{2}}\)(4\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – \(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\))

Question 27.
Two forces, F1 and F2, each of magnitude 5 N are inclined to each other at 60°. Find the magnitude and direction of their resultant force.
Solution:
Given: F1 = 5 N, F2 = 5 N, θ = 60°
To find: Magnitude of resultant force (R),
Direction of resultant force (α)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 28
Answer:
i. The magnitude of resultant force is 8.662 N.

ii. The direction of resultant force is 30° w.r.t. \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}_{1}}\).

Question 28.
Water is flowing in a stream with velocity 5 km/hr in an easterly direction relative to the shore. Speed of a boat relative to still water is 20 km/hr. If the boat enters the stream heading north, with what velocity will the boat actually travel?
Answer:
The resultant velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) of the boat can be obtained by adding the two velocities using ∆ OAB shown in the figure.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 29
The direction ot the resultant velocity is
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 30
Answer: The velocity of the boat is 20.616 km/hr in a direction 14.04° east of north. .
[Note: tan-1 (0.25) ≈ 14.04° which equals 14°2]

Question 29.
Rain is falling vertically with a speed of 35 m/s. Wind starts blowing at a speed of 12 m/s in east to west direction. In which direction should a boy waiting at a bus stop hold his umbrella? (NCERT)
Solution:
Let the velocity of rain and wind be \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{V}_{\mathrm{R}}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{V}_{\mathrm{W}}}\), then resultant velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) has magnitude of
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 31
If \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) makes an angle θ with vertical then, from the figure
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 32
Answer: The boy should hold his umbrella in vertical plane at an angle of about 19° with vertical towards the east.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 30.
What are components of a vector?
Answer:

  1. The given vector can be written as sum of two or more vectors along certain fixed directions. The vectors into which the given single vector is splitted are called components of the vector.
  2. Let \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) = \(\mathrm{A}_{1} \hat{\alpha}\) + \(\mathrm{A}_{2} \hat{\beta}\) + \(\mathrm{A}_{3} \hat{\gamma}\) where, \(\hat{\alpha}\), \(\hat{\beta}\) and \(\hat{\gamma}\) are unit vectors along chosen directions. Then, A1, A2 and A3 are known as components of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) along three directions \(\hat{\alpha}\), \(\hat{\beta}\) and \(\hat{\gamma}\).
  3. It two vectors are equal then, their corresponding components are also equal and vice-versa.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 33

[Note: The magnitude of a vector is a scalar while each component of a vector is always a vector.]

Question 31.
What is meant by resolution of vector?
Answer:

  1. The process of splitting a given vector into its components is called resolution of the vector.
  2. Resolution of vector is equal to replacing the original vector with the sum of the component vectors.

Question 32.
That are rectangular components of vectors? Explain their uses.
Answer:
i. Rectangular components of a vector:
If components of a given vector are mutually perpendicular to each other then they are called rectangular components of that vector.

ii. Consider a vector \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\) = \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OC}}
\) originating from the origin O’ of a rectangular co-ordinate system as shown in figure.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 34

iii. Draw CA ⊥ OX and CB ⊥ OY.
Let component of \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\) along X-axis \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}_{\mathrm{x}}
\) and component of \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\) along Y-axis = \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}_{\mathrm{y}}
\)
By parallelogram law of vectors,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 35
where, \(
\hat{i}
\) and \(
\hat{j}
\) are unit vectors along positive direction of X and Y axes respectively.

iv. If θ is angle made by \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\) with X-axis, then
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 36

v. Squaring and adding equation (1) and (2) we get,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 37
Equation (3) gives the magnitude of \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\).

vi. Direction of \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\) can be found out by dividing equation (2) by (1),
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 38
Equation (4) gives direction of \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\)

vii. When vectors are noncoplanar, it becomes necessary to use the third dimension. If \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}_{\mathrm{x}}
\), \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}_{\mathrm{y}}
\) and \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}_{\mathrm{z}}
\) are three rectangular components of \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\) along X, Y and Z axes of a three dimensional rectangular cartesian co-ordinate system then.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 39
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 40

Question 33.
Find a unit vector in the direction of the vector 3\(
\hat{i}
\) + 4\(
\hat{j}
\).
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 41

Question 34.
Given \(
\overrightarrow{\mathbf{a}}
\) = \(
\hat{\mathbf{i}}
\) + 2\(
\hat{\mathbf{j}}
\) and \(
\overrightarrow{\mathbf{b}}
\) = 2\(
\hat{\mathbf{i}}
\) + \(
\hat{\mathbf{j}}
\), what are the magnitudes of the two vectors? Are these two vectors equal?
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 42
The magnitudes of \(
\vec{a}
\) and \(
\vec{b}
\) are equal. However, their corresponding components are not equal, i.e., ax ≠ bx and ay ≠ by. Hence, the two vectors are not equal.
Answer:
Magnitudes of two vectors are equal, but vectors are unequal.

Question 35.
Find the vector drawn from the point (-4, 10, 7) to the point (3, -2, 1). Also find its magnitude.
Solution:
If \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}
\) is a vector drawn from the point (x1, y1, z1) to the point (x2, y2, z2), then
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 43

Question 36.
In a cartesian co-ordinate system, the co-ordinates of two points P and Q are (2, 4, 4) and (-2, -3, 7) respectively, find \(
\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P Q}}
\) and its magnitude.
Solution:
Given: Position vector of P = (2,4,4)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 44
∴ |\(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{PQ}}
\)| = 8.6 units
Answer: Vector \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{PQ}}
\) is -4\(
\hat{\mathbf{i}}
\) – 7\(
\hat{\mathbf{j}}
\) + 3\(
\hat{\mathbf{k}}
\) and its magnitude is 8.6 units.

Question 37.
If \(
\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}
\) = 3\(
\hat{i}
\) + 4[/latex] = 3\(
\hat{j}
\) and \(
\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}
\) = 7\(
\hat{i}
\) + 24\(
\hat{j}
\), find a vector having the same magnitude as \(
\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}
\) and parallel to \(
\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}
\).
Solution:
The magnitude of vector \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}
\) is | \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}
\) |
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 45
Answer: The required vector is 15\(
\hat{\mathbf{i}}
\) + 20\(
\hat{\mathbf{j}}
\).

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 38.
Complete the table.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 46
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 47

Question 39.
State with reasons, whether the following algebraic operations with scalar and vector physical quantities are meaningful.
i. Adding any two scalars,
ii. Adding a scalar to a vector of the same dimensions,
iii. Multiplying any vector by any scalar,
iv. Multiplying any two scalars,
v. Adding any two vectors. (NCERT)
Answer:

  1. Not any two scalars can be added. To add two scalars it is essential that they represent same physical quantity.
  2. This operation is meaningless. Only a vector can be added to another vector.
  3. This operation is possible. When a vector is multiplied with a dimensional scalar, the resultant vector will have different dimensions.
    eg.: acceleration vector is multiplied with mass (a dimensional scalar), the resultant vector has the dimensions of force.
    When a vector is multiplied with non – dimensional scalar, it will be a vector having dimensions as that of the given vector.
    eg.: \(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}
    \) × 3 = 3\(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}
    \)
  4. This operation is possible. Multiplication of non-dimensional scalars is simply algebraic multiplication. Multiplication of non dimensional scalars will result into scalar with different dimensions.
    eg.: Volume × density = mass.
  5. Not any two vectors can be added. To add two vectors it is essential that they represent same physical quantity.

Question 40.
Explain scalar product of two vectors with the help of suitable examples.
Answer:
Scalar product of two vectors:

  1. The scalar product of two non-zero vectors is defined as the product of the magnitude of the two vectors and cosine of the angle θ between the two vectors.
  2. The dot sign is used between the two vectors to be multiplied therefore scalar product is also called dot product.
  3. The scalar product of two vectors \(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}
    \) and \(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}
    \) is given by, \(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}
    \) . \(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}
    \) = PQ cos θ
    where, p = magnitude of \(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}
    \), Q = magnitude of \(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}
    \)
    θ = angle between \(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}
    \) and \(
    \overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}
    \)
  4. Examples of scalar product:
    1. Power (P) is a scalar product of force (\(
      \overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}
      \)) and velocity (\(
      \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}
      \))
      ∴ P = \(
      \overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}
      \) . \(
      \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}
      \)
    2. Work is a scalar product of force (\(
      \overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}
      \)) and displacement (\(
      \overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}
      \)).
      ∴ W = \(
      \overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}} \cdot \overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}
      \)

Question 41.
Discuss characteristics of scalar product of two vectors.
Answer:
Characteristics of the scalar product of two vectors:
i. The scalar product of two vectors is equivalent to the product of magnitude of one vector with component of the other in the direction of the first.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 48
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 49
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 50
vi. Scalar product of two vectors is expressed in terms of rectangular components as
\(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}} \cdot \overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}
\) = Ax + Bx + AyBy + AzBz

vii. For \(
\vec{a} \neq 0, \vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}=\vec{a} \cdot \vec{c}
\) does not necessarily mean \(
\vec{b}
\) = \(
\vec{c}
\)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 42.
Complete the table vector given below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 51
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 52

Question 43.
Define and explain vector product of two vectors with suitable examples.
Answer:
i. The vector product of two vectors is a third vector whose magnitude is equal to the product of magnitude of the two vectors and sine of the smaller angle θ between the two vectors.

ii. Vector product is also called cross product of vectors because cross sign is used to represent vector product.

iii. Explanation:

a. The vector product of two vectors \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}
\) and \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}
\), is a third vector \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\) and is written as, \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\) = \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}
\) × \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}
\) = AB sin θ \(
\hat{\mathrm{u}}_{\mathrm{r}}
\) where, \(
\hat{\mathrm{u}}_{\mathrm{r}}
\) is unit vector in direction of \(
\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}
\), i.e., perpendicular to plane containing two vectors. It is given by right handed screw rule.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 53
c. Examples of vector product:

1. Force experienced by a charge q moving with velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{V}}\) in uniform magnetic field of induction (strength) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) is given as \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) = q\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{V}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\)

2. Moment of a force or torque (\(\begin{aligned}
&\rightarrow\\
&\tau
\end{aligned}\)) is the vector product of the position vector (\(\vec{r}\)) and the force (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\)).
i.e., \(\begin{aligned}
&\rightarrow\\
&\tau
\end{aligned}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}} \times \overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\)

3. The instantaneous velocity (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\)) of a rotating particle is equal to the cross product of its angular velocity (\(\vec{\omega}\)) and its position (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\)) from axis of rotation.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\) × \(\vec{\omega}\)

Question 44.
State right handed screw rule.
Answer:
Statement of Right handed screw rule: Hold a right handed screw with its axis perpendicular to the plane containing vectors and the screw rotated from first vector to second vector through a small angle, the direction in which the screw tip would advance is the direction of the vector product of two vectors.

Question 45.
State the characteristics of the vector product (cross product) of two vectors.
Answer:
Characteristics of the vector product (cross product):
i. The vector product of two vectors does not obey the commutative law of multiplication.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 54
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 55
vi. The magnitude of cross product of two vectors is numerically equal to the area of a parallelogram whose adjacent sides represent the two vectors.

Question 46.
Derive an expression for cross product of two vectors and express it in determinant form.
Answer:
Expression for cross product of two vectors:
i. Let two vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) be represented in magnitude and direction by,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 56
ii.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 57
iii. Determinant form of cross product of two vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 58

Question 47.
Show that magnitude of vector product of two vectors is numerically equal to the area of a parallelogram formed by the two
vectors.
Answer:
Suppose OACB is a parallelogram of adjacent sides, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OA}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OB}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 59
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 60

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 48.
Distinguish between scalar product (dot product) and vector product (cross product).
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 61

Question 49.
Given \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) = 4\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – \(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 8\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\) = 2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – m\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 4\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) find m if \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\) have the same direction. Solution:
Since \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\) have the same direction, their corresponding components must be in the same proportion, i.e.,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 62

Question 50.
Find the scalar product of the two vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}}_{1}\) = \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}+2 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+\mathbf{3} \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}}_{2}\) = \(3 \hat{\mathbf{i}}+4 \hat{\mathbf{j}}-\mathbf{5} \hat{\mathbf{k}}\)
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 63
Answer: Scalar product of two given vectors is – 4.

Question 51.
A force \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{F}}\) = \(4 \hat{\mathbf{i}}+6 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+3 \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) acting on a particle produces a displacement of \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{S}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}=2 \hat{\mathbf{i}}+3 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+\mathbf{5} \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) where F is expressed in newton and s in metre. Find the work done by the force.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 64
Answer: The work done by the force is 41 J.

Question 52.
Find ‘a’ if \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) = \(3 \hat{\mathbf{i}}-2 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+4 \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\) = \(\mathbf{a} \hat{\mathbf{i}}+2 \hat{\mathbf{j}}-\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) are perpendicular to one another.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 65

Question 53.
If \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) = \(5 \hat{\mathbf{i}}+6 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+4 \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\) = \(2 \hat{\mathbf{i}}-2 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+3 \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) determine the angle between \(\) and \(\). Solution:
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 66

Question 54.
Find the angle between the vectors
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) = \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}+2 \hat{\mathbf{j}}-\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\) = \(-\hat{\mathbf{i}}+\hat{\mathbf{j}}-\mathbf{2} \hat{\mathbf{k}}\).
Solution:
Let angle between the vectors be θ
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 67
Answer: The angle between the vectors is 60°.

Question 55.
If \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) = \(2 \hat{\mathbf{i}}+7 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+3 \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\vec{B}\) = \(3 \hat{\mathbf{i}}+2 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+\mathbf{5} \hat{\mathbf{k}}\), find the component of \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) along \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\).
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 68

Question 56.
\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) and \(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) are unit vectors along X-axis and Y-axis respectively. What is the magnitude and direction of the vector \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}+\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) and \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}-\hat{\mathbf{j}}\)? What are the components of a vector
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}=2 \hat{\mathbf{i}}+\mathbf{3} \hat{\mathbf{j}}\) along the directions of \((\hat{\mathbf{i}}+\hat{\mathbf{j}})\) and \((\hat{\mathbf{i}}-\hat{\mathbf{j}})\)? (NCERT)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 69
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 70

Question 57.
The angular momentum \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{L}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}} \times \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}\), where \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{r}}\) is a position vector and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}\) is linear momentum of a body.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 71
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 72

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 58.
If \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}=2 \hat{\mathbf{i}}-\hat{\mathbf{j}}+\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}=\hat{\mathbf{i}}+2 \hat{\mathbf{j}}-\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) are two vectors, find \(|\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}} \times \overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}|\)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 73

Question 59.
Find unit vectors perpendicular to the plane of the vectors, \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) = \(\) and
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\) = \(2 \hat{\mathbf{i}}-\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)
Solution:
Let required unit vector be \(\hat{\mathrm{u}}\).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 74
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 75

Question 60.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) = \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}+\mathbf{2} \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\) = \(2 \hat{\mathbf{i}}+\hat{\mathbf{j}}-2 \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) are two vectors, find the unit vector parallel to \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}} \times \overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\). Also find the vector perpendicular to P and Q of magnitude 6 units.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 76

Question 61.
Find the area of a triangle formed by \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A}}\) = \(\hat{3} \hat{\mathbf{i}}-4 \hat{\mathbf{j}}+2 \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{B}}\) = \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}+\hat{\mathbf{j}}-\boldsymbol{2} \hat{\mathbf{k}}\) as adjacent sides measure in metre. Solution:
Given: Two adjacent sides of triangle,
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) = \(3 \hat{\mathrm{i}}-4 \hat{\mathrm{j}}+2 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) = \(\hat{i}+\hat{j}-2 \hat{k}\)
To find: Area of triangle
Formula: Area of triangle =
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 77
Answer:
Area of the triangle is 6.1 m2.

Question 62.
Find the derivatives of the functions,
i. f(x) = x8
ii. f(x) = x3 + sin x
Solution:
i. Using \(\frac{\mathrm{dx}^{\mathrm{n}}}{\mathrm{dx}}\) = nxn-1,
\(\frac{d\left(x^{8}\right)}{d x}\) = 8x7

ii.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 78

Question 63.
Find derivatives of e2x – tan x
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 79

Question 64.
Find the derivatives of the functions.
f(x) = x3 sin x
Solution:
Using,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 80

Question 65.
Find derivatives of \(\frac{d}{d x}(x \times \ln x)\)
Solution:
Using,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 81

Question 66.
Evaluate the following integrals.

i. \(\int x^{8} d x\)
Solution:
Using formula \(\int x^{n} d x\) = \(\frac{x^{n+1}}{n+1}\),
\(\int x^{8} d x\) = \(\frac{x^{9}}{9}\)

ii. \(\int_{2}^{5} x^{2} d x\)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 82

iii) \(\int(x+\sin x) d x\)
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 83

iv) \(\int\left(\frac{10}{x}+e^{x}\right) d x\)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 84

v) \(\int_{1}^{4}\left(x^{3}-x\right) d x\)
Answer:
Using,
f1(x) – f2(x) = \(\int f_{1}(x)-\int f_{2}(x)\)
Here,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 85

Question 67.
A man applies a force of 10 N on a garbage crate. If another man applies a force of 8 N on the same crate at an angle of 60° with respect to previous, then what will be the resultant force and direction of the crate, if crate is stationary.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 86
Answer:
A resultant force of 15.62 N is applied on a crate at an angle of 26.56°.

Question 68.
A lady dropped her wallet in the parking lot of a super market. A boy picked the wallet up and ran towards the lady. He set off at 60° to the verge, heading towards the lady with a speed of 10 m s-1, as shown in the diagram.
Find the component of velocity of boy directly across the parking strip.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 87
Answer:
The angle between velocity vector and the direction of path is 60°.
∴ Component of velocity across the parking strip
= v × cos 60°
= 10-1 × cos 60°
= 5 m s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 69.
On an open ground, a biker follows a track that turns to his left by an angle of 60° after every 600 m. Starting from a given turn, specify the displacement of the biker at the third and sixth turn. Compare the magnitude of the displacement with the total path length covered by the motorist in each case.
Answer:
The path followed by the biker will be a closed hexagonal path. Suppose the motorist starts his journey from the point O.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 88
= 1200 m
= 1.2 km
∴ Total path length = \(|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OA}}|+|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AB}}|+|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{BC}}|\)
= 600 + 600 + 600
= 1800 m
= 1.8 km
The ratio of the magnitude of displacement to the total path-length = \(\frac{1.2}{1.8}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 0.67

ii. The motorist will take the sixth turn at O.
Displacement is zero.
path-length is = 3600 m or 3.6 km.
Ration of magnitude of displacement and path-length is zero.

Question 70.
What is the resultant of vectors shown in the figure below?
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 89
Answer:
If number of vectors are represented by the various sides of a closed polygon taken in one order then, their resultant is always zero.

Question 71.
If \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{P}}\) is moving away from a point and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{Q}}\) is moving towards a point then, can their resultant be found using parallelogram law of vector addition?
Answer:
No. Resultant cannot be found by parallelogram law of vector addition because to apply law of parallelogram of vectors the two vectors and should either act towards a point or away from a point.

Question 72.
Which of the throwing is a vector?
(A) speed
(B) displacement
(C) mass
(D) time
Answer:
(B) displacement

Question 73.
The equation \(\vec{a}+\vec{a}=\vec{a}\) is
(A) meaningless
(B) always truc
(C) may he possible for limited values of a’
(D) true only when \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}=0\)
Answer:
(D) true only when \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}=0\)

Question 74.
The minimum number of numerically equal vectors whose vector sum can be zero is
(A) 4
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 1
Answer:
(C) 2

Question 75.
If \(\vec{A}+\vec{B}=\vec{A}-\vec{B}\) then vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) must be
(A) zero vector
(B) unit vector
(C) Non zero vector
(D) equal to \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\)
Answer:
(A) zero vector

Question 76.
If \(\hat{\mathrm{n}}\) is the unit vector in the direction of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\), then,
(A) \(\hat{n}=\frac{\vec{A}}{|\vec{A}|}\)
(B) \(\hat{\mathrm{n}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}|\)
(C) \(\hat{\mathrm{n}}=\frac{|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}|}{\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}}\)
(D) \(\hat{\mathrm{n}}=\hat{\mathrm{n}} \times \overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\)
Answer:
(A) \(\hat{n}=\frac{\vec{A}}{|\vec{A}|}\)

Question 77.
Two quantities of 5 and 12 unit when added gives a quantity 13 unit. This quantity is
(A) time
(B) mass
(C) linear momentum
(D) speed
Answer:
(C) linear momentum

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 78.
A force of 60 N acting perpendicular to a force of 80 N, magnitude of resultant force is
(A) 20N
(B) 70N
(C) 100 N
(D) 140 N
Answer:
(C) 100 N

Question 79.
A river is flowing at the rate of 6 km h-1. A man swims across it with a velocity of 9 km h-1. The resultant velocity of the man will be
(A) \(\sqrt{15} \mathrm{~km} \mathrm{~h}^{-1}\)
(B) \(\sqrt{45} \mathrm{~km} \mathrm{~h}^{-1}\)
(C) \(\sqrt{117} \mathrm{~km} \mathrm{~h}^{-1}\)
(D) \(\sqrt{225} \mathrm{~km} \mathrm{~h}^{-1}\)
Answer:
(C) \(\sqrt{117} \mathrm{~km} \mathrm{~h}^{-1}\)

Question 80.
If \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\) and magnitudes of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\) are 5, 4 and 3 unit respectively, then angle between \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) is
(A) sin-1 (3/4)
(B) cos-1 (4/5)
(C) tan-1 (5/3)
(D) cos-1 (3/5)
Answer:
(B) cos-1 (4/5)

Question 81.
If \(\vec{A}=\hat{i}+2 \hat{j}+3 \hat{k}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}=3 \hat{\mathrm{i}}-2 \hat{\mathrm{j}}+\hat{\mathrm{k}}\), then the area of parallelogram formed from these vectors as the adjacent sides will be
(A) 2\(\sqrt{3}\) square units
(B) 4\(\sqrt{3}\) square units
(C) 6\(\sqrt{3}\) square units
(D) 8\(\sqrt{3}\) square units
Answer:
(D) 8\(\sqrt{3}\) square units

Question 82.
A person moves from a point S and walks along the path which is a square of each side 50 m. He runs east, south, then west and finally north. Then the total displacement covered is
(A) 200m
(B) 100 m
(C) 50\(\sqrt{2}\) m
(D) zero
Answer:
(D) zero

Question 83.
The maximum value of magnitude of \((\vec{A}-\vec{B})\) is
(A) A – B
(B) A
(C) A + B
(D) \(\sqrt{\left(A^{2}+B^{2}\right)}\)
Answer:
(C) A + B

Question 84.
The magnitude of the X and Y components of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) are 7 and 6. Also the magnitudes of the X and Y components of \(\vec{A}+\vec{B}\) are 11 and 9 respectively. What is the magnitude of
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D)
Answer:
(A) 5

Question 85.
What is the maximum n Limber of components into which a force can be resolved?
(A) Two
(B) Three
(C) Four
(D) Any number
Answer:
(D) Any number

Question 86.
The resultant of two vectors of magnitude \(|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}|\) is also \(|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}|\). They act at an angle
(A) 60°
(B) 90°
(C) 120°
(D) 180°
Answer:
(C) 120°

Question 87.
The vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) are such that \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\) and A2 + B2 = C2. Angle θ between positive directions of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) is
(A) \(\frac{\pi}{2}\)
(B) 0
(C) π
(D) \(\frac{2 \pi}{3}\)
Answer:
(A) \(\frac{\pi}{2}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 88.
The expression \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}(\hat{\mathrm{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}})\) is a
(A) unit vector
(B) null vector
(C) vector of magnitude \(\sqrt{2}\)
(D) scalar
Answer:
(A) unit vector

Question 89.
What is the angle between \(\hat{i}+\hat{j}+\hat{k}\) and \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}\)?
(A) 0°
(B) \(\frac{\pi}{6}\)
(C) \(\frac{\pi}{3}\)
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(D) None of the above

Question 90.
\((\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}})\) is a unit vector along X-axis. If \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}=\hat{\mathrm{i}}-\hat{\mathrm{j}}+\hat{\mathrm{k}}\) then \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) is
(A) \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}}-\hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
(B) \(\hat{\mathrm{j}}-\hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
(C) \(\hat{i}+\hat{j}+\hat{k}\)
(D) \(\hat{\mathrm{j}}+\hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
Answer:
(B) \(\hat{\mathrm{j}}-\hat{\mathrm{k}}\)

Question 91.
The magnitude of scalar product of the vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}=2 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+5 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}=3 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+4 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\) is
(A) 20
(B) 22
(C) 26
(D) 29
Answer:
(C) 26

Question 92.
Three vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\) satisfy the relation \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) . \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) = 0 and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\). \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\) = 0, then \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) is parallel to
(A) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\)
(B) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\)
(C) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\)
(D) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) . \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\)
Answer:
(C) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\)

Question 93.
What vector must be added to the sum of two vectors \(2 \hat{\mathrm{i}}-\hat{\mathrm{j}}+3 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\) and \(3 \hat{\mathrm{i}}-2 \hat{\mathrm{j}}-2 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\) so that the resultant is a unit vector along Z axis?
(A) \(5 \hat{\hat{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
(B) \(-5 \hat{i}+3 \hat{j}\)
(C) \(3 \hat{j}+5 \hat{k}\)
(D) \(-3 \hat{\mathrm{j}}+2 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
Answer:
(B) \(-5 \hat{i}+3 \hat{j}\)

Question 94.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}=5 \overrightarrow{\mathrm{i}}-2 \overrightarrow{\mathrm{j}}+3 \overrightarrow{\mathrm{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}=2 \overrightarrow{\mathrm{i}}+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{j}}+2 \overrightarrow{\mathrm{k}}\), then component of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) along \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) is
(A) \(\frac{\sqrt{28}}{38}\)
(B) \(\frac{28}{\sqrt{38}}\)
(C) \(\frac{\sqrt{28}}{48}\)
(D) \(\frac{14}{\sqrt{38}}\)
Answer:
(D) \(\frac{14}{\sqrt{38}}\)

Question 95.
Choose the WRONG statement
(A) The division of vector by scalar is valid.
(B) The multiplication of vector by scalar is valid.
(C) The multiplication of vector by another vector is valid by using vector algebra.
(D) The division of a vector by another vector is valid by using vector algebra.
Answer:
(D) The division of a vector by another vector is valid by using vector algebra.

Question 96.
The resultant of two forces of 3 N and 4 N is 5 N, the angle between the forces is
(A) 30°
(B) 60°
(C) 90°
(D) 120°
Answer:
(C) 90°

Question 97.
The unit vector along \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}}\) is
(A) \(\hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
(B) \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}}\)
(C) \(\frac{\hat{\mathrm{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}}}{\sqrt{2}}\)
(D) \(\frac{\hat{\mathrm{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}}}{2}\)
Answer:
(C) \(\frac{\hat{\mathrm{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}}}{\sqrt{2}}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 1.
Explain the term: Displacement.
Answer:
Displacement:

  1. Displacement of a particle for a time interval is the difference between the position vectors of the object in that time interval.
  2. Let \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}_{1}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}_{2}}\) be the position vectors of a particle at time t1 and t2 respectively. Then the displacement \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{S}}\) in time ∆t = (t2 – t\overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}=\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{2}-\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{1}) is given by \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}=\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{2}-\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{1}\)
  3. Dimensions of displacement are equal to that of length i.e.. [L1M0T0].
  4. Displacement is a vector quantity.
  5. Example:
    • For an object has travelled through 1 m from time t1 to t2 along the positive X-direction, the magnitude of its displacement is I m and its direction is along the positive X-axis.
    • On the other hand, for an object has travelled through I m from time t1 to t1 along the positive Y-direction, the magnitude of its displacement remains same i.e., I m but the direction of the displacement is along the positive Y-axis.

Question 2.
Explain the term: Path length.
Answer:

  1. Path length is the actual distance travelled by the particle during its motion.
  2. It is a scalar quantity.
  3. Dimensions of path length are equal to that of length i.e.. [L1M0T0]
  4. Example:
    • If an object travels along the X-axis from x = 3 m to x = 6 m then the distance travelled is 3 m. In this case the displacement is also 3 m and its direction is along the positive X-axis.
    • However, if the object now comes back to x 5, then the distance through which the object has moved increases to 3 + I = 4 m. Its initial position was x 3 m and the final position is now x = 5 m and thus, its displacement is ∆x = 5 – 3 = 2 m, i.e., the magnitude of the displacement is 2 m and its direction is along the positive X-axis.
    • If the object now moves to x =1, then the distance travelled, i.e., the path length increases to 4 + 4 = 8 m while the magnitude of displacement becomes 3 – 1 = 2 m and its direction is along the negative X-axis.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 3.
Explain the terms:
i. Average velocity
ii. Instantaneous velocity
iii. Average speed
iv. Instantaneous speed
Answer:
i) Average velocity:

  1. Average velocity (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{av}}\)) of an object is the displacement (\(\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}\)) of the object during the time interval (∆t) over which average velocity is being calculated, divided by that time interval.
  2. Average velocity = (\(\frac{\text { Displacement }}{\text { Time interval }}\))
    \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{V}_{\mathrm{av}}}=\frac{\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{2}-\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{1}}{\mathrm{t}_{2}-\mathrm{t}_{1}}=\frac{\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}\)
  3. Average velocity is a vector quantity.
  4. Its SI unit is m/s and dimensions are [M0L1T-1]
  5. For example, if the positions of an object are x +4 m and x = +6 m at times t = O and t = 1 minute respectively, the magnitude of its average velocity during that time is Vav = (6 – 4)1(1 – 0) = 2 m per minute and its direction will be along the positive X-axis.
    ∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{av}}\) = 2 i m/min
    Where, i = unit vector along X-axis.

ii) Instantaneous velocity:

  1. The instantaneous velocity (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{V}}\)) is the limiting value of ¡he average velocity of the object over a small time interval (∆t) around t when the value of lime interval goes to zero.
  2. It is the velocity of an object at a given instant of time.
  3. \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}=\lim _{\Delta t \rightarrow 0} \frac{\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}=\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)
    where \(\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\) derivative of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}\) with respect to t.

iii) Average speed:

  1. Average speed of an object is the total path length (distance) travelled by the object during the time interval over which average speed is being calculated, divided by that time interval.
  2. Average speed = \(\frac{\text { Total path length }}{\text { Total time interval }}\)
  3. Average speed is a scalar quantity.
  4. Its S.I. unit is m/s and dimensions are [M0V1T-1].
  5. In rectilinear motion;
    • If the motion of the object is only in one direction, then the magnitude of displacement will be equal to the path length and hence the magnitude of average velocity will be equal to the average speed.
    • If the motion of the object reverses its direction, then the magnitude of displacement will be less then the path length and hence the magnitude of average velocity will be less than the average speed.

iv) Instantaneous speed:
The instantaneous speed is the limiting value of the average speed of the object over a small time interval ‘∆t’ around t when the value of time interval goes to zero.

Question 4.
Distinguish between uniform rectilinear motion and non-uniform rectilinear motion.
Answer:

No. Uniformly rectilinear motion Non-uniform rectilinear motion
i. The object is moving with constant velocity. The object is moving with variable velocity.
ii. The average and instantaneous velocities are same. The average and instantaneous velocities are different.
iii. The average and instantaneous speeds are the same. The average and instantaneous speeds are different.
iv. The average and instantaneous speeds are equal to the magnitude of the velocity. The average speed will be different from the magnitude of average velocity.

Question 5.
Explain the terms:

  1. Acceleration
  2. Average acceleration
  3. Instantaneous acceleration

Answer:

  1. Acceleration:
    • Acceleration is the rate of change of velocity with respect to time.
    • It is a vector quantity.
    • Dimension: [M0L1T-2]
    • If a particle moves with constant velocity, its acceleration is zero.
  2. Average acceleration:
    • Average acceleration is the change in velocity divided by the total time required for the change.
    • If \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{1}}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{2}}}\) are the velocities of the T particle at time t1 and t2 respectively, then the change in velocity is \(\) and time required for this change is ∆t = t2 – t1
      ∴ \(\vec{a}_{a v}=\frac{\vec{v}_{2}-\vec{v}_{1}}{t_{2}-t_{1}}=\frac{\Delta \vec{v}}{\Delta t}\)
  3. Instantaneous acceleration:
    • The instantaneous acceleration a is the limiting value of the average acceleration of the object over a small time interval ‘∆t’ around t when the value of time interval goes to zero.
      \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}_{\text {inst }}=\lim _{\Delta t \rightarrow 0} \frac{\Delta \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}=\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}}{\mathrm{d} \mathrm{t}}\)
    • Instantaneous acceleration is the slope of the tangent to the velocity-time graph at a position corresponding to given instant of time.
      [Note: Generally, when the term acceleration is used, it is an instantaneous acceleration.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 6.
Draw and explain the position-time graph of:

  1. An object at rest.
  2. An object moving with uniform velocity along positive x-axis.
  3. An object moving with uniform velocity along negative x-axis.
  4. An object moving with non-uniform velocity.
  5. An object performing oscillatory motion with constant speed.

Answer:

  1. The position-time graph of an object at rest:
    • For an object at rest, the position-time graph is a horizontal straight line parallel to time axis.
    • The displacement of the object is zero as there is no change in the object’s position.
    • Slope of the graph is zero, which indicates that velocity of the particle is zero.
      Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 1
  2. The position-time graph of an object moving with uniform velocity along positive x-axis:
    • When an object moves, the position of the particle changes with respect to time.
    • Since velocity is constant, displacement is proportional to elapsed time.
    • The graph is a straight line with positive slope, showing that the velocity is along the positive x-axis.
    • In this case, as the motion is uniform, the average velocity and instantaneous velocity are equal at all times.
    • Speed is equal to the magnitude of the velocity.
      Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 2
  3. Position-time graph of an object moving with uniform velocity along negative x- axis:
    • The graph is a straight line with negative slope, showing that the velocity is along the negative x-axis.
    • Displacement decreases with increase in time.
      Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 3
  4. Position-time graph of a particle moving with non-uniform velocity;
    • When the velocity of an object changes with time, slope of the graph is different at different points. Therefore, the average and instantaneous velocities are different.
    • Average velocity over time interval from t1 to t4 around time t0 = slope of line AB.
    • Average velocity over time interval from t2 to t3 = slope of line CD
    • On further reducing the time interval around t0, it can be deduced that, instantaneous interval at t0 = the slope of the tangent PQ at t0.
      Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 4
  5. Position-time graph of an object performing oscillatory motion with constant speed:
    For an object performing oscillatory motion with constant speed, the direction of velocity changes from positive to negative and vice versa over fixed intervals of time.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 5

Question 7.
Explain the velocity-tune graphs of an object:
i) Moving with zero acceleration.
ii) Moving with constant positive acceleration.
iii) Moving with constant negative acceleration.
iv) Moving with non-uniform acceleration.
Answer:
i) Object is moving with zero acceleration:

  1. Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 6
  2. As the acceleration is zero, the graph will be a straight line parallel to time axis.
  3. Velocity of the particle is constant as the acceleration is zero.
  4. Magnitude of displacement of object from t1 to t2 = v0 × (t2 – t1) shaded area under velocity-time graph.

ii) Object is moving with constant positive acceleration:

  1. The velocity-time graph is linear.
  2. Velocity increases with increase in time. as acceleration is positive (along the direction of velocity).
  3. The area under the velocity-time graph between two instants of time t1 and t2 gives the displacement of the object during that time interval.
  4. Slope of the graph is \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{v}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}\) = positive acceleration
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 7

iii) Object is moving with constant negative acceleration:

  1. The velocity-time graph is linear.
  2. Velocity decreases with increase in time as acceleration is negative (opposite to the direction of velocities).
  3. The area tinder the velocity-time graph between two instants of time t1 and t2 gives the displacement 0f the object during that time interval.
  4. Slope of the graph is \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{v}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}\) negative acceleration
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 8

iv. Object is moving with non-uniform acceleration:

  1. Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 9
  2. Velocity-time graph is non-linear.
  3. The area under the velocity-time graph between two instants of time t1 and t2 gives the displacement of the object during that time interval area under the velocity-time curve =
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 10
    = x(t2) – x(t1)
    = displacement of the object from t1 to t2.

Question 8.
A ball thrown vertically upwards from a point P on earth reaches a point Q and returns back to earth striking at a point R. Draw speed-time graph to depict the motion of the ball (Neglect air resistance).
Answer:

  • Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 11
  • A ball which is thrown up with a certain initial speed goes up with decreasing speed to a certain height where its speed becomes zero.
  • Now, during its downward motion, the speed goes on increasing from zero and reaches its initial value when it strikes the ground.
  • The speed-time graph for the motion of a ball is as shown in the figure.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 9.
Figure shows velocity-time graph for various situations. What does each graph indicate?
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 12
Answer:

  1. Initial velocity, u > 0. Also, velocity is constant with time. Hence, acceleration is zero.
  2. As finite initial velocity is increasing with time, acceleration, a > 0 and is constant.
  3. Initial velocity, u = 0. Velocity is increasing with time so, acceleration a is positive. But it is decreasing in magnitude with time.
  4. Initial velocity, u = 0. Velocity is linearly increasing with time. Hence, starting from rest acceleration is constant.
  5. Initial velocity, u = 0. Acceleration and velocity is increasing with time.
  6. Initial velocity u > 0. Velocity decreases and ultimately comes to rest. Hence, acceleration a < 0.

Question 10.
‘The distances travelled by an object starting from rest and having a positive uniform acceleration in successive seconds are in the ratio 1:3:5:7….’ Prove it.
Answer:

  1. Consider an object under free fall, Initial velocity u = 0, acceleration a = g
  2. The distance travelled by the object in equal time intervals t0 can be given by the second law of motion as,
    s = ut0 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt02
  3. Distance travelled in the first time interval to,
    s1 = 0 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)gt02 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt02
    Substituting \(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{2}\) = A, we have s1 = At02
  4. Distance travelled in the time interval 2t0 = A (2t0)2
    ∴ The distance travelled in the second t0 interval, s2 = A(4t02 – t02) = 3At0\frac{\mathrm{g}}{2} = 3s1
  5. Distance travelled in the time interval 3t0 = A(3t0)2
    ∴ The distance travelled in the third to interval,
    s3 = A (9t02 – 4t02) = 5 At02 = 5s1
  6. On continuing, it can be seen that the distances travelled, (s1 : s2 : s3 ….) are in the ratio (1 : 3 : 5 :….)

Question 11.
Explain the concept of relative velocity along a straight line with the help of an example.
Answer:

  1. Consider two trains A and B moving on two parallel tracks in the same direction.
  2. Case 1: Train B overtakes train A.
    For a passenger in train A, train B appears to be moving slower than train A. This happens because the passenger in train A perceives the velocity of train B with respect to him/her i.e., the difference in the velocities of the two trains which is much smaller than the velocity of train A.
  3. Case 2: Train A overtakes train B.
    For a passenger in train A, train B appears to be moving faster than train A. This happens because the passenger in train A perceives the velocity of the train B w.r.t. to him/her i.e., the difference in the velocities of the two trains which is larger than the velocity of train A.
  4. If \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{A}}\) and \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{B}}\) be the velocities of two bodies then relative velocity of A with respect to B is given by \(\vec{v}_{A B}=\vec{v}_{A}-\vec{v}_{B}\).
  5. Similarly the velocity of B with respect to A is given by, \(\vec{v}_{A B}=\vec{v}_{B}-\vec{v}_{A}\).
    Thus, relative velocity of an object w.r.t. another object is the difference in their velocities
  6. If two objects start form the same point at t = 0, with different velocities, distance between them increases with time in direct proportion to the relative velocity between them.

Solved Problems

Question 12.
A person walks from point P to point Q along a straight road ¡n 10 minutes, then turns back and returns to point R which ¡s midway between P and Q after further 4 minutes. If PQ is 1 km, find the average speed and velocity of the person in going from P to R.
Solution:
Given: time taken (t) = 10 + 4 = 14 minutes,
distance (s) = PQ + QR = 1 + 0.5 = 1.5 km,
displacement = PQ – QR = 1 – 0.5 = 0.5km
To find: Average speed, average velocity (v)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 13
The average speed and average velocity of the person is 6.42 km/hr and 2.142 km/hr respectively.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 13.
A car moves at a constant speed of 60 km/hr for 1 km and 40 km/hr for next 1 km. What ¡s the average speed of the car?
Solution:
Given. v1 = 60 km/hr, x1 = 1 km,
v2 = 40 km/hr, x2 = 1 km
To find: Average speed of car (Vav)
Formula: vav = \(\frac{\text { total path length }}{\text { total time interval }}\)
Calculation: From given data,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 14
∴ Average speed of car = 48 km/hr
The average speed of the car is 48 km/hr

Question 14.
A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the ground with a velocity 15 m/s. At the same instant a ball is dropped from a point directly above the stone from a height of 30 m. At what height from the ground will the stone and the ball meet and after how much time? (Use g = 10 m/s2 for ease of calculation).
Solution:
Let the stone and the ball meet after time t0. From second equation of motion, the distances travelled by the stone and the ball in that time is given as,
Sstone = 15 t0 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt02
Sball = \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt02
When they meet. Sstone + Sball = 30
∴ 15t0 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt02 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt02 = 30
t0 = \(\frac{30}{15}\) = 2 s
∴ Sstone = 15 (2) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) (10) (2)2 = 30 – 20 = 10 m
The stone and the ball meet at a height of 10 m after time 2s.

Question 15.
A ball is dropped from the top of a building 122.5 m high. How long will it take to reach the ground? What wilt be its velocity when it strikes the ground?
Solution:
Given: s = h = 122.5 m, u = 0,
a = g = 9.8 ms2
To find: i) Time taken to reach the ground (t)
ii) Velocity of ball when it strikes ground (v)

Formulae: i) s = ut + \(\frac{1}{2}\) at2
ii) v = u + gt
Calculation: From formula (i),
122.5 = 0 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 9.8 t2
t2 = \(\frac{122.5}{4.9}\) = 25
t = \(\sqrt {25}\) = 5 second
From formula (ii),
v = u + gt
v = 0 + 9.8 × 5 = 49 m/s

i) Time taken to reach the ground is 5 s.
ii) Velocity of the ball when it strikes the ground is 49 m/s.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 16.
The position vectors of three particles are given by
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{1}=(5 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+5 \hat{\mathrm{j}}) \mathrm{m}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{2}=(5 \mathrm{t} \hat{\mathrm{i}}+5 \mathrm{t} \hat{\mathrm{j}}) \mathrm{m}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{x}}_{3}=\left(5 \mathrm{t} \hat{\mathrm{i}}+10 \mathrm{t}^{2} \hat{\mathrm{j}}\right) \mathrm{m}\) as a function of time t.
Determine the velocity and acceleration for each, in SI units.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 15
v2 = \(\sqrt{5^{2}+5^{2}}\) = 5\(\sqrt{2}\) m/s
tan θ = \(\frac{5}{5}\) = 1
∴ θ = 45°
Direction of v2 makes an angle of 45° to the horizontal.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 16
Thus, third particle is getting accelerated along the y-axis at 20 m/s2.

Question 17.
The initial velocity of an object is \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}=5 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+10 \hat{\mathrm{j}} \mathrm{m} / \mathrm{s}\). Its constant acceleration is \(\vec{a}=2 \hat{i}+3 \hat{j} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}^{2}\). Determine the velocity and the displacement after 5 s.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 17
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 18

Question 18.
An aeroplane A, is travelling in a straight line with a velocity of 300 km/hr with respect to Earth. Another aeroplane B, is travelling in the opposite direction with a velocity of 350 km/hr with respect to Earth. What is the relative velocity of A with respect to B? What should be the velocity of a third aeroplane C moving parallel to A, relative to the Earth if it has a relative velocity of 100 km/hr with respect to A?
Solution:
Given: vA = 300 km/hr, vB = 350 km/hr,
vCA = 100 km/hr
To find: i) Velocity of plane A relative to B (vA – vB)
ii) Velocity of aeroplane C (vC)

Formula: i) vAB = vA – vB
ii) vCA = vC – vA

Calculations: From formula (i),
vAB = vA – vB = 300 – (-350)
∴ vAB = 650 km/hr
From formula (ii),
vC = vCA + vA = 100 + 300 = 400 km/hr

i) The relative velocity of A with respect to B is 650 km/hr.
ii) The velocity of plane C relative to Earth is 400 km/hr.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 19.
A car moving at a speed 10 m/s on a straight road is ahead of car B moving in the same direction at 6 m/s. Find the velocity of A relative to B and vice-versa.
Solution:
Given: vA = 10 m/s, vB = 6 m/s,
To find: i) Velocity of A relative to B (vA – vB)
ii) Velocity of B relative to A (vB – vA)

Formulae: i) vAB = vA – vB
ii) vBA = vB – vA

Calculation: From formula (i),
vAB = 10 – 6 = 4 m/s
From formula (ii),
vBA = 6 – 10 = -4 m/s
-ve sign indicates that driver of car A sees the car B lagging behind at the rate of 4 m/s.
∴ vAB = 4 m/s, vBA = -4 m/s

i) Velocity of A relative to B is 4 m/s.
ii) Velocity of B relative to A is -4 m/s.

Question 20.
Two trains 120 m and 80 m in length are running in opposite directions with velocities 42 km/h and 30 km/h respectively. In what time will they completely cross each other?
Solution:
Given: l1 = 120 m, l2 = 80 m,
vA = 42 km/h = 42 × \(\frac{5}{18}\) = \(\frac{35}{3}\) m/s,
vB = -30km/h= -30 × \(\frac{5}{18}\) = \(\frac{-25}{3}\) m/s
To find: Time taken by trains to cross each other (t)
Formula: Time = \(\frac{\text { Distance }}{\text { speed }}\)

Calculation :
Total distance to be travelled
= sum of lengths of two trains
= 120 + 80 = 200m
Relative velocity of A with respect to B is vAB,
vAB = vA – vB
= \(\frac{35}{3}\) – (\(\frac{-25}{3}\))
= \(\frac{60}{3}\)
∴ vAB = 20m/S
From formula,
∴ Time taken to cross each other (t) = \(\frac{\text { Distance }}{\text { speed }}\)
= \(\frac{200}{20}\)
= 10 s
Time taken by the two trains to cross each other is 10 s.

Question 21.
A jet aeroplane travelling at the speed of 500 km/hr ejects its products of combustion at speed of 1500 km/hr relative to jet plane. What is the relative velocity of the latter with respect to an observer on the ground?
Solution:
Let us consider the positive direction of motion towards the observer on the ground.
Suppose \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{a}}\) and \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{cj}}\) be the velocities of the aeroplane and relative velocity of combustion products w.r.t. aeroplane respectively.

∴ \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{cj}}\) = 1,500 km/hr (towards the observer on the ground) and \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{a}}\) = 500 km/hr (away from the observer on the ground)
∴ – \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{a}}\) = -500 km/ hr (towards the observer on the ground)

Let \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{c}}\) be the velocity of the combustion products towards the observer on ground then,
\(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{c} j}=\vec{v}_{\mathrm{c}}-\vec{v}_{\mathrm{a}}\)
∴ \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{c} }=\vec{v}_{\mathrm{cj}}-\vec{v}_{\mathrm{a}}\)
= 1500 + (-500)
= 1000 km/hr
∴ \(\vec{v}_{\mathrm{c}}\) = 1000 km/hr
The relative velocity of the combustion products w.r.t. the observer is 1000 km/hr.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 22.
Derive the expression for average velocity and instantaneous velocity for the motion of an object in x-y plane.
Answer:
i) Consider an object to be at point A at time t1 in an x—y plane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 19
ii) At time t1, the position vector of the object is given as,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 20
vii) The instantaneous velocity of the object at point A along the trajectory is along the tangent to the curve at A. This is shown by the vector AB.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 21
Equation (3) is the slope of the tangent to the curve at the point at which we are calculating the instantaneous velocity.

Question 23.
Derive the expression for average acceleration and instantaneous acceleration for the motion of an object in x-y plane.
Answer:
i) Consider an object moving in an x-y plane.
Let the velocity of the particle be \(\vec{v}_{1}\) and \(\vec{v}_{2}\) at time t1 and t2 respectively.
ii) The average acceleration (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}_{\mathrm{av}}\)) of the particle between t1 and t2 is given as,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 22
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 23
Equation (1) is the slope of the tangent to the curve at the point at which we are calculating the instantaneous acceleration.

Question 24.
Explain relative velocity between two objects moving in a plane.
Answer:

  1. If \(\vec{v}_{A}\) and \(\vec{v}_{B}\) be the velocities of two bodies then relative velocity of A with respect to B is given by, \(\vec{v}_{A B}=\vec{v}_{A}-\vec{v}_{B}\)
  2. Similarly, the velocity of B with respect to A is given by, \(\vec{v}_{\text {BA }}=\vec{v}_{\text {B }}-\overrightarrow{v_{A}}\)
  3. Thus, the magnitudes of the two relative velocities are equal and their directions are opposite.
  4. For a number of objects A, B, C, D—Y, Z, moving with respect to the other. The velocity of A relative to Z can be given as, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{AZ}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{AB}}+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{BC}}+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{CD}}+\ldots+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{XY}}+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{YZ}}\)
    The order of subscripts is: A → B → C → D → Z

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 25.
Write a note on projectile motion.
Answer:

  1. An object in flight after being thrown with some velocity is called a projectile and its motion is called projectile motion.
  2. Example: A bullet fired from a gun, football kicked in air, a stone thrown obliquely in air etc.
  3. In projectile motion, the object is moving freely under the influence of Earth’s gravitational field.
  4. The projectile has two components of velocity, one in the horizontal i.e., along the x- direction and the other in the vertical i.e., along the y-direction.
  5. As acceleration due to gravity acts only along the vertically downward direction, the vertical component changes in accordance with the laws of motion with ax = 0 and ay = -g.
  6. As no force is acting in the horizontal direction, the horizontal component of velocity remains unchanged.
    [Note: Retarding forces like air resistance etc. are neglected in projectile motion unless otherwise stated.]

Question 26.
Obtain an expression for the time of flight of a projectile.
Answer:
Expression for time of flight:

  1. Consider a body projected with velocity \(\vec{u}\), at an angle θ of projection from point O in the co-ordinate system of the X-Y plane, as shown in figure.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 24
  2. The initial velocity \(\vec{u}\) can be resolved into two rectangular components:
    ux = u cos θ (Horizontal component)
    uy = u sin θ (Vertical component)
  3. Thus, the horizontal component remains constant throughout the motion due to the absence of any force acting in that direction, while the vertical component changes according to, vy = uy + ay t with ay = – g and uy = u sin θ
  4. The components of velocity of the projectile at time t are given by, vx = ux = u cos θ
    vy = uy – gt = u sin θ – gt ………….. (1)
  5. At maximum height.
    vy = 0, t = tA = time of ascent = time taken to reach maximum height.
    ∴ 0 = u sin θ – gtA ……..[From(l)]
    u sin θ = gtA
    tA = \(\frac{\mathrm{u} \sin \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\) ………….. (2)
    This is time of ascent of projectile.
  6. The total time in air i.e., time of flight T is given as,
    T = 2tA ………… [From(2)]
    = \(\frac{2 \mathrm{u} \sin \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\) ………… (3)
    Equation (3) represents time of flight of projectile.

Question 27.
Define Horizontal range of projectile:
Answer:
The maximum horizontal distance travelled by the projectile is called the horizontal range (R) of the projectile.

Solved Examples

Question 28.
An aeroplane Is travelling northward with a velocity of 300 km/hr with respect to the Earth. Wind is blowing from east to west at a speed of 100 km/hr. What is the velocity of the aeroplane with respect to the wind?
Solution:
Given:
velocity of aeroplane w.r.t Earth,
\(\vec{v}_{A E}=300 \hat{j}\)
velocity of wind w.r.t Earth,
\(\vec{v}_{w E}=-100 \hat{i}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 25

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 29.
A hiker stands on the edge of a cliff 490 m above the ground and throws a stone horizontally with an initial speed of 15 ms-1. Neglecting air resistance, find the time taken by the stone to reach the ground, and the speed with which it hits the ground. Take = 9.8 m/s2.
Solution:
Given: h = 490m, ux = 15 ms-1, ay = 9.8 ms-1,
ax = 0
To find: i) Time taken (t)
ii) Velocity (v)

Formulae: i) t = \(\sqrt{\frac{2 \mathrm{~h}}{\mathrm{~g}}}\)
ii) v = \(\sqrt{v_{x}^{2}+v_{y}^{2}}\)

Calculation: t = \(\sqrt{\frac{2 \mathrm{~h}}{\mathrm{~g}}}=\sqrt{\frac{2 \times 490}{9.8}}\) = 10 s
vx = ux + axt= 15 + 0 × 10 = 15 m/s
uy = uy + ayt = 0 + 9.8 × 10 = 98 m/s
∴ v = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{x}}^{2}+\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{y}}^{2}}=\sqrt{15^{2}+98^{2}}\)
= 99.1 m/s
The stone taken 10 s to reach the ground and hits the ground with 99.1 m/s.

Question 30.
A body is projected with a velocity of 40 ms-1. After 2 s it crosses a vertical pole of height 20.4 m. Find the angle of projection and horizontal range of projectile, (g = 9.8 ms-2).
Solution:
Given: u = 40 ms-1, t = 2 s, y = 20.4 m,
ay = -9.8 m/s2

To find: i) Angle of projection (θ)
ii) Horizontal range of projectile (R)

Formulae: i) y = uy t + \(\frac{1}{2}\) ay t2
ii) R = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2} \sin 2 \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\)

Calculation: Taking vertical upward motion of the projectile from point of projection up to the top of vertical pole we have
uy = 40 sinθ,
From formula (i),
∴ 20.4 = 40 sinθ × 2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) (-9.8) × 22
∴ 20.4 = 80 sinθ – 19.6
or sinθ = \(\frac{(20.4+19.6)}{80}=\frac{1}{2}\)
or θ = 30°.
From formula (ii),
Horizontal range = \(\frac{40^{2}}{9.8}\) sin 2 × 30°
= 141.4 m
The angle of projection is 30°. The horizontal range of projection is 141.4m

Question 31.
A stone is thrown with an initial velocity components of 20 m/s along the vertical, and 15 m/s along the horizontal direction. Determine the position and velocity of the stone after 3 s. Determine the maximum height that it will reach and the total distance travelled along the horizontal on reaching the ground. (Assume g = 10 m/s2)
Solution:
The initial velocity of the stone in x-direction = u cos θ = 15 m/s and in y-direction = u sin θ = 20 m/s
After 3 s, vx = u cos θ = 15 m/s
vy = u sin θ – gt
= 20 – 10(3)
= -10 m/s
10 m/s downwards.
∴ v = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{v}_{x}^{2}+\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{y}}^{2}}=\sqrt{15^{2}+10^{2}}=\sqrt{225+100}=\sqrt{325}\)
∴ v = 18.03m/s
tan α = vy/vx = 10/15 = 2/3
∴ α = tan-1 (2/3) = 33° 41’ with the horizontal.
Sx = (u cos θ)t = 15 × 3 = 45m,
Sy = (u sin θ)t – \(\frac{1}{2}\)gt2 = 2o × 3 – 5(3)2
∴ Sy = 15m
The maximum vertical distance travelled is given by,
H = \(\frac{(\mathrm{u} \sin \theta)^{2}}{(2 \mathrm{~g})}=\frac{20^{2}}{(2 \times 10)}\)
∴ H = 20m
Maximum horizontal distance travelled
R = \(\frac{2 \cdot u_{x} \cdot u_{y}}{g}=\frac{2(15)(20)}{10}\) = 60 m

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 32.
A body is projected with a velocity of 30 ms-1 at an angle of 300 with the vertical.
Find
i) the maximum height
ii) time of flight and
iii) the horizontal range
Solution:
Given:
30 ms-1, θ = 90° – 30° = 60°

To find: i) The maximum height reached (H)
ii) Time of flight (T)
iii) The horizontal range (R)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 26
i) The maximum height reached by the body is 34.44 m.
ii) The time of flight of the body is 5.3 s.
iii) The horizontal range of the body is 79.53 m.

Question 33.
A projectile has a range of 50 m and reaches a maximum height of 10 m. What is the e1eation of the projectile?
Solution:
Given: R = 50m, H = 10 m
To find: Elevation of the projectile (θ)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 27
∴ θ = tan-1 (0.8)
∴ θ = 38.66°
The elevation of the projectile is 38.66°

Question 34.
A bullet fired at an angle of 300 with the horizontal hits the ground 3 km away. By adjusting the angle of projection, can one hope to hit a target 5 km away? Assume the muzzle speed to be fixed and neglect air resistance.
Solution:
R = 3km = 3000m, θ = 30°,
Distance of target R’ = 5km
Horizontal range, R = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2} \sin 2 \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\)
∴ 3000 = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2} \sin 60^{\circ}}{\mathrm{g}}\)
∴ \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2}}{\mathrm{~g}}=\frac{3000}{\sin 60^{\circ}}=\frac{3000 \times 2}{\sqrt{3}}\) = 2000\(\sqrt {3}\)
Maximum horizontal range,
Rmax = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2}}{\mathrm{~g}}\) = 2000 \(\sqrt {3}\) m
= 2000 × 1.732 = 3464m = 3.46km
Since R’ > Rmax, Target cannot be hit.

Question 35.
Q.54. A ball is thrown at an angle θ and another ball ¡s thrown at an angle (90° – θ) with the horizontal direction from the same point with velocity 39.2 ms-1. The second ball reaches 50 m higher than the first balL find their individual heights. [Take g = 9.8 ms-2]
Solution:
For the first ball: Angle of projection = θ,
u = 39.2 ms-1
H = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2} \sin ^{2} \theta}{2 \mathrm{~g}}\)
H = \(\frac{(39.2)^{2} \sin ^{2} \theta}{2 \times 9.8}\) …………… (i)
For the second ball: Angle of projection
= 90° – θ,
u = 39.2 ms-1,
maximum height reached = (H + 50) m
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 28
or 2H = 78.4 – 50 = 28.4
∴ H = 14.2 m
∴ Height of first ball = H = 14.2 m
Height of second ball = H + 50 = 14.2 + 50 = 64.2 m

i) Height reached by the first ball is 14.2 m.
ii) Height reached by the second ball is 64.2m.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 36.
A body is thrown with a velocity of 49 m/s at an angle of 30° with the horizontal. Find
i) the maximum height attained by it
ii) the time of flight and
iii) the horizontal range.
Solution:
Given: u = 49 m/s. θ = 30°
To find: i) The maximum height attained (H)
ii) The time of flight (T)
iii) The horizontal range (R)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 29
i) The maximum height attained by the body is 30.625 m
ii) The time of flight of the body is 5 s.
iii) The horizontal range of the body is 212.2 m.

Question 37.
A fighter plane flying horizontally at a altitude of 1.5 km with a speed of 720 km/h passes directly overhead an anti-aircraft gun. At what angle from the vertical should the gun be fired for the shell with a muzzle velocity of 600 m/s to hit the plane? At what minimum altitude should the pilot fly to avoid being hit? [Take g = 10 m /s2]
Solution:
Given: h = 1.5 km = 1500 m,
u = 600 m/s,
y = 720 km/h = 720 × \(\frac{5}{18}\) = 200 m/s

To find: i) Angle of firing (θ)
ii) Minimum altitude (H)

Formula: H = \(\frac{u^{2} \sin ^{2} \theta}{2 g}\)

Calculation:
Let the shell hit the plane t seconds after firing,
∴ 600 cos(90 – θ) × t = 200 t
∴ cos(90 – θ) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
∴ 90° – θ = cos-1(\(\frac{1}{3}\))
cos -1(\(\frac{1}{3}\)) = 90° – θ
∴ 70°28’ = 90° – θ
∴ θ = 90° – cos-1 (\(\frac{1}{3}\))
∴ θ = 19°47’ with vertical
To avoid being hit, the plane must be at a minimum height, i.e., maximum height reached by the shell.
From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 30
∴ H = 15.9 km

i) Angle made by gun with the vertical is 19°47′.
ii) Minimum altitude at which the pilot should fly is 15.9 km.

Question 38.
A both is thrown with a velocity of 40 m/s in a direction making an angle of 30° with the horizontal. Calculate
i) Horizontal range
ii) Maximum height and
iii) Time taken to reach the maximum height.
Solution:
Given: u = 40 m/s, θ = 30°
To find: i) Horizontal range (R)
ii) Maximum height (Hmax)
iii) Time to reach max. height (tA)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 31
i) Horizontal range of the body is 141.4 m.
ii) Maximum height reached by the body is 20.41 m.
iii) Time taken by the body to reach the maximum height is 2.041 s.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 39.
If a child launches paper plane with a velocity of 6 m/s2 at an angle θ with vertical.
i) What will be the maximum range of the projectile?
ii) What will be the maximum height of the projectile?
iii) Will the plane hit a lady standing at a distance of 6m?
Solution:
i) Range of projectile to given by.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 32
Hmax = 1.63 m
iii) As maximum range of projectile is 6.53 m and lady is standing 6m away, plane will hit the lady.

Question 40.
Explain the term uniform circular motion.
Answer:

  1. The motion of a body along the circumference of a circle with constant speed is called uniform circular motion.
  2. The magnitude of velocity remains constant and its direction is tangential to its circular path.
  3. The acceleration is of constant magnitude and it is perpendicular to the tangential velocity. It is always directed towards the centre of the circular path. This acceleration is called centripetal acceleration.
  4. The centripetal force provides the necessary centripetal acceleration.
  5. Examples of U.C.M:
    • Motion of the earth around the sun.
    • Motion of the moon around the earth.
    • Revolution of electron around the nucleus of atom.

Question 41.
What is meant by period of revolution of U.C.M. Obtain an expression for the period of revolution of a particle performing uniform circular motion.
Answer:
The time taken by a particle performing uniform circular motion to complete one revolution is called as period of revolution. It is denoted by T.

Expression for time period:
During period T, particle covers a distance equal to circumference 2πr of circle with uniform speed v.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 33

Question 42.
For a particle performing uniform circular motion, derive an expression for angular speed and state its unit.
Answer:

  1. Consider an object of mass m, moving with a uniform speed v, along a circle of radius r. Let T be the time period of revolution of the object, i.e., the time taken by the object to complete one revolution or to travel a distance of 2πr.
    Thus, T = 2πr/v
    ∴ Speed, v = \(\frac{\text { Distance }}{\text { Time }}=\frac{2 \pi \mathrm{r}}{\mathrm{T}}\) …………….. (1)
  2. During circular motion of a point object, the position vector of the object from centre of the circle is the radius vector r. Its magnitude is radius r and it is directed away from the centre to the particle, i.e., away from the centre of the circle.
  3. As the particle performs UCM, this radius vector describes equal angles in equal intervals of time.
  4. The angular speed gives the angle described by the radius vector.
  5. During one complete revolution, the angle described is 2π and the time taken is period T. Hence, the angular speed ω is given as, ….[From (1)]
    ω = \(\frac{\text { Angle }}{\text { time }}=\frac{2 \pi}{\mathrm{T}}=\frac{\left(\frac{2 \pi \mathrm{r}}{\mathrm{T}}\right)}{\mathrm{r}}\) …………….. [From (1)]
    = \(\frac{\mathrm{v}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
  6. The unit of angular speed is radian/second.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 43.
Derive an expression for centripetal acceleration of a particle performing uniform circular motion.
Answer:
Expression for centripetal acceleration by calculus method:
i) Suppose a particle is performing U.C.M in anticlockwise direction.
The co-ordinate axes are chosen as shown in the figure.
Let,
A = initial position of the particle which lies on positive X-axis
P = instantaneous position after time t
θ = angle made by radius vector
ω = constant angular speed
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\) = instantaneous position vector at time t

ii) From the figure,
\(\vec{r}=\hat{i} x+\hat{j} y\)
where, \(\hat{i}\) and \(\hat{j}\) are unit vectors along X-axis and Y-axis respectively.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 34
iii) Also, x = r cos θ and y = r sin θ
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 35

iv) Velocity of the particle is given as rate of change of position vector.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 36

vi) From equation (1) and (2),
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}=-\omega^{2} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\) ……….. (3)
Negative sign shows that direction of acceleration is opposite to the direction of position vector. Equation (3) is the centripetal acceleration.

vii) Magnitude of centripetal acceleration is given by,
a = ω2r

viii) The force providing this acceleration should also be along the same direction, hence centripetal.
∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}=\mathrm{m} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}=-\mathrm{m} \omega^{2} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}\)
This is the expression for the centripetal force on a particle undergoing uniform circular motion.

ix) Magnitude of F = mω2r = \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}}\) = mωv

Question 44.
Discuss the factors on which time period of conical pendulum depends.
Answer:
Time period of conical pendulum is given by,
T = 2π \(\sqrt{\frac{\cos \theta}{\mathrm{g}}}\) …………. (i)
where, l = length of the string
g = acceleration due to gravity
θ = angle of inclination
From equation (i), it is observed that period of conical pendulum depends on following factors.
i) Length of pendulum (l): Time period of conical pendulum increases with increase in length of pendulum, i.e., T ∝ \(\sqrt {l}\)
ii) Acceleration due to gravity (g): Time period of conical pendulum decreases with increase in g. i.e., T ∝ \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{g}}\)
iii) Angle of inclination (θ): As θ increases, cos θ decreases, hence, time period of conical pendulum decreases with increase in θ. (For 0 < θ < π) i.e., T ∝ \(\sqrt{\cos \theta}\)

Question 45.
Is there any limitation on semi vertical angle in conical pendulum? Give reason.
Answer:
Yes.

  1. For a conical pendulum, Period T ∝ \(\sqrt{\cos \theta}\)
    ∴ Tension F ∝ \(\frac{1}{\cos \theta}\)
    Speed v ∝ \(\sqrt{\tan \theta}\)
    With increase in angle θ, cos θ decreases and tan θ increases. For θ = 90°, T = 0, F = ∞ and v = ∞ which cannot be possible.
  2. Also, θ depends upon breaking tension of string, and a body tied to a string cannot be resolved in a horizontal circle such that the string is horizontal. Hence, there is limitation of semi vertical angle in conical pendulum.

Solved Examples

Question 46.
An object of mass 50 g moves uniformly along a circular orbit with an angular speed of 5 rad/s. If the linear speed of the particle is 25 m/s, ¡s the radius of the circle? Calculate the centripetal force acting on the particle.
Solution:
Given: ω = 5 rad/s, v = 25 m/s,
m = 50 g = 0.05 kg
To find: radius (r), centipetal force (F)
Formula: i) v = ωr
ii) F = \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}}\)

Calculation: From formula (i),
r = v/ω = 25/5 m = 5 m.
From formula (ii),
F = \(\frac{0.05 \times 25^{2}}{5}\) = 6.25 N.

i) Radius of the circle is 5 m.
ii) Centripetal force acting on the particle is 6.25 N.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 47.
An object is travelling in a horizontal circle with uniform speed. At t = 0, the velocity is given by \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{u}}=20 \hat{\mathbf{i}}+35 \hat{\mathbf{j}}\) km/s. After one minute the velocity becomes \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}}=-20 \hat{\mathbf{i}}-35 \hat{\mathbf{j}}\). What is the magnitude of the acceleration?
Solution:
Magnitude of initial and final velocities,
u= \(\sqrt{(20)^{2}+(35)^{2}}\) m/s
∴ u = \(\sqrt{1625}\) m/s
∴ u = 40.3 m/s
As the velocity reverses in 1 minute, the time period of revolution is 2 minutes.
T = \(\frac{2 \pi \mathrm{r}}{\mathrm{u}}\), giving r = \(\frac{\text { uT }}{2 \pi}\)
Now,
a = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}}=\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2} 2 \pi}{\mathrm{uT}}=\frac{2 \pi \mathrm{u}}{\mathrm{T}}=\frac{2 \times 3.142 \times 40.3}{2 \times 60}\)
= {antilog[log(3.142) + log(40.3) – log(60)]}
= {antilog(0.4972 + 1.6053 – 1.7782)}
= {antilog(0.3243)}
= 2.110.
∴ a = 2.11 m/s2
The magnitude of acceleration is 2.11 m/s2.

Question 48.
A racing car completes 5 rounds of a circular track in 2 minutes. Find the radius of the track if the car has uniform centripetal acceleration of π2/s2.
Solution:
Given: 5 rounds = 2πr(5),
t = 2minutes = 120s
To find: Radius (r)
Formula: acp = ω2r
Calculation: From formula,
acp = ω2r
∴ π2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{v}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
But v = \(\frac{2 \pi r(5)}{t}=\frac{10 \pi r}{t}\)
∴ π2 = \(\frac{100 \pi^{2} \mathrm{r}^{2}}{\mathrm{rt}^{2}}\)
∴ r = \(\frac{120 \times 120}{100}\) =144m
The radius of the track is 144 m.

Question 49.
A car of mass 1500 kg rounds a curve of radius 250m at 90 km/hour. Calculate the centripetal force acting on it.
Solution:
Given: m= 1500 kg, r = 250m,
v = 90 km/h = 90 × \(\frac{5}{18}\) = 25m/s
To find: Centripetal force (FCP)
Formula: FCP = \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}^{2}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
FCP = \(\frac{1500 \times(25)^{2}}{250}\)
∴ FCP = 3750 N
The centripetal force acting on the car is 3750 N.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 50.
A one kg mass tied at the end of the string 0.5 m long is whirled ¡n a horizontal circle, the other end of the string being fixed. The breaking tension in the string is 50 N. Find the greatest speed that can be given to the mass.
Solution:
Given: Breaking tension, F = 50 N,
m = 1 kg, r = 0.5m
To find: Maximum speed (vmax)
Formula: B.T (F) = max. C.F \(\frac{m v_{\max }^{2}}{r}\)
Calculation: From formula,
v2max = \(\frac{F \times r}{m}\)
∴ v2max = \(\frac{50 \times 0.5}{1}\)
∴ vmax = \(\sqrt{50 \times 0.5}\) = 5 m/s
The greatest speed that can be given to the mass is 5 m/s.

Question 51.
A mass of 5 kg is tied at the end of a string 1.2 m long revolving in a horizontal circle. If the breaking tension in the string is 300 N, find the maximum number of revolutions per minute the mass can make.
Solution:
Given: Length of the string, r = 1.2 m,
Mass attached. m = 5 kg,
Breaking tension, T = 300 N
To find: Maximum number of revolutions per minute (nmax)
Formula: Tmax = Fmax = mrω2max
Calculation: From formula,
∴ 5 × 1.2 × (2πn)2 = 300
∴ 5 × 1.2 × 4π2n2 = 300
∴ n2max = \(\frac{300}{4 \times(3.142)^{2} \times 6.0}\) = 1.26618
∴nmax = \(\sqrt{1.26618}\) = 1.125 rev/s
∴ nmax = 1.125 × 60
∴ nmax = 67.5 rev/min
The maximum number of revolutions per minute made by the mass is 67.5 rev /min.

Question 52.
A coin placed on a revolving disc, with its centre at a distance of 6 cm from the axis of rotation just slips off when the speed of the revolving disc exceeds 45 r.p.m. What should be the maximum angular speed of the disc, so that when the coin is at a distance of 12 cm from the axis of rotation, it does not slip?
Solution:
Given. r1 = 6cm, r2 = 12cm, n1 = 45 r.p.m
To Find: Maximum angular speed (n2)
Formula: Max. C.F = mrω2
Calculation: Since, mr1ω12 mr2ω22 [As mass is constant]
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 37
The maximum angular speed of the disc should be 31.8 r.p.m.

Question 53.
A stone of mass 0.25 kg tied to the end of a string is whirled in a circle of radius 1.5 m with a speed of 40 revolutions/min in a horizontal plane. What is the tension in the string? What is the maximum speed with which the stone can be whirled around if the string can withstand a maximum tension of 200 N?
Solution:
Given: m = 0.25 kg, r.= 1.5 m, Tmax = 200 N,
n = 40 rev. min-1 = \(\frac{40}{60}\) rev s-1
To find: i) Tension (T)
ii) Maximum speed (vmax)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 38
i) The tension in the string is 6.55 N.
ii) The maximum speed with which the stone can be whirled around is 34.64 m s-1.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 54.
In a conical pendulum, a string of length 120 cm is fixed at rigid support and carries a mass of 150 g at its free end. If the mass is revolved in a horizontal circle of radius 0.2 m around a vertical axis, calculate tension in the string. (g = 9.8 m/s2)
Solution:
Given: l = 120 cm = 1.2rn, r = 0.2m,
m = 150 g = 0.15 kg
To find: Tension in the string (T)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 39
∴ Substituting in formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 40
Tension in the string is 1.491 N.

Question 55.
A conical pendulum has length 50 cm. Its bob of mass 100 g performs uniform circular motion in horizontal plane, so as to have radius of path 30 cm. Find
i) The angle made by the string with vertical
ii) The tension in the supporting thread and
iii) The speed of bob.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 41
Given: l = 150 cm = 0.5 m, r = 30 cm = 0.3 m,
m = 100 g = 100 × 10-3 kg = 0.1 kg
To find: i) Angle made by the string with vertical (θ)
ii) Tension in the supporting thread (T)
iii) Speed of bob (y)

Formulae: i) tan θ = –\(\frac{r}{\mathrm{~h}}\)
ii) tan θ = \(\frac{\mathrm{v}^{2}}{\mathrm{rg}}\)

Calculation: By Pythagoras theorem, l2 = r2 + h2
h2 = l2 – r2
h2 = 0.25 – 0.09 = 0.16
h = 0.4m
i) From formula (1),
tan θ = \(\frac{0.3}{0.4}\) = 0.75
∴ θ = tan-1 (0.75)
θ = 36°52’

ii) The weight of bob is balanced by vertical component of tension T
∴ T cos θ = mg
cos θ = \(\frac{\mathrm{h}}{l}=\frac{0.4}{0.5}\) = 0.8
∴ T = \(\frac{\mathrm{mg}}{\cos \theta}=\frac{0.1 \times 9.8}{0.8}\)
∴ T = 1.225 N

iii) From formula (2),
v2 = rg tan θ
∴ v2 = 0.3 × 9.8 × 0.75 = 2.205
∴ v = 1.485 m/s

i) Angle made by the string with vertical is 36°52′. ‘
ii) Tension in the supporting thread is 1.225 N.
iii) Speed of the bob is 1.485 m/s

Apply Your Knowledge

Question 56.
Explain the variation of acceleration, velocity and distance with time for an object under free fall.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 42
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 43

  1. For a free falling object, considering the downward direction as negative, the object is released from rest.
    ∴ initial velocity u = 0 and a = -g = -9.8 m/s2
    ∴ The kinematical equations become,
    v = u + at = 0 – gt = -gt = -9.8t
    s = ut + \(\frac{1}{2}\)at2 = o + \(\frac{1}{2}\)(-g)t2 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\) 9.8t2
    = -4.9t2
    v2 = u2 + 2as = 0 + 2(-g)s
    = -2gs = -2 × 9.8s
    = -19.6s
  2. These equations give the velocity and the distance travelled as a function of time and also the variation of velocity with distance.
  3. The variation of acceleration, velocity and distance with the time is as shown in figure a, b and c respectively.

Question 57.
The position-time (x – t) graphs for two children A and B returning from their school O to their homes P and Q respectively are shown in figure. Choose the correct entries in the brackets below.
i) (A/B) lives closer to the school than (B/A)
ii) (A/B) starts from the school earlier than (B/A)
iii) (A/B) walks faster than (B/A)
iv) A and B reach home at the (same/different) time
v) (A/B) overtakes (B/A) on the road (once/twice)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 44
Answer:

  1. A lives closer to the school than B. This is because, OQ > OP, hence B has to cover larger distance than A.
  2. A starts from the school earlier than B. This is because, A starts at t = 0 whereas B starts at some finite time greater than zero.
  3. As slope of B is greater than that of A, hence B walks faster than A. iv. A and B reach home at different times.
  4. This is because the value of ‘t’ corresponding to P and Q for A and B respectively is different.
  5. B overtakes A on the road once. This is because A and B meet each other only once on their way back home. As B starts from school later than A and walks faster than A, hence B overtakes A once on his way home.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 58.
A bowler throws the ball up to correct distance by controlling his velocity and angle of throw, as shown in the figure given below
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 45
i) What will be the range of the projectile?
ii) What will be the height of the projectile from ground?
Answer:

  1. Range of projectile is given by,
    R = \(\frac{u^{2} \sin 2 \theta}{g}=\frac{6^{2} \times \sin (2 \times 30)}{9.8}\)
    R = 3.18 m
  2. Height of projectile is given by,
    H = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^{2} \sin ^{2} \theta}{2 \mathrm{~g}}=\frac{6^{2} \times \sin ^{2} 30}{2 \times 9.8}\) = 0.46m
    Height achieved by ball from ground is
    H = 0.46 + 1 = 1.46m

i) The range of the projectile is 3.18 m.
ii) The height of the projectile is 1.46 m.

Question 59.
A child takes reading of two cars running on highway, for his school project. He draws a position-time graph of the two cars as shown in the figure
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 46
i) What is the velocity of two cars when they meet together?
ii) What is the difference in velocities of the two cars when they cover their maximum distance?
iii) What will be acceleration of the two cars in first 20 s?
Solution:
i) According to graph, the velocity of two cars when they meet each other are,
x = 70m
t = 308
v = \(\frac{x}{t}=\frac{70}{30}\) = 2.33 m/s

ii) According to graph, for maximum distance.
For 1st car,
x1 = 120m
t1 = 50 s
v1 = \(\frac{x_{1}}{t_{1}}=\frac{120}{50}\)
v1 = 2.4 m/s

For 2nd car,
x2 = 90 m
t2 = 60 s
v2 = \(\frac{x_{2}}{t_{2}}=\frac{90}{60}\)
v2 = 1.5 m/s
Difference in velocities is given by,
v1 – v2 = 2.4 – 1.5 = 0.9 m/s

iii) According to graph,
Acceleration of 1st car in first 20 s
v1 = \(\frac{\mathrm{x}_{1}}{\mathrm{t}}\)
v1 = \(\frac{60}{20}\)
v1 = 3 m/s
a1 = \(\frac{\mathrm{v}_{1}}{\mathrm{t}}=\frac{3}{20}\)
a1 = 0.15 m/s2
Acceleration of 2nd car in first 20 s
v2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{x}_{2}}{\mathrm{t}}\)
v2 = \(\frac{40}{20}\)
v2 = 2 m/s
a2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{v}_{2}}{\mathrm{t}}=\frac{2}{20}\)
a2 = 0.1 m/s2
Now,
a1 – a2 = 0.15 – 0.1
= 0.05 m/s2

i) The velocity of two cars when they meet together is 2.33 m/s.
ii) The difference in velocities of two cars when they cover maximum distance is 0.9 m/s.
iii) The accelerator of two cars in 20 s is 0.05 m/s2.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 60.
The speed of a projectile u reduces by 50% on reaching maximum height. What is the range on the horizontal plane?
Solution:
If θ is the angle of projection, then velocity of projectile at height point = u cos θ
u cos θ = \(\frac{50}{100}\) u = \(\frac{1}{2}\) u
or cos θ = \(\frac{1}{2}\) cos 60°
or θ = 60°
Horizontal range,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 47

Question 61.
In projectile motion, vertical motion and horizontal motion are dependent of each other. Yes or No? Justify your answer.
Answer:
No. In projectile motion, the horizontal and vertical motion are independent of each other because both motions don’t affect each other.

Question 62.
In angular projection of a projectile, at highest point, what will be the components of horizontal and vertical velocities?
Answer:
At highest point of angular projection of a projectile, the horizontal component of its velocity is non zero and the vertical component of its velocity is momentarily zero.

Question 63.
What angle will be described between velocity and acceleration at highest point of projectile path?
Answer:
At highest point of projectile path, the angle between velocity and acceleration is 90°.

Quick Review

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 48
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 49
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 50

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
The velocity-time relation of a particle starting from rest is given by v = kt where k = 2 m/s2. The distance travelled in 3 sec is
(A) 9 m
(B) 16 m
(C) 27 m
(D) 36 m
Answer:
(A) 9 m

Question 2.
If the particle is at rest, then the x – t graph can be only
(A) parallel to position – axis
(B) parallel to time – axis
(C) inclined with acute angle
(D) inclined with obtuse angle
Answer:
(B) parallel to time – axis

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 3.
A body is thrown vertically upwards, maximum height is reached, then it will have
(A) zero velocity and zero acceleration.
(B) zero velocity and finite acceleration.
(C) finite velocity and zero acceleration.
(D) finite velocity and finite acceleration.
Answer:
(B) zero velocity and finite acceleration.

Question 4.
Which of the following is NOT a projectile?
(A) A bullet fired from gun.
(B) A shell fired from cannon.
(C) A hammer thrown by athlete.
(D) An aeroplane in flight.
Answer:
(D) An aeroplane in flight.

Question 5.
The range of projectile is 1 .5 km when it is projected at an angle of 15° with horizontal. What will be its range when it is projected at an angle of 45° with the horizontal?
(A) 0.75 km
(B) 1.5 km
(C) 3 km
(D) 6 km
Answer:
(C) 3 km

Question 6.
Which of the following remains constant for a projectile fired from the earth?
(A) Momentum
(B) Kinetic energy
(C) Vertical component of velocity
(D) Horizontal component of velocity
Answer:
(D) Horizontal component of velocity

Question 7.
In case of a projectile, what is the angle between the instantaneous velocity and acceleration at the highest point?
(A) 45°
(B) 1800
(C) 90°
(D) 0°
Answer:
(C) 90°

Question 8.
A player kicks up a ball at an angle θ with the horizontal. The horizontal range is maximum when θ is equal to
(A) 30°
(B) 45°
(C) 60°
(D) 90°
Answer:
(B) 45°

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 9.
The greatest height to which a man can throw a stone is h. The greatest distance to which he can throw it will be
(A) h/2
(B) 2h
(C) h
(D) 3h
Answer:
(B) 2h

Question 10.
Two balls are projected at an angle θ and (90° – θ) to the horizontal with the same speed. The ratio of their maximum vertical
heights is
(A) 1 : 1
(B) tan θ : 1
(C) 1 : tan θ
(D) tan2 θ : 1
Answer:
(D) tan2 θ : 1

Question 11.
When air resistance is taken into account while dealing with the motion of the projectile, to achieve maximum horizontal range, the angle of projection should be,
(A) equal to 45°
(B) less than 45°
(C) greater than 90°
(D) greater than 45°
Answer:
(D) greater than 45°

Question 12.
The maximum height attained by projectile is found to be equal to 0.433 of the horizontal range. The angle of projection of this projectile is
(A) 30°
(B) 45°
(C) 60°
(D) 75°
Answer:
(C) 60°

Question 13.
A projectile is thrown with an initial velocity of 50 m/s. The maximum horizontal distance which this projectile can travel is
(A) 64m
(B) 128m
(C) 5m
(D) 255m
Answer:
(D) 255m

Question 14.
A jet airplane travelling at the speed of 500 kmh-1 ejects the burnt gases at the speed of 1400 kmh-1 relative to the jet airplane. The speed of burnt gases relative to stationary observer on the earth is
(A) 2.8 kmh-1
(B) 190 kmh-1
(C) 700 kmh-1
(D) 900 kmh-1
Answer:
(D) 900 kmh-1

Question 15.
A projectile projected with certain angle reaches ground with
(A) double angle
(B) same angle
(C) greater than 90°
(D) angle between 90° and 180°
Answer:
(B) same angle

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 16.
The time period of conical pendulum is _________.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 51
Answer:
(C) \(2 \pi \sqrt{\frac{l \cos \theta}{\mathrm{g}}}\)

Question 17.
A projectile projected with certain velocity reaches ground with (magnitude)
(A) zero velocity
(B) smaller velocity
(C) same velocity
(D) greater velocity
Answer:
(C) same velocity

Question 18.
The period of a conical pendulum in terms of its length (l), semivertical angle (θ) and acceleration due to gravity (g) is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 52
Answer:
(C) \(4 \pi \sqrt{\frac{l \cos \theta}{4 \mathrm{~g}}}\)

Question 19.
Consider a simple pendulum of length 1 m. Its bob performs a circular motion in horizontal plane with its string making an angle 600 with the vertical. The period of rotation of the bob is(Take g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 2s
(B) 1.4s
(C) 1.98 s
(D) none of these
Answer:
(B) 1.4s

Question 20.
The period of a conical pendulum is
(A) equal to that of a simple pendulum of same length l.
(B) more than that of a simple pendulum of same length l.
(C) less than that of a simple pendulum of same length l.
(D) independent of length of pendulum.
Answer:
(C) less than that of a simple pendulum of same length l.

Competitive Corner

Question 1.
Two particles A and B are moving in uniform circular motion in concentric circles of radii rA and rB with speed vA and vB respectively. Their time period of rotation is the same. The ratio of angular speed of A to that of B will be:
(A) rB : rA
(B) 1 : 1
(C) rA : rB
(D) vA : vB
Answer:
(B) 1 : 1
Hint:
Time period of rotation (A and B) is same
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 53

Question 2.
When an object is shot from the bottom of a long smooth inclined plane kept at an angle 60° with horizontal, it can travel a distance x1 along the plane. But when the inclination is decreased to 30° and the same object is shot with the same velocity, it can travel x2 distance. Then x1 : x2 will be:
(A) 1 : \(\sqrt {3}\)
(B) 1 : 2\(\sqrt {3}\)
(C) 1 : \(\sqrt {2}\)
(D) \(\sqrt {3}\) : 1
Answer:
(A) 1 : \(\sqrt {3}\)
Hint:
v2 = u2 + 2as
∴ v2 = u2 + 2 g sin θ x
sin θ. x = constant
∴ x ∝ \(\frac{1}{\sin \theta}\)
∴ \(\frac{x_{1}}{x_{2}}=\frac{\sin \theta_{2}}{\sin \theta_{1}}=\frac{1 / 2}{\sqrt{3} / 2}\) = 1 : \(\sqrt {3}\)

Question 3.
A person travelling in a straight line moves with a constant velocity v1 for certain distance x’ and with a constant velocity v2 for next equal distance. The average velocity y is given by the relation
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 54
Answer:
(C) \(\frac{2}{v}=\frac{1}{v_{1}}+\frac{1}{v_{2}}\)
Hint:
Let, t’ be the time taken to travel distance ‘x’ with constant velocity ‘v1
∴ t1 = \(\frac{\mathrm{x}}{\mathrm{v}_{2}}\)
Let ‘t2’ be the time taken to travel equal distance ‘x’ with constant velocity ‘v2
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 55

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 4.
Two bullets are fired horizontally and simultaneously towards each other from roof tops of two buildings 100 m apart and of same height of 200 m, with the same velocity of 25 m/s. When and where will the two bullets collide? (g = 10 m/s2)
(A) They will not collide
(B) After 2 s at a height of 180 m
(C) After 2 s at a height of 20 m
(D) After 4 s at a height of 120 m
Answer:
(B) After 2 s at a height of 180 m
Hint:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 56
Let the bullets collide at time t
The horizontal displacement x1 and x2 is given by the equation
x1 = ut and x2 = ut
∴ x1 + x2 = 100
∴ 25t + 25t = 100
∴ t = 2s
Vertical displacement ‘y’ is given by
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt2 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 22 = 20m
∴ h = 200 – 20= 180m

Question 5.
A toy car with charge q moves on a frictionless horizontal plane surface under the influence of a uniform electric field \(\vec{E}\). Due to the force q\(\vec{E}\), its velocity increases from 0 to 6 m/s in one second duration. At that instant the direction of the field is reversed. The car continues to move for two more seconds under the influence of this field. The average velocity and the average speed of the toy car between 0 to 3 seconds are respectively
(A) 2 m/s, 4 m/s
(B) 1 m/s, 3 m/s
(C) 1 m/s, 3.5 m/s
(D) 1.5 m/s, 3 m/s
Answer:
(B) 1 m/s, 3 m/s
Hint:
Car at rest attains velocity of 6 m/s in t1 = 1 s.
Now as direction of field is reversed, velocity of car will reduce to 0 m/s in next 1 s. i.e., at t2 = 2 s. But, it continues to move for next one second. This will give velocity of -6 m/s to car at t3 = 3 s.
Using this data, plot of velocity versus time will be
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 57

Question 6.
All the graphs below are intended to represent the same motion. One of them does it incorrectly. Pick it up.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 58
Answer:
(D)
Hint:
The graphs (A), (B) and (C) represent the uniformly retarded motion, i.e., velocity decreases uniformly. However, the slope of the curve in graph (D), indicates increasing velocity. Hence, graph (D) is incorrect.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 7.
A particle is moving with a uniform speed in a circular orbit of radius R in a central force inversely proportional to the nth power of R. If the period of rotation of the particle is T, then:
(A) T ∝ R(n+1)/2
(B) T ∝ Rn/2
(C) T ∝ R3/2 for any n
(D) T ∝ R\(\frac{n}{2}\)+1
Answer:
(A) T ∝ R(n+1)/2
Hint:
The centripetal force acting on the particle is provided by the central force,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 59

Question 8.
Preeti reached the metro station and found that the escalator was not working. She walked up the stationary escalator in time t1. On other days, if she remains stationary on the moving escalator, then the escalator takes her up in time t2. The time taken by her to walk up on the moving escalator will be:
(A) \(\frac{\mathrm{t}_{1}+\mathrm{t}_{2}}{2}\)
(B) \(\frac{t_{1} t_{2}}{t_{2}-t_{1}}\)
(C) \(\frac{\mathbf{t}_{1} t_{2}}{\mathbf{t}_{2}+t_{1}}\)
(D) t1 – t2
Answer:
(C) \(\frac{\mathbf{t}_{1} t_{2}}{\mathbf{t}_{2}+t_{1}}\)
Hint:
Let velocity of Preeti be v1, velocity of escalator be v2 and distance travelled be L.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 60

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane

Question 9.
A body is thrown vertically upwards. Which one of the following graphs correctly represent the velocity vs time?
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 3 Motion in a Plane 61
Answer:
(A)
Hint:
If a body is projected in vertically upward direction, then its acceleration is constant and negative. If direction of motion is positive i.e.. vertically up) and initial position of body is taken as origin, then the velocity decreases uniformly. At highest point its velocity is equal to zero and then it accelerates uniformly downwards returning to its reference position.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Textbook Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

1. Choose the correct answer.

Question 1.
Consider following pair of forces of equal magnitude and opposite directions:
(P) Gravitational forces exerted on each other by two point masses separated by a distance.
(Q) Couple of forces used to rotate a water tap.
(R) Gravitational force and normal force experienced by an object kept on a table.
For which of these pair/pairs the two forces do NOT cancel each other’s translational
effect?
(A) Only P
(B) Only P and Q
(C) Only R
(D) Only Q and R
Answer:
(A) Only P

Question 2.
Consider following forces: (w) Force due to tension along a string, (x) Normal force given by a surface, (y) Force due to air resistance and (z) Buoyant force or upthrust given by a fluid.
Which of these are electromagnetic forces?
(A) Only w, y and z
(B) Only w, x and y
(C) Only x, y and z
(D) All four.
Answer:
(D) All four.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 3.
At a given instant three point masses m, 2m and 3m are equidistant from each other. Consider only the gravitational forces between them. Select correct statement/s for this instance only:
(A) Mass m experiences maximum force.
(B) Mass 2m experiences maximum force.
(C) Mass 3m experiences maximum force.
(D) All masses experience force of same magnitude.
Answer:
(C) Mass 3m experiences maximum force.

Question 4.
The rough surface of a horizontal table offers a definite maximum opposing force to initiate the motion of a block along the table, which is proportional to the resultant normal force given by the table. Forces F1 and F2 act at the same angle θ with the horizontal and both are just initiating the sliding motion of the block along the table. Force F1 is a pulling force while the force F2 is a pushing force. F2 > F1, because
(A) Component of F2 adds up to weight to increase the normal reaction.
(B) Component of F1 adds up to weight to increase the normal reaction.
(C) Component of F2 adds up to the opposing force.
(D) Component of F1 adds up to the opposing force.
Answer:
(A) Component of F2 adds up to weight to increase the normal reaction.

Question 5.
A mass 2m moving with some speed is directly approaching another mass m moving with double speed. After some time, they collide with coefficient of restitution 0.5. Ratio of their respective speeds after collision is
(A) 2/3
(B) 3/2
(C) 2
(D) ½
Answer:
(B) 3/2

Question 6.
A uniform rod of mass 2m is held horizontal by two sturdy, practically inextensible vertical strings tied at its ends. A boy of mass 3m hangs himself at one third length of the rod. Ratio of the tension in the string close to the boy to that in the other string is
(A) 2
(B) 1.5
(C) 4/3
(D) 5/3
Answer:
(B) 1.5

Question 7.
Select WRONG statement about centre of mass:
(A) Centre of mass of a ‘C’ shaped uniform rod can never be a point on that rod.
(B) If the line of action of a force passes through the centre of mass, the moment of that force is zero.
(C) Centre of mass of our Earth is not at its geometrical centre.
(D) While balancing an object on a pivot, the line of action of the gravitational force of the earth passes through the centre of mass of the object.
Answer:
(D) While balancing an object on a pivot, the line of action of the gravitational force of the earth passes through the centre of mass of the object.

Question 8.
For which of the following objects will the centre of mass NOT be at their geometrical centre?
(I) An egg
(II) a cylindrical box full of rice
(III) a cubical box containing assorted sweets
(A) Only (I)
(B) Only (I) and (II)
(C) Only (III)
(D) All, (I), (II) and (III).
Answer:
(D) All, (I), (II) and (III).

2. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
In the following table, every entry on the left column can match with any number of entries on the right side. Pick up all those and write respectively against A, B, C and D.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 1
Answer:

  1. Force due to tension in string: Electromagnetic (EM) force, reaction force, non-conservative force.
  2. Normal force: Electromagnetic (EM) force, non-conservative force. Reaction force
  3. Frictional force: Electromagnetic (EM) force, reaction force, non-conservative force.
  4. Resistive force offered by air or water for objects moving through it: Electromagnetic (EM) force, non-conservative force.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 2.
In real life objects, never travel with uniform velocity, even on a horizontal surface, unless something is done? Why
is it so? What is to be done?
Answer:

  1. According to Newton’s first law, for a body to achieve uniform velocity, the net force acting on it should be zero.
  2. In real life, a body in motion is constantly being acted upon by resistive or opposing force like friction, in the direction opposite to that of the motion.
  3. To overcome these opposing forces, an additional external force is required. Thus, the net force is not maintained at zero, making it hard to achieve uniform velocity.

Question 3.
For the study of any kind of motion, we never use Newton’s first law of motion directly. Why should it be studied?
Answer:

  1. Newton’s first law shows an equivalence between the ‘state of rest’ and ‘state of uniform motion along a straight line.’
  2. Newton’s first law of motion defines force as a physical quantity that brings about a change in ‘state of rest’ or ‘state of .uniform motion along a straight line’ of a body.
  3. Newton’s first law of motion defines inertia as a fundamental property of every physical object by which the object resists any change in its state of rest or of uniform motion along a straight line. Due to all these reasons, Newton’s first law should be studied.

Question 4.
Are there any situations in which we cannot apply Newton’s laws of motion? Is there any alternative for it?
Answer:

  1. Limitation: Newton’s laws of motion cannot be applied for objects moving in non-inertial (accelerated) frame of reference.
    Alternative solution: For non-inertial (accelerated) frame of reference, pseudo force needs to be considered along with all the other forces.
  2. Limitation: Newton’s laws of motion are applicable to point objects and rigid bodies. Alternative solution: Body needs to be approximated as a particle as the laws can be applied to individual particles in a rigid body and then summed up over the body.
  3. Limitation: Newton’s laws of motion cannot be applied for objects moving with speeds comparable to that of light.
    Alternative solution: Einstein’s special theory of relativity has to be used.
  4. Limitation: Newton’s laws of motion cannot be applied for studying the behaviour and interactions of objects having atomic or molecular sizes.
    Alternative solution: Quantum mechanics has to be used.

Question 5.
You are inside a closed capsule from where you are not able to see anything about the outside world. Suddenly you feel that you are pushed towards your right. Can you explain the possible cause (s)? Is it a feeling or a reality? Give at least one more situation like this.
Answer:

  1. In a capsule, if we suddenly feel a push towards the right it is because the capsule is in motion and taking a turn towards the left.
  2. The push towards the right is a feeling. In reality, when the capsule is beginning its turning motion towards the left, we continue in a straight line.
  3. This happens because we try to maintain our direction of motion while the capsule takes a turn towards the left.
  4. An external force is required to change our direction of motion. In accordance with one of the inferences from Newton’s first law of motion, in the absence of any external force, we continue to move in a straight line at constant speed and feel the sudden push in the direction opposite to the motion of the capsule.
  5. Example: While travelling by bus, when the bus takes a sudden turn we feel the push in the opposite direction.

Question 6.
Among the four fundamental forces, only one force governs your daily life almost entirely. Justify the statement by stating that force.
Answer:

  1. Electromagnetic force is the attractive and repulsive force between electrically charged particles.
  2. Since electromagnetic force is much stronger than the gravitational force, it dominates all the phenomena on atomic and molecular scales.
  3. Majority of the forces experienced in our daily life like friction, normal reaction, tension in strings, elastic forces, viscosity etc. are electromagnetic in nature.
  4. The structure of atoms and molecules, the dynamics of chemical reactions etc. are governed by electromagnetic forces.

Thus, out of the four fundamental forces, electromagnetic force governs our daily life almost entirely.

Question 7.
Find the odd man out:
(i) Force responsible for a string to become taut on stretching
(ii) Weight of an object
(iii) The force due to which we can hold an object in hand.
Answer:
Weight of an object.
Reason: Weight of an object (force due to gravity) is a non-contact force while force responsible for a string to become taut (tension force) and force due to which we can hold an object in hand (normal force) are contact forces.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 8.
You are sitting next to your friend on ground. Is there any gravitational force of attraction between you two? If so, why are you not coming together naturally? Is any force other than the gravitational force of the earth coming in picture?
Answer:

  1. Yes, there exists a gravitational force between me and my friend sitting beside each other.
  2. The gravitational force between any two objects is given by, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}=\mathrm{G} \frac{\mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\) Where,
    G = universal gravitational constant, m1 and m2 = mass of the two objects, r = distance between centres of the two objects
  3. Thus, me and my friend attract each other. But due to our small masses, we exert a force on each other, which is too small as compared to the gravitational force of the earth. Hence, me and my friend don’t move towards each other.
  4. Apart from gravitational force of the earth, there is the normal force and frictional force acting on both me and my friend.

In Chapter 5, you will study about force of gravitation in detail.

Question 9.
Distinguish between:
(A) Real and pseudo forces,
(B) Conservative and non-conservative forces,
(C) Contact and non-contact forces,
(D) Inertial and non-inertial frames of reference.
Answer:
(A) Real and pseudo forces,

No Real force Pseudo Force
i. A force which is produced due to interaction between the objects is called real force. A pseudo force is one which arises due to the acceleration of the observer’s frame of reference.
ii. Real forces obey Newton’s laws of motion. Pseudo forces do not obey Newton’s laws of motion.
iii. Real forces are one of the four fundamental forces. Pseudo forces are not among any of the four fundamental forces.
Example: The earth revolves around the sun in circular path due to gravitational force of attraction between the sun and the earth. Example: Bus is moving with an acceleration (a) on a straight road in forward direction, a person of mass ‘m’ experiences a backward pseudo force of magnitude ‘ma’.

(B) Conservative and non-conservative forces,

No Conservative Non-conservative forces
i. If work done by or against a force is independent’ of the actual path, the force is said to be a conservative force. If work done by or against a force is dependent of the actual path, the force is said to be a non- conservative force.
ii. During work done by a conservative force, the mechanical energy is conserved. During work done by a non­ conservative force, the mechanical energy may not be conserved.
iii. Work done is completely recoverable. Work done is not recoverable.
Example:
gravitational force, magnetic force etc.
Example:
Frictional force, air drag etc.

(C) Contact and non-contact forces,

No Contact forces Non-contact forces
i. The forces experienced by a body due to physical contact are called contact forces. The forces experienced by a body without any physical contact are called non-contact forces.
ii. Example: gravitational force, electrostatic force, magnetostatic force etc. Example: Frictional force, force exerted due to collision, normal reaction etc.

(D) Inertial and non-inertial frames of reference.

No. Inertial frame of reference Non-inertial frame of reference
i The body moves with a constant velocity (can be zero). The body moves with variable velocity.
ii. Newton’s laws are Newton’s laws are
iii. The body does not accelerate. The body undergoes acceleration.
iv. In this frame, force acting on a body is a real force. The acceleration of the frame gives rise to a pseudo force.
Example: A rocket in inter-galactic space (gravity free space between galaxies) with all its engine shut. Example: If a car just starts its motion from rest, then during the time of acceleration the car will be in a non- inertial frame of reference.

Question 10.
State the formula for calculating work done by a force. Are there any conditions or limitations in using it directly? If so, state those clearly. Is there any mathematical way out for it? Explain.
Answer:

  1. Suppose a constant force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) acting on a body produces a displacement \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{S}}\) in the body along the positive X-direction. Then the work done by the force is given as,
    W = F.s cos θ
    Where θ is the angle between the applied force and displacement.
  2. If displacement is in the direction of the force applied, θ = 0°
    W = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\).\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}\)

Conditions/limitations for application of work formula:

  1. The formula for work done is applicable only if both force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) and displacement \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}\) are constant and finite i.e., it cannot be applied when the force is variable.
  2. The formula is not applicable in several real- life situations like lifting an object through several thousand kilometres since the gravitational force is not constant. It is not applicable to viscous forces like fluid resistance as they depend upon speed and thus are often not constant with time.
  3. The method of integration has to be applied to find the work done by a variable force.

Integral method to find work done by a variable force:

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 2

  1. Let the force vary non-linearly in magnitude between the points A and B as shown in figure (a).
  2. In order to calculate the total work done during the displacement from s1 to s2, we need to use integration. For integration, we need to divide the displacement into large numbers of infinitesimal (infinitely small) displacements.
  3. Let at P1, the magnitude of force be F = P1P1‘. Due to this force, the body displaces through infinitesimally small displacement ds, in the direction of force.
    It moves from P1 to P2.
    ∴ \(\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}_{1} \mathrm{P}_{2}}\)
  4. But direction of force and displacement are same, we have
    \(\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}=\mathrm{P}_{1}{ }^{\prime} \mathrm{P}_{2}^{\prime}\)
  5. \(\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}\) is so small that the force F is practically constant for the displacement. As the force is constant, the area of the strip \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}} \cdot \mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}\) is the work done dW for this displacement.
  6. Hence, small work done between P1 to P2 is dW and is given by
    dW = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}} \cdot \mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}\) = \(\mathrm{P}_{1} \mathrm{P}_{1}^{\prime} \times \mathrm{P}_{1}^{\prime} \mathrm{P}_{2}^{\prime}\)
    = Area of the strip P1P2P2‘P1‘.
  7. The total work done can be found out by dividing the portion AB into small strips like P1P2P2‘P1‘ and taking sum of all the areas of the strips.
    ∴ W = \int_{s_{1}}^{s 2} \vec{F} \cdot d \vec{s}=\text { Area } A B B^{\prime} A^{\prime}\(\)
  8. Method of integration is applicable if the exact way of variation in \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{s}}\) is known and that function is integrable.
  9. The work done by the non-linear variable force is represented by the area under the portion of force-displacement graph.
  10. Similarly, in case of a linear variable force, the area under the curve from s1 to s2 (trapezium APQB) gives total work done W [figure (b)].
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 3

Question 11.
Justify the statement, “Work and energy are the two sides of a coin”.
Answer:

  1. Work and energy both are scalar quantities.
  2. Work and energy both have the same dimensions i.e., [M1L2T-2].
  3. Work and energy both have the same units i.e., SI unit: joule and CGS unit: erg.
  4. Energy refers to the total amount of work a body can do.
  5. A body capable of doing more work possesses more energy and vice versa.
  6. Work done on a body by a conservative force is equal to the change in its kinetic energy.

Thus, work and energy are the two sides of the same

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 12.
From the terrace of a building of height H, you dropped a ball of mass m. It reached the ground with speed v. Is the relation mgH = \(\frac{1}{2} m \mathrm{v}^{2}\) applicable exactly? If not, how can you account for the difference? Will the ball bounce to the same height from where it was dropped?
Answer:

  1. Let the ball dropped from the terrace of a building of height h have mass m. During free fall, the ball is acted upon by gravity (accelerating conservative force).
  2. While coming down, the work that is done is equal to the decrease in the potential energy.
  3. This work done however is not entirely converted into kinetic energy but some part of it is used in overcoming the air resistance (retarding non-conservative force). This part of energy appears in some other forms such as heat, sound, etc.
  4. Thus, in this case of an accelerating conservative force along with a retarding non-conservative force, the work-energy theorem is given as, Decrease in the gravitational
    P.E. = Increase in the kinetic energy + work done against non-conservative forces.
  5. Thus, the relation mgh = \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mv}^{2}[latex] is not applicable when non-conservative forces are considered. The part of the energy converted to heat, sound etc also needs to be added to the equation,
  6. The ball will not bounce to the same height from where it was dropped due to the loss in kinetic energy during the collision making it an inelastic collision.

Question 13.
State the law of conservation of linear momentum. It is a consequence of which law? Given an example from our daily life for conservation of momentum. Does it hold good during burst of a cracker?
Answer:

  1. Statement: The total momentum of an isolated system is conserved during any interaction.
  2. The law of conservation of linear momentum is a consequence of Newton’s second law of motion, (in combination with Newton’s third law)
  3. Example: When a nail is driven into a wall by striking it with a hammer, the hammer is seen to rebound after striking the nail. This is because the hammer imparts a certain amount of momentum to the nail and the nail imparts an equal and opposite amount of momentum to the hammer.
    Linear momentum conservation during the burst of a cracker:

    • The law of conservation of linear momentum holds good during bursting of a cracker.
    • When a cracker is at rest before explosion, the linear momentum of the cracker is zero.
    • When cracker explodes into number of pieces, scattered in different directions, the vector sum of linear momentum of these pieces is also zero. This is as per the law of conservation of linear momentum.

Question 14.
Define coefficient of restitution and obtain its value for an elastic collision and a perfectly inelastic collision.
Answer:

i. For two colliding bodies, the negative of ratio of relative velocity of separation to relative velocity of approach is called the coefficient of restitution.

ii. Consider an head-on collision of two bodies of masses m1 and m2 with respective initial velocities u1 and u2. As the collision is head on, the colliding masses are along the same line before and after the collision. Relative velocity of approach is given as,
ua = u2 – u1
Let v1 and v2 be their respective velocities after the collision. The relative velocity of recede (or separation) is then vs = v2 – v1
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 4
iii. For a head on elastic collision, According to the principle of conservation of linear momentum,
Total initial momentum = Total final momentum
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 5
iv. For a perfectly inelastic collision, the colliding bodies move jointly after the collision, i.e., v1 = v2
∴ v1 – v2 = 0
Substituting this in equation (1), e = 0.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 15.
Discuss the following as special cases of elastic collisions and obtain their exact or approximate final velocities in terms
of their initial velocities.
(i) Colliding bodies are identical.
(ii) A very heavy object collides on a lighter object, initially at rest.
(iii) A very light object collides on a comparatively much massive object, initially at rest.
Answer:
The final velocities after a head-on elastic collision is given as,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 6
i. Colliding bodies are identical
If m1 = m2, then v1 = u2 and v2 = u1
Thus, objects will exchange their velocities after head on elastic collision.

ii. A very heavy object collides with a lighter object, initially at rest.
Let m1 be the mass of the heavier body and m2 be the mass of the lighter body i.e., m1 >> m2; lighter particle is at rest i.e., u2 = 0 then,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 7
i.e., the heavier colliding body is left unaffected and the lighter body which is struck, travels with double the speed of the massive striking body.

iii. A very light object collides on a comparatively much massive object, initially at rest.
If m1 is mass of a light body and m2 is mass of heavy body i.e., m1 << m2 and u2 = 0. Thus, m1 can be neglected.
Hence v1 ≅ -u1, and v2 ≅ 0.
i.e., the tiny (lighter) object rebounds with same speed while the massive object is unaffected.

Question 16.
A bullet of mass m1 travelling with a velocity u strikes a stationary wooden block of mass m2 and gets embedded into it. Determine the expression for loss in the kinetic energy of the system. Is this violating the principle of conservation of energy? If not, how can you account for this loss?
Answer:

  1. A bullet of mass m1 travelling with a velocity u, striking a stationary wooden block of mass m2 and getting embedded into it is a case of perfectly inelastic collision.
  2. In a perfectly inelastic collision, although there is a loss in kinetic energy, the principle of conservation of energy is not violated as the total energy of the system is conserved.

Loss in the kinetic energy during a perfectly inelastic head on collision:

  1. Let two bodies A and B of masses m1 and m2 move with initial velocity [latex]\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}_{1}}\), and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}_{2}}\) respectively such that particle A collides head- on with particle B i.e., u1 > u2.
  2. If the collision is perfectly inelastic, the particles stick together and move with a common velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{V}}\) after the collision along the same straight line.
    loss in kinetic energy = total initial kinetic energy – total final kinetic energy,
  3. By the law of conservation of momentum, m1u1 + m2u2 = (m1 + m2) v
    ∴ v = \(\frac{\mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{u}_{1}+\mathrm{m}_{2} \mathrm{u}_{2}}{\mathrm{~m}_{1}+\mathrm{m}_{2}}\)
  4. Loss of Kinetic energy,
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 8
  5. Both the masses and the term (u1 – u2)2 are positive. Hence, there is always a loss in a perfectly inelastic collision. For a perfectly inelastic collision, as e = 0, the loss is maximum.

Question 17.
One of the effects of a force is to change the momentum. Define the quantity related to this and explain it for a variable
force. Usually when do we define it instead of using the force?
Answer:

  1. Impulse is the quantity related to change in momentum.
  2. Impulse is defined as the change of momentum of an object when the object is acted upon by a force for a given time interval.

Need to define impulse:

  1. In cases when time for which an appreciable force acting on an object is extremely small, it becomes difficult to measure the force and time independently.
  2. In such cases, however, the effect of the force i.e, the change in momentum due to the force is noticeable and can be measured.
  3. For such cases, it is convenient to define impulse itself as a physical quantity.
  4. Example: Hitting a ball with a bat, giving a kick to a foot-ball, hammering a nail, bouncing a ball from a hard surface, etc.

Impulse for a variable force:

  1. Consider the collision between a bat and ball. The variation of the force as a function of time is shown below. The force axis is starting from zero.
  2. From the graph, it can be seen that the force is zero before the impact. It rises to a maximum during the impact and decreases to zero after the impact.
  3. The shaded area or the area under the curve of the force -time graph gives the product of force against the corresponding time (∆t) which is the impulse of the force.
    Area of ABCDE = F. ∆t = impulse of force
  4. For a constant force, the area under the curve is a rectangle.
  5. In case of a softer tennis ball, the collision time becomes larger and the maximum force becomes less keeping the area under curve of the (F – t) graph same.
    Area of ABCDE = Area of PQRST

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 9
In chapter 3, you have studied the concept of using area under the curve.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 18.
While rotating an object or while opening a door or a water tap we apply a force or forces. Under which conditions is this process easy for us? Why? Define the vector quantity concerned. How does it differ for a single force and for two opposite forces with different lines of action?
Answer:

  1. Opening a door can be done with ease if the force applied is:
    • proportional to the mass of the object
    • far away from the axis of rotation and the direction of force is perpendicular to the line joining the axis of rotation with the point of application of force.
  2. This is because, the rotational ability of a force depends not only upon the magnitude and direction of force but also on the point where the force acts with respect to the axis of rotation.
  3. Rotating an object like a water tap can be done with ease if the two forces are equal in magnitude but opposite in direction are applied along different lines of action.
  4. The ability of a force to produce rotational motion is measured by its turning effect called ‘moment of force’ or ‘torque’.
  5. However, a moment of couple or rotational effect of a couple is also called torque.
  6. For differences in the two vector quantities.
No. Moment of a force Moment of a couple
i. Moment of a force is given as, \(\vec{\tau}=\vec{r} \times \vec{F}\) Moment of a couple is given as, \(\vec{\tau}=\vec{r}_{12} \times \vec{F}_{1}=\vec{r}_{21} \times \vec{F}_{2}\)
ii. It depends upon the axis of rotation and the point of application of the force. It depends only upon the two forces, i.e., it is independent of the axis of rotation or the points of application of forces.
iii. It can produce translational acceleration also, if the axis of rotation is not fixed or if friction is not enough. Does not produce any translational acceleration, but produces only rotational or angular acceleration.
iv. Its rotational effect can be balanced by a proper single force or by a proper couple. Its rotational effect can be balanced only by another couple of equal and opposite torque.

Question 19.
Why is the moment of a couple independent of the axis of rotation even if the axis is fixed?
Answer:

  1. Consider a rectangular sheet free to rotate only about a fixed axis of rotation, perpendicular to the plane.
  2. A couple of forces \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) and –\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) is acting on the sheet at two different locations.
  3. Consider the torque of the couple as two torques due to individual forces causing rotation about the axis of rotation.
  4. Case 1: The axis of rotation is between the lines of action of the two forces constituting the couple. Let x and y be the perpendicular distances of the axis of rotation from the forces \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) and –\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) respectively.
    In this case, the pair of forces cause anticlockwise rotation. As a result, the direction of individual torques due to the two forces is the same.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 10
  5. Case 2: Lines of action of both the forces are on the same side of the axis of rotation. Let q and p be the perpendicular distances of the axis of rotation from the forces \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) and –\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\)

Question 20.
Explain balancing or mechanical equilibrium. Linear velocity of a rotating fan as a whole is generally zero. Is it in
mechanical equilibrium? Justify your answer.
Answer:

  1. The state in which the momentum of a system is constant in the absence of an external unbalanced force is called mechanical equilibrium.
  2. A particle is said to be in mechanical equilibrium, if no net force is acting upon it.
  3. In case of a system of bodies to be in mechanical equilibrium, the net force acting on any part of the system should be zero i.e., the velocity or linear momentum of all parts of the system must be constant or zero. There should be no acceleration in any part of the system.
  4. Mathematically, for a system in mechanical equilibrium, \(\sum \vec{F}\) = 0.
  5. In case of rotating fan, if linear velocity is zero, then the linear momentum is zero. That means there is no net force acting on the fan. Hence, the fan is in mechanical equilibrium.

Question 21.
Why do we need to know the centre of mass of an object? For which objects, its position may differ from that of the centre of gravity?
Use g = 10 m s-2, unless, otherwise stated.
Answer:

  1. Centre of mass of an object allows us to apply Newton’s laws of motion to finite objects (objects of measurable size) by considering these objects as point objects.
  2. For objects in non-uniform gravitational field or whose size is comparable to that of the Earth (size at least few thousand km), the position of centre of mass will differ than that of centre of gravity.

3. Solve the following problems.

Question 1.
A truck of mass 5 ton is travelling on a horizontal road with 36 km hr-1 stops on travelling 1 km after its engine fails suddenly. What fraction of its weight is the frictional force exerted by the road? If we assume that the story repeats for a car of mass 1 ton i.e., can moving with same speed stops in similar distance same how much will the fraction be?
[Ans: \(\frac{1}{200}\) in the both]
Solution:
Given: mtruck = 5 ton = 5000 kg,
mcar = 1 ton = 1000 kg,
u = 36km/hr = 10 m/s,
v = 0 m/s, s = 1 km = 1000 m
To find: Ratio of force of friction to the weight of vehicle
Formulae:
i. v2 = u2 + 2as
ii. F = ma
Calculation: From formula (i),
2 × atruck × s = v2 – u2
∴ 2 × atruck × 1000 = 02 – 102
∴ 200atruck = -100
∴ atruck = -0.05 m/s2
Negative sign indicates that velocity is decreasing
From formula (ii),
Ftruck = mtruck × atruck = 5000 × 0.05
= 250 N
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 11
Answer:
The frictional force acting on both the truck and the car is \(\frac{1}{200}\) of their weight.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 2.
A lighter object A and a heavier object B are initially at rest. Both are imparted the same linear momentum. Which will start with greater kinetic energy: A or B or both will start with the same energy?
[Ans: A]
Solution:

  1. Let m1 and m2 be the masses of light object A and heavy object B and v1 and v2 be their respective velocities.
  2. Since both are imparted with the same linear momentum,
    m1 v1 = m2 v2
  3. Kinetic energy of the lighter object A
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 12
  4. As m1 < m2, therefore K.E.A > K.E.B, i.e, the lighter body A has more kinetic energy.

Question 3.
As i was standing on a weighing machine inside a lift it recorded 50 kg wt. Suddenly for few seconds it recorded 45 kg wt. What must have happened during that time? Explain with complete numerical analysis. [Ans: Lift must be coming down with acceleration \(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{10}\) = 1 ms-2]
Solution:
The weight recorded by weighing machine is always apparent weight and a measure of reaction force acting on the person. As the apparent weight (45 kg-wt) in this case is less than actual weight (50 kg-wt) the lift must be accelerated downwards during that time.

Numerical Analysis

  1. Weight on the weighing machine inside the lift is recorded as 50 kg-wt
    ∴ mg = 50 kg-wt
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 13
  2. This weight acts on the weighing machine which offers a reaction R given by the reading of the weighing machine
    ∴ R = 45kg-wt = \(\frac{9}{10}\)mg
  3. The forces acting on person inside lift are as follows:
    • Weight mg downward (exerted by the earth)
    • Normal reaction (R) upward (exerted by the floor)
  4. As, R < mg, the net force is in downward direction and given as,
    mg – R=ma
    But R = \(\frac{9}{10}\)mg.
    ∴ mg – \(\frac{9}{10}\)mg = ma
    ∴ \(\frac{mg}{10}\) = ma
    ∴ a = g/10
    ∴ a = 1 m/s2 (∵ g = 1 m/s2)
  5. Therefore, the elevator must be accelerated downwards with an acceleration of 1 m/s2 at that time.

Question 4.
Figure below shows a block of mass 35 kg resting on a table. The table is so rough that it offers a self adjusting resistive force 10% of the weight of the block for its sliding motion along the table. A 20 kg wt load is attached to the block and is passed over a pulley to hang freely on the left side. On the right side there is a 2 kg wt pan attached to the block and hung freely. Weights of 1 kg wt each, can be added to the pan. Minimum how many and maximum how many such weights can be added into the pan so that the block does not slide along the table? [Ans: Min 15, maximum 21].
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 14
Solution:
Frictional (resistive) force f = 10% (weight)
= \(\frac{10}{100}\) × 35 × 10 = 35N 100
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 15

i. Consider FBD for 20 kg-wt load. Initially, the block kept on the table is moving towards left, because of the movement of block of mass 20 kg in downward direction.
Thus, for block of mass 20 kg,
ma = mg – T1 …. (1)
Consider the forces acting on the block of mass 35 kg in horizontal direction only as shown in figure (b). Thus, the force equation for this block is, m1a = T1 – T2 – f ….(2)
To prevent the block from sliding across the table,
m1a = ma = 0
∴ T1 = mg = 200 N ….[From (1)]
T1 = T2 + f ….[From (2)]
∴ T2 + f = 200
∴ T2 = 200 – 35 = 165 N
Thus, the total force acting on the block from right hand side should be 165 N.
∴ Total mass = 16.5 kg
∴ Minimum weight to be added = 16.5 – 2 = 14.5 kg
≈ 15 weights of 1 kg each

ii. Now, considering motion of the block towards right, the force equations for the masses in the pan and the block of mass 35 kg can be determined from FBD shown
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 16
From figure (c)
m1a = T2 – T1 – f ….(iii)
From figure (d),
m2a = m2g – T2 … .(iv)
To prevent the block of mass 35 kg from sliding across the table, m1a = m2a = 0
From equations (iii) and (iv),
T2 = T1 + f
T2 = m2g
∴ m2g = 200 + 35 = 235 N
∴ The maximum mass required to stop the sliding = 23.5 – 2 = 21.5kg ≈ 21 weights of 1 kg
Answer:
The minimum 15 weights and maximum 21 weights of 1 kg each are required to stop the block from sliding.

Question 5.
Power is rate of doing work or the rate at which energy is supplied to the system. A constant force F is applied to a body
of mass m. Power delivered by the force at time t from the start is proportional to
(a) t
(b) t2
(c) \(\sqrt{t}\)
(d) t0
Derive the expression for power in terms of F, m and t.
[Ans: p = \(\frac{F^{2} t}{m}\), ∴ p ∝ t]
Solution:
Derivation for expression of power:

i. A constant force F is applied to a body of mass (m) initially at rest (u = 0).

ii. We have,
v = u + at
∴ v = 0 + at
∴ v = at …. (1)

iii. Now, power is the rate of doing work,
∴ P = \(\frac{\mathrm{d} \mathrm{W}}{\mathrm{d} \mathrm{t}}\)
∴ P = F. \(\frac{\mathrm{d} \mathrm{s}}{\mathrm{dt}}\) [∵ dW = F. ds]

iv. But \(\frac{\mathrm{d} \mathrm{s}}{\mathrm{dt}}\) = v, the instantaneous velocity of the particle.
∴ P = F.V … (2)

v. According to Newton’s second law,
F = ma … (3)

vi. Substituting equations (1) and (3) in equation (2)
P = (ma) (at)
∴ P = ma2t
∴ P = \(\frac{m^{2} a^{2}}{m}\) × t
∴ P = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}^{2}}{\mathrm{~m}} \mathrm{t}\)

vii. As F and m are constant, therefore, P ∝ t.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 6.
40000 litre of oil of density 0.9 g cc is pumped from an oil tanker ship into a storage tank at 10 m higher level than the ship in half an hour. What should be the power of the pump? [Ans: 2 kW]
Solution:
h = 10 m, ρ = 0.9 g/cc = 900 kg/m3, g = 10 m/s2,
V = 40000 litre = 40000 × 103 × 10-6 m3
= 40 m3
T = 30 min = 1800 s
To find: Power(P)
Formula: P = \(\frac{\mathrm{W}}{\mathrm{t}}=\frac{\mathrm{h} \rho \mathrm{gV}}{\mathrm{t}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
P = \(\frac{10 \times 900 \times 10 \times 40}{1800}\)
∴ P = 2000 W
∴ P = 2 kW
Answer:
The power of the pump is 2 kW.

Question 7.
Ten identical masses (m each) are connected one below the other with 10 strings. Holding the topmost string, the system is accelerated upwards with acceleration g/2. What is the tension in the 6th string from the top (Topmost string being the first string)? [Ans: 6 mg]
Solution
Consider the 6th string from the top. The number of masses below the 6th string is 5. Thus, FBD for the 6th mass is given in figure (b).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 18
Answer:
Tension in the 6th string is 7.5 mg.
[Note: The answer given above is modified considering the correct textual concepts.]

Question 8.
Two galaxies of masses 9 billion solar mass and 4 billion solar mass are 5 million light years apart. If, the Sun has to cross the line joining them, without being attracted by either of them, through what point it should pass? [Ans: 3 million light years from the 9 billion solar mass]
Solution:
The Sun can cross the line joining the two galaxies without being attracted by either of them if it passes from a neutral point. Neutral point is a point on the line joining two objects where effect of gravitational forces acting due to both the objects is nullified.
Given that;
m1 = 9 × 109 Ms
m2 = 4 × 109 Ms
r = 5 × 106 light years
Let the neutral point be at distance x from mi. If sun is present at that point,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 19
Answer: The Sun has to cross the line from a point at a distance 3 million light years from the galaxy of mass 9 billion solar mass.

Question 9.
While decreasing linearly from 5 N to 3 N, a force displaces an object from 3 m to 5 m. Calculate the work done by this force during this displacement. [Ans: 8 N]
Solution:
For a variable force, work done is given by area under the curve of force v/s displacement graph. From given data, graph can be plotted as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 20
= 8 J
Ans: Work done is 8 J.
[Note: According to the definition of work done, S.J. unit of wõrk done is joule (J)]

Alternate solution:
Work done, w = Area of trapezium ADCB
∴ W = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(AD + CB) × DC
∴ W = 1 (5N + 3N) × (5m – 3m)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 8 × 2 = 8J

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 10.
Variation of a force in a certain region is given by F = 6x2 – 4x – 8. It displaces an object from x = 1 m to x = 2 m in this region. Calculate the amount of work
done. [Ans: Zero]
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 21
Answer:
The work done is zero.

Question 11.
A ball of mass 100 g dropped on the ground from 5 m bounces repeatedly. During every bounce 64% of the potential energy is converted into kinetic energy. Calculate the following:
(a) Coefficient of restitution.
(b) Speed with which the ball comes up from the ground after third bounce.
(c) Impulse given by the ball to the ground during this bounce.
(d) Average force exerted by the ground if this impact lasts for 250 ms.
(e) Average pressure exerted by the ball on the ground during this impact if contact area of the ball is 0.5 cm2.
[Ans: 0.8, 5.12 m/s, 1.152N s, 4.608 N, 9.216 × 104 N/m2]
Solution:
Given that, for every bounce, the 64% of initial energy is converted to final energy.
i. Coefficient of restitution in case of inelastic collision is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 105

ii. From equation (1),
∴ v = – eu
∴ After first bounce,
v1 = – eu
after second bounce,
v2 = -ev1 = -e(-eu)= e2u
and after third bounce,
v3 = – ev2 = – e(e2u) = – e3u
But u = \(\sqrt{2 \mathrm{gh}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 106

iii. Impulse given by the ball during third bounce, is,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 110

iv. Average force exerted in 250 ms,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 120

v. Average pressure for area
0.5 cm2 = 0.5 × 10-4m2
P = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{A}}=\frac{4.608}{0.5 \times 10^{-4}}\) = 9.216 × 104 N/m2

Question 12.
A spring ball of mass 0.5 kg is dropped from some height. On falling freely for 10 s, it explodes into two fragments of
mass ratio 1:2. The lighter fragment continues to travel downwards with speed of 60 m/s. Calculate the kinetic energy supplied during explosion. [Ans: 200 J]
Solution:
m1 + m2 = 0.5 kg, m1 : m2 = 1 : 2,
m1 = \(\frac{1}{6}\) kg,
∴ m2 = \(\frac{1}{3}\) kg
Initially, when the ball is falling freely for 10s,
v = u + at = 0 + 10(10)
∴ v = 100 m/s = u1 = u2
(m1 + m2)v = m1v1 + m2v2
∴ 0.5 × 100 = \(\frac{1}{6}\)(60) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)v2
∴ 50 = 10 + \(\frac{1}{3}\)v2
∴ 40 = \(\frac{1}{3}\)v2
∴ v2 = 120m/s
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 22
∴ K.E. = 200J.
Ans: Kinetic energy supplied is 200 J.

Question 13.
A marble of mass 2m travelling at 6 cm/s is directly followed by another marble of mass m with double speed. After collision, the heavier one travels with the average initial speed of the two. Calculate the coefficient of restitution. [Ans: 0.5]
Solution:
Given: m1 = 2m, m2 = m, u1 = 6 cm/s,
u2 = 2u1 = 12 cm/s,
v1 = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}_{1}+\mathrm{u}_{2}}{2}\) = 9cm/s
To find: Coefficient of restitution(e)
Formulae:

i. m1u1 +m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
ii. e = \(\frac{v_{2}-v_{1}}{u_{1}-u_{2}}\)
Calculation: From formula (i),
[(2m) × 6] + (m × 12) = (2m × 9) + mv2
∴ v2 = 6cm/s

From formula (ii),
e = \(\frac{6-9}{6-12}\) = \(\frac{-3}{-6}\) = 0.5

Answer: The coefficient of restitution is 0.5

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 14.
A 2 m long wooden plank of mass 20 kg is pivoted (supported from below) at 0.5 m from either end. A person of mass 40 kg starts walking from one of these pivots to the farther end. How far can the person walk before the plank topples? [Ans: 1.25 m]
Solution:
Let the person starts walking from pivot P2 as shown in the figure.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 100
Assume the person can walk up to distance x from P1 before the plank topples. The plank will topple when the moment exerted by the person about P1 is not balanced by a moment of force due to plank about P2.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 101
∴ For equilibrium,
40 × x = 20 × 0.5
∴ x = \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 0.25 m
Hence, the total distance walked by the person is 1.25 m.

Question 15.
A 2 m long ladder of mass 10 kg is kept against a wall such that its base is 1.2 m away from the wall. The wall is smooth but the ground is rough. Roughness of the ground is such that it offers a maximum horizontal resistive force (for sliding motion) half that of normal reaction at the point of contact. A monkey of mass 20 kg starts climbing the ladder. How far can it climb along the ladder? How much is the horizontal reaction at the wall? [Ans: 1.5 m, 15 N]
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 23
From the figure,
Given that, AC = length of ladder = 2 m
BC= 1.2m
From Pythagoras theorem,
AB = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{AC}^{2}-\mathrm{BC}^{2}}\) = 1.6 m … (i)
Also, ∆ABC ~ ∆DD’C
∴ \(\frac{\mathrm{AB}}{\mathrm{DD}^{\prime}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{BC}}{\mathrm{D}^{\prime} \mathrm{C}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{AC}}{\mathrm{DC}}\)
∴ \(\frac{1.2}{\mathrm{D}^{\prime} \mathrm{C}}=\frac{2}{1}\)
∴ D’C = 0.6 m … (ii)

The ladder exerts horizontal force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{H}}\) on the wall at A and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) is the force exerted on the ground at C.
As |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\)| = \(|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{H}}|=|\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}|=\frac{\mathrm{N}}{2}\) … (iii)

Let monkey climb upto distance x along BC (Horizontal) i.e., CM’ = x .. . .(iv)
Then, the net normal reaction at point C will be, N = 100 + 200 = 300N
From equation (iii),
H = \(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{2}=\frac{300}{2}\) = 150N
By condition of equilibrium, taking moments about C,
(-H × AB) + (W1 × CD’) + (W2 × CM’) + (F × 0)’0
∴ (-150 × 1.6) + (100 × 0.6) + (200 × x) = 0
∴ 60 + 200x = 240
∴ 200x = 180
∴ x = 0.9

From figure, it can be shown that,
∆ABC ~ ∆MM’C
∴ \(\frac{\mathrm{BC}}{\mathrm{CM}^{\prime}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{AC}}{\mathrm{CM}^{\prime}}\) ∴ \(\frac{\mathrm{1.2}}{\mathrm{0.9}^{\prime}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{2}}{\mathrm{CM}^{\prime}}\)
∴ CM = 1.5 m

Answer:

  1. The monkey can climb upto 1.5 m along the ladder.
  2. The horizontal reaction at wall is 150 N.

Question 16.
Four uniform solid cubes of edges 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm and 40 cm are kept on the ground, touching each other in order. Locate centre of mass of their system. [Ans: 65 cm, 17.7 cm]
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 24
The given cubes are arranged as shown in figure. Let one of the comers of smallest cube lie at the origin.
As the cubes are uniform, let their centre of masses lie at their respective centres.
rA \(\equiv\) (5, 5), rB \(\equiv\) (20, 10), rC \(\equiv\) = (45, 15) and rD \(\equiv\) – (80, 20)
Also, masses of the cubes are,
mA = \(l_{\mathrm{A}}^{3} \times \rho=10^{3} \rho\)
mB = (20)3ρ
mC = (30)3ρ
mD = (40)3ρ
As the cubes are uniform, p is same for all of them.
∴ For X – co-ordinate of centre of mass of the system,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 25
Similarly,
Y – co-ordinate of centre of mass of system is,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 26
Answer: Centre of mass of the system is located at point (65 cm, 17.7 cm)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Question 17.
A uniform solid sphere of radius R has a hole of radius R/2 drilled inside it. One end of the hole is at the centre of the
sphere while the other is at the boundary. Locate centre of mass of the remaining sphere. [Ans: -R/14 ]
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 27
Let the centre of the sphere be origin O. Then, r1 be the position vector of centre of mass of uniform solid sphere and r2 be the position vector of centre of mass of the cut-out part of the sphere.
Now, mass of the sphere is given as,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 28
∴ Position vector of centre of mass of remaining part,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 29
rCM = \(\frac{-\mathbf{R}}{14}\)
(Negative sign indicates the distance is on left side of the origin.)
Ans: Position of centre of mass of remaining sphere \(\frac{-\mathbf{R}}{14}\)

Question 18.
In the following table, every item on the left side can match with any number of items on the right hand side. Select all those.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion 30
Answer:
i. Elastic collision: (b)
ii. Inelastic collision: (a), (c), (f), (e)
iii. Perfectly inelastic collision: (d)
iv. Head on collision: (c), (f)

11th Physics Digest Chapter 4 Laws of Motion Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 47)

Question 1.
What are different types of motions?
Answer:
The various types of motion are linear, uniform linear, non-uniform linear, oscillatory, circular, periodic and random motion.

Question 2.
What do you mean by kinematical equations and what are they?
Answer:
A set of three equations which analyses rectilinear motion of uniformly accelerated body and helps to predict the position of body are called as kinematical equations.

  1. Equation for velocity-time relation: v = u + at
  2. Equation for position-time relation:
    s = ut + \(\frac{1}{2}\)at2
  3. Position-velocity relation: v2 = u2 + 2as

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No. 48)

Question 1.
Was Aristotle correct? If correct, explain his statement with an illustration.
Answer:
Aristotle was not correct in stating that an external force is required to keep a body in uniform motion.

Question 2.
If wrong, give the correct modified version of his statement.
Answer:
For an uninterrupted motion of a body, an additional external force is required for overcoming opposing/resistive forces.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Laws of Motion

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No. 48)

Question 1.
What is then special about Newton’s first law if it is derivable from Newton’s second law?
Answer:

  1. Newton’s first law shows an equivalence between the ‘state of rest’ and ‘state of uniform motion along a straight line.’
  2. Newton’s first law of motion defines force as a physical quantity that brings about a change in ‘state of rest’ or ‘state of .uniform motion along a straight line’ of a body.
  3. Newton’s first law of motion defines inertia as a fundamental property of every physical object by which the object resists any change in its state of rest or of uniform motion along a straight line.
    Due to all these reasons, Newton’s first law should be studied.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Textbook Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

1. Choose the correct option.

Question 1.
The value of acceleration due to gravity is maximum at
(A) the equator of the Earth .
(B) the centre of the Earth.
(C) the pole of the Earth.
(D) slightly above the surface of the Earth.
Answer:
(C) the pole of the Earth.

Question 2.
The weight of a particle at the centre of the Earth is _________
(A) infinite.
(B) zero.
(C) same as that at other places.
(D) greater than at the poles.
Answer:
(B) zero.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 3.
The gravitational potential due to the Earth is minimum at
(A) the centre of the Earth.
(B) the surface of the Earth.
(C) a points inside the Earth but not at its centre.
(D) infinite distance.
Answer:
(A) the centre of the Earth.

Question 4.
The binding energy of a satellite revolving around planet in a circular orbit is 3 × 109 J. Its kinetic energy is _________
(A) 6 × 109 J
(B) -3 × 109 J
(C) -6 × 10+9 J
(D) 3 × 10+9J
Answer:
(D) 3 × 10+9J

2. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
State Kepler’s law equal of area.
Answer:
The line that joins a planet and the Sun sweeps equal areas in equal intervals of time.

Question 2.
State Kepler’s law of period.
Answer:
The square of the time period of revolution of a planet around the Sun is proportional to the cube of the semimajor axis of the ellipse traced by the planet.

Question 3.
What are the dimensions of the universal gravitational constant?
Answer:
The dimensions of universal gravitational constant are: [L3M-1T-2].

Question 4.
Define binding energy of a satellite.
Answer:
The minimum energy required by a satellite to escape from Earth ‘s gravitational influence is the binding energy of the satellite.

Question 5.
What do you mean by geostationary satellite?
Answer:
Some satellites that revolve around the Earth in equatorial plane have same sense of rotation as that of the Earth. The also have the same period of rotation as that of the Earth i.e.. 24 hours. Due to this, these satellites appear stationary from the Earth’s surface and are known as geostationary satellites.

Question 6.
State Newton’s law of gravitation.
Answer:
Statement:
Every particle of matter attracts every other particle of matter with a force which is directly proportional to the product of their masses and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 7.
Define escape velocity of a satellite.
Answer:
The minimum velocity with which a both’ should he thrown vertically upwards from the surface of the Earth so that it escapes the Earth ‘s gravitational field, is called the escape velocity (ve) of the body.

Question 8.
What is the variation in acceleration due to gravity with altitude?
Answer:
Variation in acceleration due to gravity due to altitude is given by, gh = g\(\left(\frac{R}{R+h}\right)^{2}\)
where,
gh = acceleration due to gravity of an object placed at h altitude
g = acceleration due to gravity on surface of the Earth
R = radius of the Earth
h = attitude height of the object from the surface of the Earth.
Hence, acceleration due to gravity decreases with increase in altitude.

Question 9.
On which factors does the escape speed of a body from the surface of Earth depend?
Answer:
The escape speed depends only on the mass and radius of the planet.
[Note: Escape velocity does not depend upon the mass of the body]

Question 10.
As we go from one planet to another planet, how will the mass and weight of a body change?
Answer:

  1. As we go from one planet to another, mass of a body remains unaffected.
  2. However, due to change in mass and radius of planet, acceleration due to gravity acting on the body changes as, g ∝ \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\).
    Hence, weight of the body also changes as, W ∝ \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\)

Question 11.
What is periodic time of a geostationary satellite?
Answer:
The periodic time of a geostationary satellite is same as that of the Earth i.e., one day or 24 hours.

Question 12.
State Newton’s law of gravitation and express it in vector form.
Answer:

  1. Statement:
    Every particle of matter attracts every other particle of matter with a force which is directly proportional to the product of their masses and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them.
  2. In vector form, it can be expressed as,
    \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{21}=\mathrm{G} \frac{\mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\left(-\hat{\mathrm{r}}_{21}\right)\)
    where, \(\hat{\mathbf{r}}_{21}\) is the unit vector from m1 to m2.
    The force \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{21}\) is directed from m2 to m1.

Question 13.
What do you mean by gravitational constant? State its SI units.
Answer:

  1. From Newton’s law of gravitation,
    F = G \(\frac{\mathrm{m}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
    where, G = constant called universal gravitational constant Its value is 667 X 10-11 N m2/kg2.
  2. G = \(\frac{\mathrm{Fr}^{2}}{\mathrm{~m}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}\)
    If m1 = m2 = 1 kg, r = 1 m thenF = G.
    Hence, the universal gravitational constant is the force of gravitation between two particles of unit mass separated by unit distance.
  3. Unit: N m2/kg2 in SI system.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 14.
Why is a minimum two stage rocket necessary for launching of a satellite?
Answer:

  1. For the projection of an artificial satellite, it is necessary for the satellite to have a certain velocity.
  2. In a single stage rocket, when the fuel in first stage of rocket is ignited on the surface of the Earth, it raises the satellite vertically.
  3. The velocity of projection of satellite normal to the surface of the Earth is the vertical velocity.
  4. If this vertical velocity is less than the escape velocity (ve), the satellite returns to the Earth’s surface. While, if the vertical velocity is greater than or equal to the escape velocity, the satellite will escape from Earth’s gravitational influence and go to infinity.
  5. Hence, minimum two stage rocket, one to raise the satellite to desired height and another to provide required hori7ontal velocity, is necessary for launching of a satellite.

Question 15.
State the conditions for various possible orbits of a satellite depending upon the horizontal speed of projection
Answer:
The path of the satellite depends upon the value of horizontal speed of projection vh relative to critical velocity vc and escape velocity ve.
Case (I) vh < vc:
The orbit of satellite is an ellipse with point of projection as apogee and Earth at one of the foci. During this elliptical path, if the satellite passes through the Earth’s atmosphere. it experiences a nonconservative force of air resistance. As a result it loses energy and spirals down to the Earth.
Case (II) vh = vc:
The satellite moves in a stable circular orbit around the Earth.
Case (III) vc < vh < ve:
The satellite moves in an elliptical orbit round the Earth with the point of projection as perigee.
Case (IV) vh = ve
The satellite travels along parabolic path and never returns to the point of projection. Its speed will be zero at infinity.
Case (V) vh > ve:
The satellite escapes from gravitational influence of Earth traversing a hyperbolic path.

3. Answer the following questions in detail.

Question 1.
Derive an expression for critical velocity of a satellite.
Answer:
Expression for critical velocity:

  1. Consider a satellite of mass m revolving round the Earth at height h above its surface. Let M be the mass of the Earth and R be its radius.
  2. If the satellite is moving in a circular orbit of radius (R + h) = r, its speed must be equal to the magnitude of critical velocity vc.
  3. The centripetal force necessary for circular motion of satellite is provided by gravitational force exerted by the satellite on the Earth.
    ∴ Centripetal force = Gravitational force
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 13
    This is the expression for critical speed at the orbit of radius (R + h).
  4. The critical speed of a satellite is independent of the mass of the satellite. It depends upon the mass of the Earth and the height at which the satellite is revolving or gravitational acceleration at that altitude.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 2.
State any four applications of a communication satellite.
Answer:
Applications of communication satellite:

  1. For the transmission of television and radiowave signals over large areas of Earth’s surface.
  2. For broadcasting telecommunication.
  3. For military purposes.
  4. For navigation surveillance.

Question 3.
Show that acceleration due to gravity at height h above the Earth’s surface is gh = g(\(\frac{R}{R+h}\))2
Answer:
Variation of g due to altitude:

  1. Let,
    R = radius of the Earth,
    M = mass of the Earth.
    g = acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the Earth.
  2. Consider a body of mass m on the surface of the Earth. The acceleration due to gravity on the Earth’s surface is given by,
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 3
  3. The body is taken at height h above the surface of the Earth as shown in figure. The acceleration due to gravity now changes to,
    gh = \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{(\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h})^{2}}\) …………. (2)
  4. Dividing equation (2) by equation (1), we get,
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 4
    We can rewrite,
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 5
    This expression can be used to calculate the value of g at height h above the surface of the Earth as long as h<< R.

Question 4.
Draw a labelled diagram to show different trajectories of a satellite depending upon the tangential projection speed.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 14
vh = horizontal speed of projection
v c = critical velocity
ve = escape velocity

Question 5.
Derive an expression for binding energy of a body at rest on the Earth’s surface.
Answer:

  1. Let,
    M = mass of the Earth
    m = mass of the satellite
    R = radius of the Earth.
  2. Since the satellite is at rest on the Earth, v = 0
    ∴ Kinetic energy of satellite.
    K.E = \(\frac{1}{2}\) mv2 = 0
  3. Gravitational potential at the Earth’s surface
    = – \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
    ∴ Potential energy of satellite = Gravitational potential × mass of satellite
    = –\(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
  4. Total energy of sitellite = T.E = P.E + K.E
    ∴ T.E. = –\(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\) + 0 = –\(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
  5. Negative sign in the energy indicates that the satellite is bound to the Earth, due to gravitational force of attraction.
  6. For the satellite to be free form Earth’s gravitational influence, its total energy should become positive. That energy is the binding energy of the satellite at rest on the surface of the Earth.
    ∴ B.E. = \(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 6.
Why do astronauts in an orbiting satellite have a feeling of weightlessness?
Answer:

  1. For an astronaut, in a satellite, the net force towards the centre of the Earth will always be, F = mg – N.
    where, N is the normal reaction.
  2. In the case of a revolving satellite, the satellite is performing a circular motion. The acceleration for this motion is centripetal, which is provided by the gravitational acceleration g at the location of the satellite.
  3. In this case, the downward acceleration, ad = g, or the satellite (along with the astronaut) is in the state of free fall.
  4. Thus, the net force acting on astronaut will be, F = mg – mad i.e., the apparent weight will be zero, giving the feeling of total weightlessness.

Question 7.
Draw a graph showing the variation of gravitational acceleration due to the depth and altitude from the Earth’s surface.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 9

Question 8.
At which place on the Earth’s surface is the gravitational acceleration maximum? Why?
Answer:

  1. Gravitational acceleration on the surface of the Earth depends on latitude of the place as well as rotation and shape of the Earth.
  2. At poles, latitude θ = 90°.
    ∴ g’ = g
    i.e., there is no reduction in acceleration due to gravity at poles.
  3. Also, shape of the Earth is actually an ellipsoid, bulged at equator. The polar radius of the Earth is 6356 km which minimum. As g ∝ \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\), acceleration due to gravity is maximum at poles i.e., 9.8322 m/s2.

Question 9.
At which place on the Earth surface the gravitational acceleration minimum? Why?
Answer:

  1. Gravitational acceleration on the surface of the Earth depends on latitude of the place as well as rotation and shape of the Earth.
  2. At equator, latitude θ = 0°.
    ∴ g’ = g – Rω2
    i.e., the acceleration due to gravity ¡s reduced by amount Rω2(≈ 0.034 m/s2) at equator.
  3. Also, shape of the Earth is actually an ellipsoid, bulged at equator. The equatorial radius of the Earth is 6378 km, which is maximum. As g ∝ \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\) acceleration due to gravity is minimum on equator i.e., 9.7804 m/s2.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 10.
Define the binding energy of a satellite. Obtain an expression for binding energy of a satellite revolving around the Earth at certain attitude.
Answer:
The minimum energy required by a satellite to escape from Earth ‘s gravitational influence is the binding energy of the satellite.
Expression for binding energy of satellite revolving in circular orbit round the Earth:

  1. Consider a satellite of mass m revolving at height h above the surface of the Earth in a circular orbit. It possesses potential energy as well as kinetic energy.
  2. Let M be the mass of the Earth, R be the Radius of the Earth, vc be critical velocity of satellite, r = (R + h) be thc radius of the orbit.
  3. Kinetic energy of satellite = \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mv}_{\mathrm{c}}^{2}=\frac{1}{2} \frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
  4. The gravitational potential at a distance r from the centre of the Earth is –\(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
    ∴ Potential energy of satellite = Gravitational potential × mass of satellite
    = –\(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
  5. The total energy of satellite is given as T.E. = KF. + P.E.
    = \(\frac{1}{2} \frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}}-\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}}=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
  6. Total energy of a circularly orbiting satellite is negative. Negative sign indicates that the satellite is bound to the Earth, due to gravitational force of attraction. For the satellite to be free from the Earth’s gravitational influence its total energy should become zero or positive.
  7. Hence the minimum energy to be supplied to unbind the satellite is +\(\frac{1}{2} \frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{r}}\). This is the binding energy of a satellite.

Question 11.
Obtain the formula for acceleration due to gravity at the depth ‘d’ below the Earth’s surface.
Answer:

  1. The Earth can be considered to be a sphere made of large number of concentric uniform spherical shells.
  2. When an object is on the surface of the Earth it experiences the gravitational force as if the entire mass of the Earth is concentrated at its centre.
  3. The acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the Earth is, g = \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\)
  4. Assuming that the density of the Earth is uniform, mass of the Earth is given by
    M = volume x density = \(\frac{4}{3}\) πR3ρ
    ∴ g = \(\frac{\mathrm{G} \times \frac{4}{3} \pi \mathrm{R}^{3} \rho}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\) πRρG ………….. (1)
  5. Consider a body at a point P at the depth d below the surface of the Earth as shown in figure.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 6
    Here the force on a body at P due to outer spherical shell shown by shaded region, cancel out due to symmetry.
    The net force on P is only due to the inner sphere of radius OP = R – d.
  6. Acceleration due to gravity because of this sphere is,
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 7
    This equation gives acceleration due to gravity at depth d below the Earth’s surface.

Question 12.
State Kepler’s three laws of planetary motion.
Answer:

  • All planets move in elliptical orbits around the Sun with the Sun at one of the foci of the ellipse.
  • The line that joins a planet and the Sun sweeps equal areas in equal intervals of time.
  • The square of the time period of revolution of a planet around the Sun is proportional to the cube of the semimajor axis of the ellipse traced by the planet.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 13.
State the formula for acceleration due to gravity at depth ‘d’ and altitude ‘h’ Hence show that their ratio is equal to \(\left(\frac{R-d}{R-2 h}\right)\) by assuming that the altitude is very small as compared to the radius of the Earth.
Answer:

  1. For an object at depth d, acceleration due to gravity of the Earth is given by,
    gd = g(1 – \(\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{R}}\)) ………………. (1)
  2. Also, the acceleration due to gravity at smaller altitude h is given by,
    gh = g(1 – \(\frac{2 \mathrm{~h}}{\mathrm{R}}\)) ……………. (2)
  3. Hence, dividing equation (1) by equation (2),
    we get,
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 8

Question 14.
What is critical velocity? Obtain an expression for critical velocity of an orbiting satellite. On what factors does it depend?
Answer:
The exact horizontal velocity of projection that must be given to a satellite at a certain height so that it can revolve in a circular orbIt round the Earth is called the critical velocity or orbital velocity (vc).
Expression for critical velocity:

  1. Consider a satellite of mass m revolving round the Earth at height h above its surface. Let M be the mass of the Earth and R be its radius.
  2. If the satellite is moving in a circular orbit of radius (R + h) = r, its speed must be equal to the magnitude of critical velocity vc.
  3. The centripetal force necessary for circular motion of satellite is provided by gravitational force exerted by the satellite on the Earth.
    ∴ Centripetal force = Gravitational force
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 13
    This is the expression for critical speed at the orbit of radius (R + h).
  4. The critical speed of a satellite is independent of the mass of the satellite. It depends upon the mass of the Earth and the height at which the satellite is revolving or gravitational acceleration at that altitude.

Question 15.
Define escape speed. Derive an expression for the escape speed of an object from the surface of the earth.
Answer:

  1. The minimum velocity with which a both’ should he thrown vertically upwards from the surface of the Earth so that it escapes the Earth ‘s gravitational field, is called the escape velocity (ve) of the body.
  2. As the gravitational force due to Earth becomes zero at infinite distance, the object has to reach infinite distance in order to escape.
  3. Let us consider the kinetic and potential energies of an object thrown vertically upwards with escape velocity ve.
  4. On the surface of the Earth,
    K.E.= \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mv}_{\mathrm{e}}^{2}\)
    P.E. = –\(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
    Total energy = P.E. + K.E.
    ∴ T.E. = \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mv}_{\mathrm{e}}^{2}-\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\) ………………. (1)
  5. The kinetic energy of the object will go on decreasing with time as it is pulled back by Earth’s gravitational force. It will become zero when it reaches infinity. Thus, at infinite distance from the Earth,
    K.E. = 0
    Also,
    P.E. = –\(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\infty}\) = 0
    ∴ Total energy = P.E. + K.E. = 0
  6. As energy is conserved
    \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mv}_{\mathrm{e}}^{2}-\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}=0\) ……[From(1)]
    or, ve = \(\sqrt{\frac{2 \mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{R}}}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 16.
Describe how an artificial satellite using two stage rocket is launched in an orbit around the Earth.
Answer:

  1. Launching of a satellite in an orbit around the Earth cannot take place by use of single stage rocket. It requires minimum two stage rocket.
  2. With the help of first stage of rocket, satellite can be taken to a desired height above the surface of the Earth.
  3. Then the launcher is rotated in horizontal direction i.e.. through 900 using remote control and the first stage of the rocket is detached.
  4. With the help of second stage of rocket, a specific horizontal velocity (vh) is given to satellite so that it can revolve in a circular path around the Earth.
  5. The satellite follows different paths depending upon the horizontal velocity provided to it.

4. Solve the following problems.

Question 1.
At what distance below the surface of the Earth, the acceleration due to gravity decreases by 10% of its value at the surface, given radius of Earth is 6400 km.
Solution:
Given: gd = 90% of g i.e., \(\frac{\mathrm{g}_{\mathrm{d}}}{\mathrm{g}}\) = 0.9,
R = 6400km = 6.4 × 106 m
To find: Distance below the Earth’s surface (d)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 10
At distance 640 km below the surface of the Earth, value of acceleration due to gravity decreases by 10%.

Question 2.
If the Earth were made of wood, the mass of wooden Earth would have been 10% as much as it is now (without change in its diameter). Calculate escape speed from the surface of this Earth.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 12
As, we know that the escape speed from surface of the Earth is 11.2 km/s, Substituting value of ve = 11.2 km/s
Vew = 11.2 × \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{10}}=\frac{11.2}{3.162}\)
= 11.2 × \(\frac{1}{3.162}\)
…………… [Taking square root value]
= antilog {log(1 1.2) –  Log(3.162)}
= antilog {1.0492 – 0.5000}
= antilog {0.5492} = 3.542
∴ Vew = 3.54km/s
The escape velocity from the surface of wooden Earth is 3.54 km/s.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 3.
Calculate the kinetic energy, potential energy, total energy and binding energy of an artificial satellite of mass 2000 kg orbiting at a height of 3600 km above the surface of the Earth.
Given:- G = 6.67 × 10-11 Nm2/kg2
R = 6400 km
M = 6 × 1024 kg
Solution:
Given:- m = 2000 kg, h = 3600 km = 3.6 × 106 m,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 Nm2/kg2
R = 6400 km
M = 6 × 1024 kg

To find: i) Kninetic energy (K.E.)
ii) Potential Energy (P.E.)
iii) Total Energy (T.E.)
iv) Binding Energy (B.E.)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 17
From formula (ii),
P.E. = -2 × 40.02 × 109
= -80.04 × 109 J
From formula (iii),
T.E. = (40.02 × 109) + (-80.02 × 109)
= -40.02 × 109 J
From formula (iv),
B.E.= -(-40.02 × 109)
= 40.02 × 109 J
Kinetic energy of the satellite is 40.02 × 109 J, potential energy is -80.04 × 109 J, total energy is -40.02 × 109 J and binding energy is 40.02 × 109 J.
[Note: Total energy of orbiting satellite is negative.]

Question 4.
Two satellites A and B are revolving around a planet. Their periods of revolution are 1 hour and 8 hours respectively. The radius of orbit of satellite B is 4 × 104 km. find radius of orbit of satellite A .
Solution:
Given: TA = 1 hour, TB = 8 hour,
rB = 4 × 104 km
To find: Radius of orbit of satellite A (rA)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 16
Radius of orbit of satellite A will be 1 × 104 km.

Question 5.
Find the gravitational force between the Sun and the Earth.
Given Mass of the Sun = 1.99 × 1030 kg
Mass of the Earth = 5.98 × 1024 kg
The average distance between the Earth and the Sun = 1.5 × 1011 m.
Solution:
Given: MS = 1.99 × 1030 kg
ME = 5.98 × 1024 kg, R = 1.5 × 1011 m.
To find: Gravitational force between the Sun and the Earth (F)
Formula: F = \(\frac{\mathrm{Gm}_{1} \mathrm{~m}_{2}}{\mathrm{r}^{2}}\)
Calculation:As, we know, G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 1
= antilog {(log(6.67) + log( 1.99) + log(5.98) – log(2.25)} × 1021
= antilog {(0.8241) + (0.2989) + (0.7767) – (0.3522)} × 1021
= antilog {1.5475} × 1021
= 35.28 × 1021
= 3.5 × 1022 N
The gravitational force between the Sun and the Earth is 3.5 × 1022 N.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 6.
Calculate the acceleration due to gravity at a height of 300 km from the surface of the Earth. (M = 5.98 × 1024 kg, R = 6400 km).
Solution:
Given: h = 300 km = 0.3 × 106 m,
M = 5.98 × 1024 kg,
R = 6400km = 6.4 × 106 m
G = 6.67 × 10-11 Nm2/kg2
To find: Acceleration due to gravity at height (gh)
Formula: gh = \(\frac{G M}{(R+h)^{2}}\)

Calculation: From formula,
gh = \(\frac{6.67 \times 10^{-11} \times 5.98 \times 10^{24}}{\left[\left(6.4 \times 10^{6}\right)+\left(0.3 \times 10^{6}\right)\right]^{2}}\)
= \(\frac{6.67 \times 5.98 \times 10^{13}}{(6.7)^{2} \times 10^{12}}\)
6.67 X 10” x 5.98 X iO
= antilog {log(6.67) + log(5.98) – 2log(6.7)} × 10
= antilog{0.8241 + 0.7767 – 2(0.8261)} × 10
= antilog {1.6008 – 1.6522} × 10
= antilog {\(\overline{1}\) .9486} × 10
= 0.8884 × 10 = 8.884 m/s2
Acceleration due to gravity at 300 km will be 8.884 m/s2.

Question 7.
Calculate the speed of a satellite in an orbit at a height of 1000 km from the Earth’s surface. ME = 5.98 × 1024 kg, R = 6.4 × 106 m.
Solution:
Given: h = 1000 km = 1 × 106 m,
ME = 5.98 × 1024 kg, R = 6.4 × 106 m,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
To find: Speed of satellite (vc)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 15
Speed of the satellite at height 1000 km is 7.34 × 103 m/s.

Question 8.
Calculate the value of acceleration due to gravity on the surface of Mars if the radius of Mars = 3.4 × 103 km and its mass is 6.4 × 1023 kg.
Solution:
Given:
M = 6.4 × 1023 kg
R = 3.4 × 103 = 3.4 × 106 m,
To find: Acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the Mars (gM)
Formula: g = \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\)
Calculation: As, G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
From formula,
gM = \(\frac{6.67 \times 10^{-11} \times 6.4 \times 10^{23}}{\left(3.4 \times 10^{6}\right)^{2}}=\frac{6.67 \times 6.4}{3.4 \times 3.4}\)
= antilog {log(6.67) + log(6.4) – log(3.4) – log(3.4)}
= antilog {(0.8241) + (0.8062) – (0.5315) – (0.53 15)}
= antilog {0.5673}
= 3.693 m/s2
Acceleration due to gravity on the surface of Mars is 3.693 m/s2.

Question 9.
A planet has mass 6.4 × 1024 kg and radius 3.4 × 106 m. Calculate energy required to remove on object of mass 800 kg from the surface of the planet to infinity.
Solution:
Given: M = 6.4 × 1024 kg, R = 3.4 × 106 m, m = 800 kg
To find:   Energy required to remove the object from surface of planet to infinity = B.E.
Formula:    B.E. = \(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}}\)
Calculation: We know that,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 18
= antilog{log(6.67) + log(51.2) – log(3.4)} × 109
= antilog{0.8241 + 1.7093 – 0.5315} × 109
= antilog {2.0019} × 109
= 1.004 × 102 × 109
= 1.004 × 1011 J
Energy required to remove the object from the surface of the planet is 1.004 × 1011 J.
[Note: Answer calculated above ¡s in accordance with retual methods of calculation.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 10.
Calculate the value of the universal gravitational constant from the given data. Mass of the Earth = 6 × 1024 kg, Radius of the Earth = 6400 km and the acceleration due to gravity on the surface = 9.8 m/s2
Solution:
Given: M = 6 × 1024 kg,
R = 6400km = 6.4 × 106 m,
g = 9.8 m/s2
To find: Gravitational constant (G)
Formula. g = \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
G = \(\frac{\mathrm{gR}^{2}}{\mathrm{M}}\)
G = \(\frac{9.8 \times\left(6.4 \times 10^{6}\right)^{2}}{6 \times 10^{24}}=\frac{401.4 \times 10^{12}}{6 \times 10^{24}}\)
∴ G = 6.69 × 10-11 N m2/kg2
The value of gravitational constant is 6.69 × 10-11 N m2/kg2.

Question 11.
A body weighs 5.6 kg wt on the surface of the Earth. How much will be its weight on a planet whose mass is 1/7 times the mass of the Earth and radius twice that of the Earth’s radius.
Solution:
Given: WE = 5.6 kg-wt.,
\(\frac{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{p}}}{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{E}}}=\frac{1}{7}, \frac{\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{p}}}{\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{E}}}\) = 2
To find: Weight of the body on the surface of planet (Wp)
Formula: W = mg = \(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}^{2}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 2
Weight of the body on the surface of a planet will be 0.2 kg-wt.
[Note: The answer given above is calculated in accordance with textual method considering the given data].

Question 12.
What is the gravitational potential due to the Earth at a point which is at a height of 2RE above the surface of the Earth, Mass of the Earth is 6 × 1024 kg, radius of the Earth = 6400 km and G = 6.67 × 10-11 Nm2 kg-2.
Solution:
Given: M = 6 × 1024 kg,
RE = 6400km = 6.4 × 106 m,
G = 6.67 × 10-11 Nm2/kg2,
h = 2RE
To find: Gravitational potential (V)
Formula: V = – \(\frac{\mathrm{GM}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation 11
= -2.08 × 107 J kg-1
Negative sign indicates the attractive nature of gravitational potential.
Gravitational potential due to Earth will be 2.08 × 107 J kg-1 towards the centre of the Earth.
[Note: According lo definition of gravitational potential its SI unit is J/kg.]

11th Physics Digest Chapter 5 Gravitation Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 78)

Question 1.
i) What are Kepler’s laws?
ii)What is the shape of the orbits of planets?
Answer:

  1. The Kepler’s laws are:
    • Kepler’s first law: The orbit of a planet is an ellipse with the Sun at one of the foci.
    • Kepler’s second law: The line joining the planet and the Sun sweeps equal areas in equal intervals of time.
    • Kepler’s third law: The square of orbital period of revolution of a planet around the Sun is directly proportional to the cube of the mean distance of the planet from the Sun.
  2. The orbits of the planet are elliptical in shape.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Gravitation

Question 2.
When released from certain height why do objects tend to fall vertically downwards?
Answer:
When released from certain height, objects tend to fall vertically downwards because of the gravitational force exerted by the Earth.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

1. Choose the correct option.

Question 1.
The resultant of two forces 10 N and 15 N acting along + x and – x-axes respectively, is
(A) 25 N along + x-axis
(B) 25 N along – x-axis
(C) 5 N along + x-axis
(D) 5 N along – x-axis
Answer:
(D) 5 N along – x-axis

Question 2.
For two vectors to be equal, they should have the
(A) same magnitude
(B) same direction
(C) same magnitude and direction
(D) same magnitude but opposite direction
Answer:
(C) same magnitude and direction

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 3.
The magnitude of scalar product of two unit vectors perpendicular to each other is
(A) zero
(B) 1
(C) -1
(D) 2
Answer:
(A) zero

Question 4.
The magnitude of vector product of two unit vectors making an angle of 60° with each other is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) \(\frac{3}{2}\)
(D) \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\)
Answer:
(D) \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\)

Question 5.
If \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\), and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\) are three vectors, then which of the following is not correct?
(A) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) . (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\)) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) . \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) . \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\)
(B) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) . \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) . \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\)
(C) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\)
(D) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) × (\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\)) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{C}}\)
Answer:
(C) \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}}\) × \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\)

2. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Show that \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) = \(\frac{\hat{i}-\hat{j}}{\sqrt{2}}\) is a unit vector.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 1

Question 2.
If \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{1}}\) = 3\(\hat{i}\) + 4\(\hat{j}\) + \(\hat{k}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{2}}\) = \(\hat{i}\) – \(\hat{j}\) – \(\hat{k}\), determine the magnitude of \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{2}}\).
Solution:
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{2}}\) = (3\(\hat{i}\) + 4\(\hat{j}\) + \(\hat{k}\)) + (\(\hat{i}\) – \(\hat{j}\) – \(\hat{k}\))
= 3\(\hat{i}\) + 3\(\hat{i}\) + 4\(\hat{j}\) – \(\hat{j}\) + \(\hat{k}\) – \(\hat{k}\)
= 4\(\hat{i}\) + 3\(\hat{j}\)
∴ Magnitude of (\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{2}}\)),
|\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{2}}\)| = \(\sqrt{4^{2}+3^{2}}\) = \(\sqrt{25}\) = 5 units.
Answer:
Magnitude of \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{v}_{2}}\) = 5 units.

Question 3.
For \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{1}}\) = 2\(\hat{i}\) – 3\(\hat{j}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{2}}\) = -6\(\hat{i}\) + 5\(\hat{j}\), determine the magnitude and direction of \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{2}}\).
Answer:
\(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{2}}\) = (2\(\hat{i}\) – 3\(\hat{j}\)) + (-6\(\hat{i}\) + 5\(\hat{j}\))
= (2\(\hat{i}\) – 6\(\hat{i}\)) + (-3\(\hat{j}\) + 5\(\hat{j}\))
= -4\(\hat{i}\) + 2\(\hat{j}\)
∴ |\(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{2}}\)| = \(\sqrt{(-4)^{2}+2^{2}}\) = \(\sqrt{20}\) = \(\sqrt{4 \times 5}\) = 2\(\sqrt{5}\)
Comparing \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{2}}\), with \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) = Rx\(\hat{i}\) + Ry\(\hat{j}\)
⇒ Rx = -4 and Ry = 2
Taking θ to be angle made by \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) with X-axis,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 2
Answer:
Magnitude and direction of \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{1}}\) + \(\overline{\mathrm{v}_{2}}\), is
respectively 2\(\sqrt{5}\) and and tan-1\(\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right)\) with X – axis.

Question 4.
Find a vector which is parallel to \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) = \(\hat{i}\) – 2\(\hat{j}\) and has a magnitude 10.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 3
Substituting for wx in (i) using equation (ii),
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 4
Using equation (ii),
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 5
Answer:
Required vector is \(\frac{10}{\sqrt{5}} \hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – \(\frac{20}{\sqrt{5}} \hat{\mathbf{j}}\)

Alternate method:

When two vectors are parallel, one vector is scalar multiple of another,
i.e., if \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{w}}\) are parallel then, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{w}}\) = n\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) where, n is scalar.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 6

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 5.
Show that vectors \(\vec{a}\) = 2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 5\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – 6\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\vec{b}\) = \(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + \(\frac{5}{2}\)\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – 3\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) are parallel.
Answer:
Let angle between two vectors be θ.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 7
⇒ Two vectors are parallel.

Alternate method:

\(\vec{a}\) = 2(\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + \(\frac{5}{2}\)\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)) = 2\(\vec{b}\)
Since \(\vec{a}\) is a scalar multiple of \(\vec{b}\), the vectors are parallel.

3. Solve the following problems.

Question 1.
Determine \(\vec{a}\) × \(\vec{b}\), given \(\vec{a}\) = 2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 3\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) and \(\vec{b}\) = 3\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 5\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\).
Answer:
Using determinant for vectors in two dimensions,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 8
Answer:
\(\vec{a}\) × \(\vec{b}\) gives \(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\)

Question 2.
Show that vectors \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{a}}\) = 2\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 3\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 6\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{b}}\) = 3\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) – 6\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) + 2\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{c}}\) = 6\(\hat{\mathbf{i}}\) + 2\(\hat{\mathbf{j}}\) – 3\(\hat{\mathbf{k}}\) are mutually perpendicular.
Solution:
As dot product of two perpendicular vectors is zero. Taking dot product of \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 9
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 10
Combining two results, we can say that given three vectors \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\), and \(\vec{c}\) are mutually perpendicular to each other.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods

Question 3.
Determine the vector product of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}_{1}}\) = 2\(\hat{i}\) + 3\(\hat{j}\) – \(\hat{k}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}_{2}}\) = \(\hat{i}\) + 2\(\hat{j}\) – 3\(\hat{k}\) are perpendicular to each other, determine the value of a.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 11
Answer:
Required vector product is -7\(\hat{i}\) + 5\(\hat{j}\) + \(\hat{k}\)

Question 4.
Given \(\bar{v}_{1}\) = 5\(\hat{i}\) + 2\(\hat{j}\) and \(\bar{v}_{2}\) = a\(\hat{i}\) – 6\(\hat{j}\) are perpendicular to each other, determine the value of a.
Solution:
As \(\bar{v}_{1}\) and \(\bar{v}_{2}\) are perpendicular to each other, θ = 90°
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 12
Answer:
Value of a is \(\frac{12}{5}\).

Question 5.
Obtain derivatives of the following functions:
(i) x sin x
(ii) x4 + cos x
(iii) x/sin x
Answer:
(i) x sin x
Solution:
\(\frac{d}{d x}\)[f1(x) × f2(x)] = f1(x)\(\frac{\mathrm{df}_{2}(\mathrm{x})}{\mathrm{dx}}\) + \(\frac{\mathrm{df}_{1}(\mathrm{x})}{\mathrm{dx}}\)f2(x)
For f1(x) = x and f2(x) = sin x
\(\frac{d}{d x}\)(x sin x) = x\(\frac{\mathrm{d}(\sin \mathrm{x})}{\mathrm{dx}}\) + \(\frac{d(x)}{d x}\) sin x
= x cos x + 1 × sin x
= sin x + x cos x

(ii) x4 + cos x
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 13

(iii) \(\frac{\mathbf{x}}{\sin x}\)
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 14

[Note: As derivative of (sin x) is cos x, negative sign that occurs in rule for differentiation for quotient of two functions gets retained in final answer]

Question 6.
Using the rule for differentiation for quotient of two functions, prove that \(\frac{d}{d x}\left(\frac{\sin x}{\cos x}\right)\) = sec2x
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 15

Question 7.
Evaluate the following integral:
(i) \(\int_{0}^{\pi / 2} \sin x d x\)
(ii) \(\int_{1}^{5} x d x\)
Answer:
(i) \(\int_{0}^{\pi / 2} \sin x d x\)
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 16

(ii) \(\int_{1}^{5} x d x\)
Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods 17

11th Physics Digest Chapter 2 Mathematical Methods Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 16)

Question 1.
Define scalars and vectors.
Answer:

  1. Physical quantities which can be completely described b their magnitude (a number and unit) are called scalars.
  2. Physical quantities which need magnitude as well as direction for their complete description are called vectors.

Question 2.
Which of the following are scalars or vectors?
Displacements, distance travelled, velocity, speed, force, work done, energy
Answer:

  1. Scalars: Distance travelled, speed, work done, energy.
  2. Vectors: Displacement, velocity, force.

Question 3.
What is the difference between a scalar and a vector?
Answer:

No. Scalars Vectors
i. It has magnitude only It has magnitude as well as direction.
ii. Scalars can be added or subtracted according to the rules of algebra. Vectors are added or subtracted by geometrical (graphical) method or vector algebra.
iii. It has no specific representation. It is represented by symbol (→) arrow.
iv. The division of a scalar by another scalar is valid. The division of a vector by another vector is not valid.
Example:
Length, mass, time, volume, etc.
Example:
Displacement, velocity, acceleration, force, etc.

Internet my friend (Textbook page no. 28)

    1. hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/vect. html#veccon
    2. hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/ hframe.html

Answer:
[Students can use links given above as reference and collect information about mathematical methods]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements

1. Choose the correct option.

Question 1.
[L1M1T-2] is the dimensional formula for
(A) Velocity
(B) Acceleration
(C) Force
(D) Work
Answer:
(C) Force

Question 2.
The error in the measurement of the sides of a rectangle is 1%. The error in the measurement of its area is
(A) 1%
(B) \(\frac{1}{2}\)%
(C) 2%
(D) None of the above.
Answer:
(C) 2%

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements

Question 3.
Light year is a unit of
(A) Time
(B) Mass
(C) Distance
(D) Luminosity
Answer:
(C) Distance

Question 4.
Dimensions of kinetic energy are the same as that of
(A) Force
(B) Acceleration
(C) Work
(D) Pressure
Answer:
(C) Work

Question 5.
Which of the following is not a fundamental unit?
(A) cm
(B) kg
(C) centigrade
(D) volt
Answer:
(D) volt

2. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Star A is farther than star B. Which star will have a large parallax angle?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 1
i). ‘b’ is constant for the two stars
∴ θ ∝ \(\frac{1}{D}\)

ii) As star A is farther i.e., DA > DB
⇒ θA < θB
Hence, star B will have larger parallax angle than star A.

Question 2.
What are the dimensions of the quantity l \(\sqrt{l / g}\), l being the length and g the acceleration due to gravity?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 2
[Note: When power of symbol expressing fundamental quantity appearing in the dimensional formula is not given, ills taken as 1.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements

Question 3.
Define absolute error, mean absolute error, relative error and percentage error.
Answer:
Absolute error:
a. For a given set of measurements of a quantity, the magnitude of the difference between mean value (Most probable value) and each individual value is called absolute error (∆a) in the measurement of that quantity.
b. absolute error = |mean value – measured value|
∆a1 = |amean – a1|
Similarly, ∆a2 = |amean – a2|
. . . ..
. . . .
. . . .
∆an = |amean – an|

Mean absolute error:
For a given set of measurements of a same quantity the arithmetic mean of all the absolute errors is called mean absolute error in the measurement of that physical quantity.
∆amean = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{a}_{1}+\Delta \mathrm{a}_{2}+\ldots \ldots .+\Delta \mathrm{a}_{n}}{\mathrm{n}}=\frac{1}{\mathrm{n}} \sum_{\mathrm{i}=1}^{n} \Delta \mathrm{a}_{\mathrm{i}}\)

Relative error:
The ratio of the mean absolute error in the measurement of a physical quantity to its arithmetic mean value is called relative error.
Relative error = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{a}_{\mathrm{mean}}}{\mathrm{a}_{\mathrm{mean}}}\)

Percentage error:
The relative error represented by percentage (i.e., multiplied by 100) is called the percentage error.
Percentage error = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{a}_{\mathrm{mean}}}{\mathrm{a}_{\mathrm{mean}}}\) × 100%
[Note: Considering conceptual conventions question is modified to define percentage error and not mean percentage error.]

Question 4.
Describe what is meant by significant figures and order of magnitude.
Answer:
Significant figures:

  1. Significant figures in the measured value of a physical quantity is the sum of reliable digits and the first uncertain digit.
    OR
    The number of digits in a measurement about which we are certain, plus one additional digit, the first one about which we are not certain is known as significant figures or significant digits.
  2. Larger the number of significant figures obtained in a measurement, greater is the accuracy of the measurement. The reverse is also true.
  3. If one uses the instrument of smaller least count, the number of significant digits increases.

Rules for determining significant figures:

  1. All the non-zero digits are significant, for example if the volume of an object is 178.43 cm3, there are five significant digits which are 1,7,8,4 and 3.
  2. All the zeros between two nonzero digits are significant, eg., m = 165.02 g has 5 significant digits.
  3. If the number is less than 1, the zero/zeroes on the right of the decimal point and to the left of the first nonzero digit are not significant e.g. in 0.001405, significant. Thus the above number has four significant digits.
  4. The zeroes on the right hand side of the last nonzero number are significant (but for this, the number must be written with a decimal point), e.g. 1.500 or 0.01500 both have 4 significant figures each.
    On the contrary, if a measurement yields length L given as L = 125 m = 12500 cm = 125000 mm, it has only three significant digits.

Order of magnitude:
The magnitude of any physical quantity can be expressed as A × 10n where ‘A’ is a number such that 0.5 ≤ A < 5 then, ‘n’ is an integer called the order of magnitude.
Examples:

  1. Speed of light in air = 3 × 108 m/s
    ∴ order of magnitude = 8
  2. Mass of an electron = 9.1 × 10-31 kg
    = 0.91 × 1030 kg
    ∴ order of magnitude = -30

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements

Question 5.
If the measured values of two quantities are A ± ∆A and B ± ∆B, ∆A and ∆B being the mean absolute errors. What is the maximum possible error in A ± B? Show that if Z = \(\frac{A}{B}\)
\(\frac{\Delta Z}{Z}=\frac{\Delta A}{A}+\frac{\Delta B}{B}\)
Answer:
Maximum possible error in (A ± B) is (∆A + ∆B).
Errors in divisions:
i) A
Suppose, Z = \(\frac{A}{B}\) and measured values of A and B are (A ± ∆A) and (B ± ∆B) then,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 5
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 6
∴ Maximum relative error of \(\frac{\Delta Z}{Z}=\pm\left(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{A}}{\mathrm{A}}+\frac{\Delta \mathrm{B}}{\mathrm{B}}\right)\)

ii) Thus, when two quantities are divided, the maximum relative error in the result is the sum of relative errors in each quantity.

Question 6.
Derive the formula for kinetic energy of a particle having mass m and velocity v using dimensional analysis
Answer:
Kinetic energy of a body depends upon mass (m) and velocity (v) of the body.
Let K.E. ∝ mx vy
∴ K.E. = kmx vy …….. (1)
where,
k = dimensionless constant of proportionality. Taking dimensions on both sides of equation (1),
[L2M1T-2] – [L0M1T0]x [L1M0T-1]y
= [L0MxT0] [LyM0T-y]
= [L0+yMx+0T0-y]
[L2M1T2] = [LyMxT-y] …………. (2)
Equating dimensions of L, M, T on both sides of equation (2),
x = 1 and y = 2 ,
Substituting x, y in equation (1), we have
K.E. = kmv2

3. Solve numerical examples.

Question 1.
The masses of two bodies are measured to be 15.7 ± 0.2 kg and 27.3 ± 0.3 kg. What is the total mass of the two and the error in it?
Answer:
Given: A ± ∆A = 15.7 ± 0.2kg and
B ± ∆B = 27.3 ± 0.3 kg.
To find: Total mass (Z), and total error (∆Z)
Formulae: i. Z = A + B

ii) ±∆Z = ±∆A ± ∆B
Calculation: From formula (i),
Z = 15.7 + 27.3 = 43 kg
From formula (ii),
± ∆Z (± 0.2) + (± 0.3)
=±(0.2 + 0.3)
= ± 0.5 kg
Total mass is 43 kg and total error is ± 0.5 kg.

Question 2.
The distance travelled by an object in time (100 ± 1) s is (5.2 ± 0.1) m. What is the speed and it’s relative error?
Answer:
Given: Distance (D ± ∆D) = (5.2 ± 0.1) m,
time(t ± ∆t) = (100 ± 1)s.
To find: Speed (v), maximum relative error \(\left(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{v}}{\mathrm{v}}\right)\)

Formulae: i. v = \(\frac{\mathrm{D}}{\mathrm{t}}\)
ii. \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{v}}{\mathrm{v}}=\pm\left(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{D}}{\mathrm{D}}+\frac{\Delta \mathrm{t}}{\mathrm{t}}\right)\)

Calculation: From formula (i),
v = \(\frac{5.2}{100}\) = 0.052 m/s
From formula (ii),
\(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{v}}{\mathrm{v}}=\pm\left(\frac{0.1}{5.2}+\frac{1}{100}\right)\)
= \(\pm\left(\frac{1}{52}+\frac{1}{100}\right)=\pm \frac{19}{650}\)
= ± 0.029 rn/s
The speed is 0.052 m/s and its maximum relative error is ± 0.029 m/s.
[Note: Framing of numerical is modified to make it specific and meaningful.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements

Question 3.
An electron with charge e enters a uniform. magnetic field \(\vec{B}\) with a velocity \(\vec{v}\). The velocity is perpendicular to the magnetic field. The force on the charge e is given by
|\(\vec{F}\)| = Bev Obtain the dimensions of \(\vec{B}\).
Answer:
Given: |\(\vec{F}\)| = B e v
Considering only magnitude, given equation is simplified to,
F = B e v
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 3
∴ B = [L0M1T-2I-1]
[Note: The answer given above is calculated in accordance with textual method considering the given data.]

Question 4.
A large ball 2 m in radius is made up of a rope of square cross section with edge length 4 mm. Neglecting the air gaps in the ball, what is the total length of the rope to the nearest order of magnitude?
Answer:
Volume of ball = Volume enclosed by rope.
\(\frac{4}{3}\) π (radius)3 = Area of cross-section of rope × length of rope.
∴ length of rope l = \(\frac{\frac{4}{3} \pi r^{3}}{A}\)
Given:
r = 2 m and
Area = A = 4 × 4 = 16 mm2
= 16 × 10-6 m2
∴ l = \(\frac{4 \times 3.142 \times 2^{3}}{3 \times 16 \times 10^{-6}}\)
= \(\frac{3.142 \times 2}{3}\) × 10-6 m
≈ 2 × 106 m.
Total length of rope to the nearest order of magnitude = 106 m = 103 km

Question 5.
Nuclear radius R has a dependence on the mass number (A) as R = 1.3 × 10-16 A\(\frac{1}{3}\) m. For a nucleus of mass number A=125, obtain the order of magnitude of R expressed in metre.
Answer:
R= 1.3 × 10-16 × A\(\frac{1}{3}\) m
For A = 125
R= 1.3 × 10-16 × (125)\(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 1.3 × 10-16 × 5
= 6.5 × 10-16
= 0.65 × 10-15 m
∴ Order of magnitude = -15
[Note: Taking the standard value of nuclear radius R = 1.3 × 10-155 m, the order of magnitude comes to be 10-14 m.]

Question 6.
In a workshop a worker measures the length of a steel plate with a Vernier callipers having a least count 0.01 cm. Four such measurements of the length yielded the following values: 3.11 cm, 3.13 cm, 3.14 cm, 3.14 cm. Find the mean length, the mean absolute error and the percentage error in the measured value of the length.
Answer:
Given: a1 = 3.11 cm, a2 = 3.13 cm,
a3 = 3.14 cm. a4 = 3.14cm
Least count L.C. = 0.01 cm.
To find.
i. Mean length (amean)
ii. Mean absolute error (∆amean)
iii. Percentage error.

Formulae: i. amean = \(\frac{a_{1}+a_{2}+a_{3}+a_{4}}{4}\)
ii. ∆an = |amean – an|
iii. ∆amean = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{a}_{1}+\Delta \mathrm{a}_{2}+\Delta \mathrm{a}_{3}+\Delta \mathrm{a}_{4}}{4}\)
iv. Percentage error = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{a}_{\mathrm{mean}}}{\mathrm{a}_{\text {mean }}}\) × 100

Calculation: From formula (i),
amean = \(\frac{3.11+3.13+3.14+3.14}{4}\)
= 3.13 cm
From formula (ii),
∆a1 = |3.13 – 3.11| = 0.02 cm
∆a2 = |3.13 – 3.13| = 0
∆a3 = |3.13 – 3.14| = 0.01 cm
∆a4 = |3.13 – 3.14| = 0.01 cm
From formula (iii),
∆amean = \(\frac{0.02+0+0.01+0.01}{4}\) = 0.01 cm
From formula (iii).
% error = \(\frac{0.01}{3.13}\) × 100
= \(\frac{1}{3.13}\)
= 0.3196
……..(using reciprocal table)
= 0.32%

i. Mean length is 3.13 cm.
ii. Mean absolute error is 0.01 cm.
iii. Percentage error is 0.32 %.
[Note: As per given data of numerical, percentage error calculation upon rounding off yields percentage error as 0.32%]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements

Question 7.
Find the percentage error in kinetic energy of a body having mass 60.0 ± 0.3 g moving with a velocity 25.0 ± 0.1 cm/s.
Answer:
Given: m = 60.0 g, v = 25.0 cm/s.
∆m = 0.3 g, ∆v = 0.1 cm/s
To find: Percentage error in E
Formula: Percentage error in E
\(\left(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{m}}+2 \frac{\Delta \mathrm{v}}{\mathrm{v}}\right)\) × 100%

Calculation: From formula,
Percentage error in E
= \(\left(\frac{0.3}{60.0}+2 \times \frac{0.1}{25.0}\right)\) × 100%
= 1.3%
The percentage error in energy is 1.3%.

Question 8.
In Ohm’s experiments, the values of the unknown resistances were found to be 6.12 Ω , 6.09 Ω, 6.22 Ω, 6.15 Ω. Calculate the mean absolute error, relative error and percentage error in these measurements.
Answer:
Given: a1 = 6.12 Ω, a2 = 6.09 Ω, a3 = 6.22 Ω, a4 = 6.15 Ω,

To find:

i) Absolute error (∆amean)
ii) Relative error
iii) Percentage error

Formulae:

i) amean = \(\frac{a_{1}+a_{2}+a_{3}+a_{4}}{4}\)
ii) ∆an = |amean – an|
iii) ∆amean = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{a}_{1}+\Delta \mathrm{a}_{2}+\Delta \mathrm{a}_{3}+\Delta \mathrm{a}_{4}}{4}\)
iv) Percentage error = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{a}_{\mathrm{mean}}}{\mathrm{a}_{\text {mean }}}\) × 100

From formula (ii),
∆a1 = |6.145 – 6.12|= 0.025
∆a2 = |6.145 – 6.09| = 0.055
∆a3 = |6.145 – 6.22| = 0.075
∆a4 = |6.l45 – 6.15| = 0.005
From formula (iii),
∆amean = \(\frac{0.025+0.055+0.075+0.005}{4}=\frac{0.160}{4}\)
= 0.04 Ω
From formula (iv),
Relative error = \(\frac{0.04}{6.145}\) = 0.0065 Ω
From formula (v).
Percentage error = 0.0065 \frac{0.04}{6.145} 100 = 0.65%

i. The mean absolute error is 0.04 Ω.
ii. The relative error is 0.0065 Ω.
iii. The percentage error is 0.65%.
[Note: Framing of numerical is modified to reach the answer given to the numerical.]

Question 9.
An object is falling freely under the gravitational force. Its velocity after travelling a distance h is v. If v depends upon gravitational acceleration g and distance, prove with dimensional analysis that v = k\(\sqrt{g h}\) where k is a constant.
Answer:
Given = v = k\(\sqrt{g h}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 4
k being constant is assumed to be dimensionless.
Dimensions of L.H.S. = [v] = [L1T-1]
Dimension of R.H.S. = [latex]\sqrt{g h}[/latex]
= [L1T-2]\(\frac{1}{2}\) × [L1]\(\frac{1}{2}\)
= [L2T-2]\(\frac{1}{2}\)
= [L1T-1]
As, [L.H.S.] = [R.H.S.],
=> v = k\(\sqrt{g h}\)is dimensionally correct equation.

Question 10.
v = at + \(\frac{b}{t+c}\) + v0 is a dimensionally valid equation. Obtain the dimensional formula for a, b and c where v is velocity, t is time and v0 is initial velocity.
Answer:
Solution: Given: y = at + \(\frac{b}{t+c}\) + + v0

As only dimensionally identical quantities can be added together or subtracted from each other, each term on R.H.S. has dimensions of L.H.S. i.e., dimensions of velocity.

∴ [LH.S.] = [v] = [L1T-1]
This means, [at] = [v] = [L1T-1]
Given, t = time has dimension [T-1]
∴ [a] = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{L}^{1} \mathrm{~T}^{-1}\right]}{[\mathrm{t}]}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{L}^{1} \mathrm{~T}^{-1}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{T}^{1}\right]}\) = [L1T-2] = L1M0T-2]
Similarly, [c] = [t] = [T1] = [L0M0T1]
∴ \(\frac{[\mathrm{b}]}{\left[\mathrm{T}^{1}\right]}\) = [v] = [L1T-1]
∴ [b] = [L1T-1] × [T1] = [L1] = [L1M0T0]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements

Question 11.
The length, breadth and thickness of a rectangular sheet of metal are 4.234 m, 1.005 m, and 2.01 cm respectively. Give the area and volume of the sheet to correct significant figures.
Answer:
Given: l = 4.234 m, b = 1.005 m,
t = 2.01 cm = 2.01 × 10-2 m = 0.0201 m

To find:
i) Area of sheet to correct significant figures (A)
ii) Volume of sheet to correct significant figures (V)
Formulae: i. A = 2(lb + bt + tl)
iii) V = l × b × t

Calculation: From formula (i),
A = 2(4.234 × 1.005 + 1.005 × 0.0201 +0.0201 × 4.234)
= 2 |[antilog(log 4.234 + logl .005) + antiiog(log 1.005 + log0.0201) + antilog(log 0.0201 + log 4.234)]}
= 2{[antilog(0.6267 + 0.0021) + antilog(0.0021 + \(\overline{2}\) .3010) + antilog (\(\overline{2}\) .3010 + 0.6267)]}
= 2 {[antilog(0.6288) + antilog (\(\overline{2}[/latex .3031) +antilog([latex]\overline{2}\) .9277)]}
= 2 [4.254 + 0.02009 + 0.08467]
= 2 [4.35876]
= 8.71752m2

In correct significant figure,
A = 8.72 m2 From formula (ii),
V =4.234 × 1.005 × 0.0201
= antilog [log (4.234) + log (1.005) + log (0.0201)]
= antilog [0.6269 – 0.0021 – \(\overline{2}\).3032]
= antilog [0.6288 – \(\overline{2}\).3032]
= antilog [ 2 .9320]
= 8.551 × 10-2
= 0.08551 m3
In correct significant figure (rounding off),
V = 0.086 m3

i.) Area of sheet to correct significant figures is 8.72 m2.
ii) Volume of sheet to correct significant figures is 0.086 m3.
[Note: The given solution is arrived to by considering a rectangular sheet.]

Question 12.
If the length of a cylinder is l = (4.00 ± 0.001) cm, radius r = (0.0250 ± 0.001) cm and mass m = (6.25 ± 0.01) gm. Calculate the percentage error in the determination of density.
Answer:
Given: l = (4.00 ± 0.001) cm,
In order to have same precision, we use, (4.000 ± 0.001),
r = (0.0250 ± 0.00 1) cm,
In order to have same precision, we use, (0.025 ± 0.001)
m = (6.25 ± 0.01) g
To find: percentage error in density

Formulae:
i) Relative error in volume, \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{V}}=\frac{2 \Delta \mathrm{r}}{\mathrm{r}}+\frac{\Delta l}{l}\)
….(∵ Volume of cylinder, V = πr2l)

ii) Releative error \(\frac{\Delta \rho}{\rho}=\frac{\Delta m}{m}+\frac{\Delta V}{V}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 10

iii) Percentage error= Relative error × 100%

Calculation.
From formulae (i) and (ii),
∴ \(\frac{\Delta \rho}{\rho}=\frac{\Delta \mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{m}}+\frac{2 \Delta \mathrm{r}}{\mathrm{r}}+\frac{\Delta l}{l}\)
= \(\frac{0.01}{6.25}+\frac{2(0.001)}{0.025}+\frac{0.001}{4.000}\)
= 0.00 16 + 0.08 + 0.00025
= 0.08 185
From formula (iii).
% error in density = \(\frac{\Delta \rho}{\rho}\) × 100
= 0.08185 × 100
= 8.185%
Percentage error in density is 8.185%.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements

Question 13.
When the planet Jupiter is at a distance of 824.7 million kilometers from the Earth, its angular diameter is measured to be 35.72″ of arc. Calculate the diameter of the Jupiter.
Answer:
Given: Angular diameter (a) = 35.72″
= 35.72″ × 4.847 × 10-6 rad
1.73 × 10-4 rad

Distance from Earth (D)
= 824.7 million km
= 824.7 × 106 km
= 824.7 × 109 m.

To find: Diameter of Jupiter (d)
Formula: d = α D
Calculation: From formula,
d = 1.73 × 10-4 × 824.7 × 109
= 1.428 × 108 m
= 1.428 × 105 km
Diameter of Jupiter is 1.428 × 105 km.

Question 14.
If the formula for a physical quantity is X = \(\frac{a^{4} b^{3}}{c^{1 / 3} d^{1 / 2}}\) and if the percentage error in the measurements of a, b, c and d are 2%, 3%, 3% and 4% respectively. Calculate percentage error in X.
Answer:
Given X = \(\frac{a^{4} b^{3}}{c^{1 / 3} d^{1 / 2}}\)
Percentage error in a, b, c, d is respectively 2%, 3%, 3% and 4%.
Now, Percentage error in X
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 7

Question 15.
Write down the number of significant figures in the following: 0.003 m2, 0.1250 gm cm-2, 6.4 × 106 m, 1.6 × 10-19 C, 9.1 × 10-31 kg.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 8

Question 16.
The diameter of a sphere is 2.14 cm. Calculate the volume of the sphere to the correct number of significant figures.
Answer:
Volume of sphere = \(\frac{4}{3}\) πr3
= \(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3.142 × (\(\frac{2.14}{2}\))3 ………….. (∵ r = \(\frac{d}{2}\))
= \(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3.142 × (1.07)3
= 1.333 × 3.142 × (1.07)3
= {antilog [log (1.333) + log(3.142)+3 log(1.07)]}
= {antilog [0.1249 + 0.4972 + 3 (0.0294)])
= {antilog [0.6221 + 0.0882]}
= {antilog [0.7103]}
= 5.133cm3
In multiplication or division, the final result should retain as many significant figures as there are in the original number with the least significant figures.
Volume in correct significant figures
∴ 5.13 cm3

11th Physics Digest Chapter 1 Units and Measurements Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall (Textbook Page No. 1)

Question 1.
i) What is a unit?
ii) Which units have you used in the laboratory for measuring
a. length
b. mass
c. time
d. temperature?
iii. Which system of units have you used?
Answer:

  1. The standard measure of any quantity is called the unit of that quantity.
  2. Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 11
  3. MKS or SI system is used mostly. At times. even CGS system is used.

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No. 8)

Question 1.
If ten students are asked to measure the length of a piece of cloth upto a mm, using a metre scale, do you think their answers will be identical? Give reasons.
Answer:
Answers of the students are likely to be different. Length of cloth needs to be measured up to a millimetre (mm) length. Hence, to obtain accurate and precise reading one must use measuring instrument having least count smaller than 1 mm.

But least count of metre scale is 1 mm. As a result, even smallest uncertainty in reading would vary reading significantly. Also, skill of students doing measurement may also introduce uncertainty in observation.
Hence, their answers are likely to be different.

Activity (Textbook Page No. 10)

Perform an experiment using a Vernier callipers of least count 0.01cm to measure the external diameter of a hollow cylinder. Take 3 readings at different positions on the cylinder and find (i) the mean diameter (ii) the absolute mean error and (iii) the percentage error in the measurement of diameter.
Answer:
Given: L.C. = 0.01 cm
To measure external diameter of hollow cylinder readings are taken as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 12
[Note: The above table is made assuming zero error in Vernier callipers. If calliper has positive or negative zero error, the zero error correction needs to be introduced into observed reading.]
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 1 Units and Measurements 13

Internet my friend (Textbook Page No. 12)

i. ideoiectures.net/mit801f99_lewin_lec0l/
ii. hyperphysicsphy-astr.gsu.ed u/libase/hfra me. html

[Students can use links given above as reference and collect information about units and measurements]